You are on page 1of 637

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation

TC-1000-1 1000 - BOARD BYLAWS AND OPERATIONS 1001 Official Description Name Territorial Extent of the District Address Board Powers District Authority Purpose Bylaw and Policy Development System Draft Writer Attorney Involvement Staff Involvement Community Involvement Bylaw and Policy Adoption Suspension of Bylaws and Policies Compensation for Board Members Indemnification Board Member Conflicts of Interest, Ethics, and Responsibilities Contracts and Board Member Disclosure Obligations Meetings Regular Meetings Special Meetings Mailing of Written Notices Closed or Executive Sessions Emergency Meetings Procedures for Meetings Time and Place Notification to Members Agenda Special Meeting Agenda Rules of Order Quorum Minutes Public Participation in Meetings Information and Study Session Duties of Board Officers President Vice President Secretary Treasurer School Attorney Independent Auditor Memberships

1004 1008 1010 1100

1101 1104 1140 1150 1155 1160 1180

1225

1230 1235 1240

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
TC-1000-2 1245 1248 1250 1255 School Board Conferences Board Advisory Committees Board-Staff Communications Staff Communications to the Board Board Communications to Staff

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1001 Official Description Name This District shall be known officially as the Lenawee Schools Intermediate School District. In addition the District recognizes the common reference to it as the Lenawee Intermediate School District. The District is under the direction of the Lenawee Schools Intermediate School District Board of Education. Territorial Extent of the District The District boundaries constitute those of the following public school Districts: Addison Community Schools, Adrian Public Schools, Blissfield Community Schools, Britton-Macon Area Schools, Clinton Community Schools, Deerfield Public Schools, Hudson Area Schools, Madison School District, Morenci Area Schools, Onsted Community Schools, Sand Creek Community Schools, and Tecumseh Public Schools. Address The official address of the District Board shall be 4107 North Adrian Highway, Adrian, MI 49221-9309. 1001

Approved: June 2, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601 et seq.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1004 Board Powers 1004 The Board shall be a body corporate, and, as such, capable of suing and being sued, contracting and being contracted with, acquiring, holding, possessing and disposing of real and personal property, and taking and holding in trust for the use and benefit of the District, any grant or devise of land and any donation or bequest of money or other personal property. The power of this Board extends to those matters expressly granted by statute or those matters that may be necessarily implied from such powers specifically delegated as being necessary to carry them out, and, except as provided by law, may exercise a power incidental or appropriate to the performance of any function related to the operation of the Intermediate School District in the interests of public elementary and secondary education in the intermediate school District. The Board shall have, through its Superintendent, the management and control of all facilities and programs in the District and the employees, students and other persons entering upon its premises.

Approved: June 2, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601a

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1008 District Authority 1008 The Board recognizes that many of the subject topics found in this policy manual may be subject to negotiations under the Michigan Public Employment Relations Act. It is not the intent of the Board to, in any way, circumvent the negotiations process; but rather to establish direction and general and long-range operational procedures for the care and custody, establishment, maintenance, management and carrying on of the public schools and property of the District as authorized under current law. Whenever the word ―Superintendent‖ or ―Assistant Superintendent‖ appears in these policies and rules, the words ―or designated representative‖ shall be assumed to follow. The delegation of authority of administrative actions does not relieve the Superintendent of the responsibility of the actions of such designated representatives. The Superintendent is authorized to develop forms and procedures to implement Board policies. All policies shall become effective immediately upon Board adoption unless otherwise noted.

Approved: June 2, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601a

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1010 Purpose 1010 Each student is the reason the District exists. The Lenawee Intermediate School District provides services to students, the local public and private schools and the Michigan Department of Education.

Approved: June 2, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601a et seq., Also see the “Lenawee Intermediate School District Vision July 30, 2001”

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1100 Bylaw and Policy Development System 1100 The Superintendent, as the need arises, shall advise the Board when he/she is of the opinion that a bylaw or policy should be changed, deleted, or supplemented and present to the Board the reason therefore. The Board shall review its bylaws and policies and shall, as needs dictate, delete, amend and supplement existing bylaws and policies and adopt new bylaws and policies. Draft Writer The Superintendent shall draft all recommended policy changes, draft new bylaws proposals and recommendations for changes. This Superintendent shall also draft items for the Board of Education’s meeting agendas describing these policies and the reason for their development, deletion, and/or revisions. Attorney Involvement Bylaws, policies, and rules of the Board may be submitted to the Board's attorney to determine the legality of said bylaws and policies and rules before they are submitted to the Board for final approval. Staff Involvement In formulating policy recommendations to be made to the Board, the Superintendent may involve members of the staff. The Superintendent may solicit recommendations from the staff about the current policies, needs for change and new draft policies. The Superintendent, in formulating recommendations to the Board, shall consider the input from the staff. The Superintendent shall make clear to staff the level of decision-making authority involved in policy formulation, and that their involvement is at the consultative level. The Board may advise the public, through the news media and other means, that the Board welcomes suggestions and ideas concerning Board policy. Approved: June 2, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.11a; 380.601 et seq.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1101 Bylaw and Policy Adoption 1101 Except for policy actions to be taken on emergency measures, the adoption of Board policies shall follow a sequence that will take place over a period covered by two regular or special meetings of the Board. 1. Announcement of proposed new or revised policies as an item of information in the reports section of the routine Board of Education meeting agenda, from the Superintendent, for first reading by the Board. 2. Opportunity offered to concerned groups or individuals to react to policy proposals. 3. Discussion and final action by the Board on policy proposals. The final vote on policy adoption shall be taken at least two weeks from the meeting at which the policy was first read. 1. Prior to enactment, all policy proposals shall be titled and coded as appropriate to subject and in conformance with the codification system used in the Board policy manual. 2. 3. Insofar as possible, each policy statement shall be limited to one subject. Policies and amendments adopted by the Board shall be attached to and made a part of the minutes of the meeting at which they are adopted and shall be included in the policy manual of the District. 4. Policies and amendments to policies shall be effective immediately upon adoption unless a specific effective date is provided in the adopted resolution. Emergency Procedure On matters of urgency, the Board may waive the two-week limitation and take immediate action to adopt new or revise existing policies. When such immediate action is necessary, the Superintendent shall inform concerned groups or individuals about the reasons for this necessity. Approved: June 2, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380. 601a, 653, 654 Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1104 Suspension of Bylaws and Policies 1104

The Board’s bylaws and policies shall be subject to suspension upon a majority vote of the members elected to and serving on the Board. Whenever practical the Board’s action of suspension shall be for a time certain, or otherwise indicate the length of suspension.

Approved: June 2, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380. 601a, 623, 627

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1140 Compensation for Board Members 1140 Board of Education members shall be compensated at the rate of $30.00 per diem for all regular and special meetings of the Board and its committees, not to exceed 52 meetings per year. Board members shall be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses incurred in discharging their official duties and in performing functions authorized by the Board, as permitted by this policy and state law. The Board of Education must approve, by majority vote any payment or reimbursement of an expense claimed under the schedule of specific categories listed below prior to issuing a check. Schedule of Specific Categories The following specific categories of duties and functions are approved as reimbursable expenses: 1. Expenses incurred for attendance at education-related seminars, conferences, conventions, workshops, continuing, education courses, and hearings, including registration fees, and travel, lodging, meals, course materials and other related expenses. 2. Expenses incurred for attendance at national, state, regional, county, and local education-related association or intergovernmental meetings. 3. Expenses incurred in attendance at educational or civic programs and functions when designated as the Board's official representative, delegate, or spokesperson, except for partisan political activities or lobbying. 4. School business travel: airfare at coach rate; automobile mileage at the Internal Revenue Service approved rate per mile, plus tolls; and, taxi or rental car allowances. 5. Reimbursement for education-related journals, books and supplies and organization dues. 6. School business related long distance telephone call charges.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation

1140 Compensation for Board Members

1140-2

If a Board member incurs an expense for an official duty or function not appearing on the schedule of categories, the Board shall not reimburse the member for that expense unless a motion to approve the non-scheduled expense is adopted by the Board. No Board member travel involving an overnight stay will be eligible for reimbursement unless approved in writing, in advance by two other Board members, and after submission of receipts for actual expenses, such reimbursement shall be approved by a vote of the Board.

Approved: February 7, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.621, 380.1254, 380.1217a, 388.1764b, PA 234 of 2004, PA 419 of 2004

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1140-R 1. Compensation for Board Members 1140-R Compensation and mileage shall be paid to Board members for all regular

and special Board meetings: a) b) c) d) 2. Property Transfer Hearings Budget Hearings Joint Board Meetings Other meetings officially called by the Board

Compensation and mileage shall be paid to Board members for all Board committee meetings: a) b) c) d) Salaries and Wages Ad Hoc Committee Audit Ad Hoc Committee Agenda Preparation Meetings Other formally appointed Board committee meetings

3.

Expense vouchers: to receive reimbursement, a Board member shall submit to the Superintendent an expense voucher and supporting receipts or other evidence to verify each expense.

4.

Spouses and other family members: expenses for spouses and other family members accompanying Board members in discharging their official duties or performing authorized functions are not reimbursable.

5.

Board members shall be paid compensation and mileage for each meeting attended except when two or more meetings are held consecutively on the same day, in which case compensation and mileage shall be paid for one meeting only. No public funds1 will be spent for purchasing alcoholic beverages, jewelry,

gifts, fees for golf, or any item the purchase or possession of which is illegal.

1

Public funds‖ means funds generated from taxes levied under this act, state appropriations of state or federal funds, or payments made to the intermediate school district for services by a constituent district or any other person, but does not include voluntary contributions made for a specific purpose by an intermediate school board member, an intermediate school district employee, another individual, or a private entity.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1150 Indemnification 1150 The Board may bear the costs, including reasonable counsel fees and expenses and costs of appeal, if any, incurred by a Board member in his/her defense of a civil action, or in a criminal action that results in final disposition in his/her favor, brought against him/her for any act or omission arising out of and in the performance of his/her duties as a Board member.

Approved: June 2, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 691.1407 et seq.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1155 Board Member Conflicts of Interest, Ethics, and Responsibilities (Cf. 1160, 5230, 5695) 1155

The objectives of this policy are to maintain an impartial administration of the business of the District and to maintain public confidence in the Board of Education. No member of the Board of Education shall engage in, or be a party to, any of the following activities: 1. Representing his/her opinion as that of the Board of Education or making commitments on behalf of the District or the Board. No Board member shall have the power to act in the name of the Board outside Board meetings unless that person has been specifically designated to do so by official Board action. 2. Making representations to the staff and citizens that he/she, as an individual, has the right to take official action for the District. Only the Board, not individual members, has the right to take official action for the District. 3. Responding to contacts for discussion of District business or for complaints, by making a commitment on behalf of the Board. The individual Board member can listen, but does not and cannot, speak for the Board or the Superintendent. 4. Exhibiting conduct that shows evidence of prejudice, bias, favoritism, or personal gain as a motivating force. 5. Disclosing or releasing of confidential information, not otherwise available to members of the general public, in advance of the time prescribed for the release; provided however, that this provision shall not prevent a Board of Education member from divulging or releasing confidential information regarding suspected violations of law.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1155 Board Member Conflicts of Interest, Ethics, and Responsibilities (Cf. 1160, 5230, 5695) 6. 1155-2

Benefiting financially from confidential information obtained due to the member’s position on the Board of Education.

7.

Using resources, property, or funds of the District, except in accordance with prescribed constitutional, statutory, and regulatory procedures, and in accordance with good business procedures and not for personal gain or benefit.

8.

Soliciting or accepting a gift or loan of money, goods, services or other things of value, that might tend or appear to influence the manner in which the Board of Education member performs his/her official duties. In any 1-month period, an Intermediate School

Board member shall not accept from a person who does business or seeks to do business of any kind with the Intermediate School District any money, goods, or services with a value in excess of $44.002 if the Board member does not provide goods or services of equal value in exchange. This subsection does not apply to a gift or reward already prohibited under section 1805.3

2

Adjusted annually via CPI. As established at MCL 380.634(4): (4) Subject to subsection (8), in any 1-month period, an intermediate school board member or intermediate school district administrator shall not accept from a person who does business or seeks to do business of any kind with the intermediate school district any money, goods, or services with a value in excess of $44.00 if the board member or administrator does not provide goods or services of equal value in exchange. This subsection does not apply to a gift or reward already prohibited under section 1805. See also, Board Member could be included in ―school officer‖ term below: 380.1805 Acting as agent; receiving gift or reward; penalty. Sec. 1805. (1) A superintendent of public instruction, intermediate superintendent, school officer, superintendent, principal, or teacher of schools shall not act as agent for an author, publisher, or seller of schoolbooks or school apparatus, or receive a gift or reward for his or her influence in recommending the purchase or use of a schoolbook, apparatus, or furniture in this state. (2) A person who violates this section is guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by a fine of not more than $500.00 or imprisonment for not more than 3 months, or both. History: 1976, Act 451, Imd. Eff. Jan. 13, 1977
3

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1155 Board Member Conflicts of Interest, Ethics, and Responsibilities (Cf. 1160, 5230, 5695) 9. 1155-3

Becoming employed by the District or receiving any compensation for services rendered, except compensation for attending meetings and for expenses as permitted by law.

10.

Becoming employed by the District until having been out of office for one (1) full year from the date of official separation from office.

11.

Endorsing any organizations, institutions, instructional books or materials, political candidates, etc., on behalf of the District or the Board without the express action of the Board.

Board Members shall: 1. Attend all scheduled Board meetings insofar as possible and become informed concerning the issues to be discussed at Board meetings; 2. Take no action that will compromise the Board or the District’s staff and respect the confidentiality of information that is privileged under applicable law; 3. Make policy only after full discussion of the issues at publicly held Board meetings; 4. Encourage the free expression of opinion by all Board members and seek systematic communications between the Board, students, staff, and all elements of the community; 5. Work with other Board members to establish effective policy and to delegate authority for the administration of the schools to the Superintendent; 6. Communicate to other Board members and the Superintendent public reaction to Board policy and District programs; 7. Become informed about current educational issues by individual study and through participation in programs providing needed information;

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1155 Board Member Conflicts of Interest, Ethics, and Responsibilities (Cf. 1160, 5230, 5695) 1155-4

8. Support the employment of those persons best qualified to serve as District staff and insist on a regular, impartial evaluation of all staff. Board Member Responsibilities The Board shall transact all business at legally called and posted meetings. If a specific complaint needs attention, the Board member shall refer the complaint to the Superintendent. The Board member also shall inform the

complainant about the process for bringing items to the Board’s attention through the Board’s public participation portion of the Board meetings.

Approved: June 6, 2005 LEGAL REF: OAG, 1985-1986, No 6368, p 296 (June 5, 1986); OAG, 19891990, No 6642, p 274 (January 2, 1990); OAG, 1991-1992, No 6728, p 172 (August 26, 1992); MCL 380.634.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1160 Contracts and Board Member Disclosure Obligations (Cf. 4005) 1. 1160 Except for contracts specified in Section 5, below, a Board member shall comply with the disclosure provisions of Section 2 of this policy in contracts where: a. The Board member is a direct party to any contract between himself/herself and the District, or b. The Board member, directly or indirectly, solicits, negotiates, renegotiates, represents a party to, or is an indirect party to, any contract with the District and i. Any firm, meaning a co-partnership or other unincorporated association, or in which he/she is a partner, member, or employee, ii. Any private corporation in which he/she is a stockholder owning more than 1% of the total outstanding stock of any class if the stock is not listed on a stock exchange, or stock with a present total market value in excess of $25,000.00 if the stock is listed on a stock exchange or of which he/she is a Director, officer, or employee, or iii. Any trust of which he/she is a beneficiary or trustee. 2. A Board member shall promptly disclose any pecuniary interest in the contract to the Board of Education, which disclosure shall be a matter of record in its official proceedings. following ways: a. If the contract is for emergency repairs or services, the Board member must promptly disclose any pecuniary interest in the contract which disclosure shall be made a matter of record in the Board’s official proceedings. b. If the Board member will directly benefit from a District contract in an amount less than $250.00 and less than 5% of the public cost of the This disclosure shall be made in the

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1160 Contracts and Board Member Disclosure Obligations (Cf. 4005) 1160-2 contract, the Board member must disclose his/her pecuniary interest in the contract by filing a sworn affidavit with the School Board. c. If the Board member will benefit by $250.00 or more, or 5% or more of the public cost of the contract, his/her pecuniary interest must be disclosed in one of two ways: i. By notifying, in writing, the President of the Board of his/her interest at least seven (7) calendar days before the meeting at which a decision regarding the contract will be made. If the President of the Board is the individual with the conflict of interest, disclosure must be made to the Secretary of the Board. The disclosure shall be made public in the same manner as in public meeting notice, or ii. By disclosing his/her interest in the contract at a Board meeting. Under this option, the Board may not vote on the relevant contract until at least seven (7) calendar days after the meeting at which the disclosure was made. d. If the Board member’s pecuniary interest in the contract exceeds $5,000.00, the Board member must disclose his/her interest in the contract at a Board meeting, and the Board may not vote in the relevant contract until at least seven (7) calendar days after the meeting at which the disclosure was made. 3. Except as provided in Section 4 below, the contract must be approved by a vote of not less than 2/3rds of the full membership of the Board of Education in open session without the vote of the Board member making disclosure specified in Section 2. The Board of Education must disclose the following summary information in its official minutes: a. The name of each party involved in the contract,

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1160 Contracts and Board Member Disclosure Obligations (Cf. 4005) b. 1160-3 The terms of the contract, including duration, financial consideration between parties, facilities or services of the District included in the contract, and the nature and degree of assignment of employee of the District for fulfillment of the contract, and c. 4. The nature of the pecuniary interest.

If 2/3rds of the members of the Board are not eligible under this policy to vote on a contract or to constitute a quorum, a member may be counted for purposes of a quorum and may vote on the contract if the member will directly benefit from the contract in an amount less than $250.00 and less than 5% of the public cost of the contract and the member files a sworn affidavit to that effect with the official body. The affidavit shall be made part of the public record of the official proceedings.

5.

If the Board of Education receives a disclosure described in this policy and the policy covering employees (see 4005) the Board shall vote at a public meeting of the Board whether-or-not it considers the relationship described in the disclosure to be a conflict of interest.

6.

The Board of Education shall not enter into any contract where a Board member or ISD administrator has a substantial conflict of interest in a proposed contract.4

7.

This policy shall not apply to: (a) A contract between the Intermediate School District and any of the following: (i) A corporation in which an Intermediate School Board member or Intermediate School District administrator is a stockholder owning

Section 634(5) of the Revised School Code defines this term as: ―…As used in this subsection, ―substantial conflict of interest‖ means a conflict of interest on the part of an intermediate school board member or intermediate school district administrator in respect to a contract with the intermediate school district that is of such substance as to induce action on his or her part to promote the contract for his or her own personal benefit.‖
4

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1160 Contracts and Board Member Disclosure Obligations (Cf. 4005) 1160-4 1% or less of the total stock outstanding in any class if the stock is not listed on a stock exchange or owning stock that has a present market value of $25,000.00 or less if the stock is listed on a stock exchange. (ii) A corporation in which a trust, if an Intermediate School Board member or Intermediate School District administrator is a beneficiary under the trust, owns 1% or less of the total stock outstanding in any class if the stock is not listed on a stock exchange or owns stock that has a present market value of $25,000.00 or less if the stock is listed on a stock exchange. (iii) A professional limited liability company organized pursuant to the Michigan limited liability company act, 1993 PA 23, MCL 450.5101 to 450.6200, if an Intermediate School Board member or Intermediate School District administrator is an employee but not a member of the company. (b) A contract between the Intermediate School District and any of the following: (i) A corporation in which an Intermediate School Board member or Intermediate School District administrator is not a Director, officer, or employee. (ii) A firm, partnership, or other unincorporated association, in which an Intermediate School Board member or Intermediate School District administrator is not a partner, member, or employee. (iii) A corporation or firm that has an indebtedness owed to an Intermediate School Board member or Intermediate School District administrator.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1160 Contracts and Board Member Disclosure Obligations (Cf. 4005) (c) 1160-5 A contract between the Intermediate School District and a constituent District. (d) A contract awarded to the lowest qualified bidder, upon receipt of sealed bids pursuant to a published notice for bids if the notice does not bar, except as authorized by law, any qualified person, firm, corporation, or trust from bidding. This subdivision does not apply to amendments or renegotiations of a contract or to additional payments under the contract that were not authorized by the contract at the time of award.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321, et seq., Add. 2004, Act 419, Imd. Eff. Nov. 29, 2004.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1180 Meetings 1180 The Board of Education believes that to function effectively it must have clearly defined rules and, procedures by which to conduct the business of the District. Actions by the Board The official business of the District which the Board is authorized to perform will be conducted only at a public, duly called meeting, with appropriate notice given as provided by law, and, in particular, Act No. 267 of the Michigan Public Acts of 1976 as amended ("Open Meetings" Act). No action shall be valid unless voted on at a meeting by a majority vote of the members elected to and serving on the Board and a proper record made of the vote. A proper ―official‖ record of Board proceedings shall be made, signed by the Secretary. In the absence of the Secretary, the President shall appoint a temporary Secretary who shall sign the minutes of the meeting. Another Officer shall act in the absence of the President. A meeting shall be defined as any gathering for the purpose of discussion of school business which includes enough members to constitute a quorum, excepting gatherings for the purpose of adopting a non-policy making tribute or memorial, or those of a social or chance nature not designed to circumvent the intent of the Open Meetings Act. Elected members of the Board may also listen to presentations, observe demonstrations made for their benefit, or meet with neighborhood groups or the Board of Directors of a private corporation without complying with the Open Meetings Act. Deliberations concerning Board business shall not take place at such gatherings.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1180 Meetings II. Meetings A. Annual Organizational Meeting The Board shall meet annually on or before the fourth Monday of July and shall organize by electing a President, Secretary and Treasurer. The Officers shall be elected members of the Board. At the discretion of the Board of Education, it may create and eliminate the office of Vice President, and may elect a Trustee or the Secretary to serve in the office of Vice-President. The officers shall perform duties provided by law and prescribed by the policies and regulations of the District consistent with state and federal regulations. The Treasurer shall post with the Secretary a bond in an amount approved by the Board, conditioned upon the faithful performance of the Treasurer's duties. The Board shall adopt a regular monthly meeting schedule by a vote of a majority of the elected members at the organizational meeting. There shall be posted at the principle office of the Board, and at other appropriate places, a notice of the schedule of meetings within ten days after the organizational meeting. The notice, and all public notices of meetings, shall include the name, address, and telephone number of the Board office and the date, time, and place of the meetings. The Superintendent is designated by the Board to be responsible for the posting of notices. B. Regular Meetings Regular monthly meetings shall be held at the Education Service Center at 4107 North Adrian Highway, Adrian, Michigan, unless otherwise determined by the Board. The schedule of regular meetings or a regular meeting date may be changed at any meeting by a majority vote of the elected Board. Public notice of a change in a regular meeting date, time, or place shall be posted at least 18 hours prior to the meeting. 1180-2

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1180 Meetings C. Special Meetings A special meeting of the Board may be called by the President or by any other two members of the Board by mailing a written notice to each member and the Superintendent at least 72 hours before the time of the meeting, or by delivering the written notice to members personally, or by leaving the notice at each member's residence with a person of the household at least 24 hours before the meeting is to take place. Public notice of the special meetings shall be posted at the principle office of the Board and at other appropriate places at least 18 hours prior to the convening of the meeting: D. Mailing of Written Notices Upon oral or written request and payment of a fee as established by the Board, the schedule of regular meetings or the notice of rescheduled regular meetings shall be delivered or sent to any person or business. A person or business may obtain a subscription for such schedules and notices for a period of six months or one year, at the option of the person, by oral or written request and payment of a fee as established by the Board. The fees shall not exceed the reasonable estimated costs for printing and postage, as determined by the Board. A newspaper published or radio and television station located in this state shall not be required to pay a fee for such schedules or notices. If mailed, the notices should be mailed 72 hours before the meetings and in no case less than 18 hours before the meeting. E. Closed or Executive Sessions The Board may meet in closed session only for the following purposes: 1. To consider the dismissal, suspension, or disciplining of, or to hear complaints or charges brought against an elected member, employee, or individual agent when the named person requests a closed hearing. 1180-3

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1180 Meetings 2. 1180-4 To consider the dismissal, suspension, or disciplining of a student when the student or the student's parent(s)/guardian(s) requests a closed hearing. 3. For strategy and negotiation sessions connected with the negotiation of a collective bargaining agreement when either negotiating party requests a closed hearing. 4. To consider the purchase or lease of real property up to the time an option to purchase or lease that real property is obtained. 5. To consult with its attorney regarding trial or settlement strategy in connection with specific pending litigation, but only when an open meeting would have detrimental financial effect on the litigating or settlement position of the Board. 6. To review the specific contents of an application for employment or appointment to public office when the candidate requests that the application remain confidential. However, all interviews by the Board for employment or appointment to public office shall be held in an open meeting. 7. To consider material exempt from discussion or disclosure by state or federal statutes. Except for the purpose identified in items, 1, 2, and 3, a two-thirds, open meeting roll call vote of the members elect is required to call a closed session and the purpose or purposes for the closed or executive session shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting at which the vote is taken. The closed or executive session shall be recorded in separate minutes that shall not be a matter of public record except as provided in law. No vote shall be taken during closed session on matters considered in closed session. Any action taken on such matters shall be taken in a public meeting and recorded in the minutes of that meeting.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1180 Meetings F. Emergency Meetings The Board may meet in emergency session in the event of a severe and imminent threat to the health, safety, or welfare of the public when two-thirds of the members elect decide that delay would be detrimental to efforts to lessen or respond to the threat. III. Procedures for Meetings A. Time and Place Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at the Education Service Center at 4107 North Adrian Highway, Adrian, Michigan, on the first Monday of each month at 5:00 p.m. Changes in date, time, or place shall be posted by the Secretary in accordance with the provisions established in II-B of this policy. B. Notification to Members No notification of regular meetings is required beyond the mailing or delivery of the agenda for the meeting. Elected members of the Board shall be informed of the date, time, and place of any special meeting by written notice mailed not less than 72 hours prior to the meeting or delivery of said notice to members personally or by leaving the notice at each member's, residence with a person of the household at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. C. Agenda The agenda for a regular meeting shall be prepared by the Superintendent and delivered to the elected members of the Board and other interested parties at least 24 hours before the date of the meeting. Board members' agenda shall be accompanied by the unapproved minutes of regular meetings, those minutes of special meetings that are available, Superintendent's recommendations, and other materials pertinent to items on the agenda or that may be useful to the elected members. 1180-5

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1180 Meetings D. Special Meeting Agenda 1180-6

The agenda for a special meeting shall, time permitting, meet the same requirements as to preparation and delivery as indicated above. E. Order of Business – Minimum (subject to ad hoc modification by the Board) 1. 2. 3. 4. Call to Order Approval of Agenda Comments from the Public Information and Reports a. Instruction b. Consultation & Planning c. Finance & Administrative Services d. Office of the Superintendent 5. Consent Agenda a. Approval of Regular Meeting Minutes b. Approval of Special Meeting Minutes c. Financial Reports 6. 7. Recommended Action Adjournment F. Rules of Order The Board shall be governed by rules of procedure as adopted by the Board. In no event shall the Board adopt Robert’s Rules of Order. The presiding officer may, however, at his/her discretion, use Robert’s Rules of Order as a ―guideline‖ in the conduct of meetings. G. Quorum A majority of the elected members of the Board shall constitute a quorum. A majority of the elected members is required to approve a motion. Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1180 Meetings H. Voting Method Voting shall be ayes or nays. Roll call votes may be called for at the discretion of the President or may be requested by any elected member, unless otherwise required under law. All roll call votes shall be recorded and included in the minutes of the meeting. Any elected member may abstain from voting for cause and may request his/her reason for abstaining be recorded in the minutes. Any elected member may request an explanation of his/her vote be recorded in the minutes. I. Minutes The Secretary of the Board or his/her designee shall keep minutes of every meeting of the Board. The minutes shall include the date, time, place, elected members present, elected members absent, all decisions made at open meetings and the purpose or purposes for which closed or executive sessions are called, all roll call votes, and a reference to reports and items discussed when no action is taken. Proposed and approved minutes of an open meeting of the Board are public records open to public inspection. Copies of proposed minutes of an open meeting shall be provided upon request to members of the public within eight business days of the meeting and copies of approved minutes within five business days of the meeting at which they are approved. J. Public Participation in Meetings All meetings of the Board shall be open to the public, with the exception of closed or executive sessions. A person shall not be required as a condition of attendance at a meeting to register or otherwise provide his/her name or other information or fulfill a condition precedent to attendance. Any person shall be permitted to address the Board under the agenda item "Comments from the Public." He/She shall be recognized by the President, give his/her name, and the 1180-7

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1180 Meetings 1180-8 issue or agenda item on which comments will be made. The Board, at its discretion, may alter the order of business to permit communications from the public at other times during the meeting. In cases where individuals or groups desire to appear on the printed agenda of the meeting for purposes of addressing the Board, a written statement of such intention must be received by the President of the Board or the Superintendent's office within five days prior to the date of the meeting. However, time shall be set aside during that portion of the meeting devoted to "Comments from the Public" to receive expressions from the public. Persons may be excluded from attendance at open meetings for a breach of the peace committed at the meeting. K. Information and Study Session The Board may devote a part of each regular or special meeting, or schedule a study meeting, for the purpose of receiving information and discussing matters pertaining to the District through presentations, discussing special projects, or other matters. Such sessions shall be open to the public, notice of such properly posted, and minutes taken.

Approved: June 6, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.261-275; 380.1201(3) (4)

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1180-R Meetings 1180-R Procedures and Rules for Public Participation in Meetings I. A. Procedures Unless legally closed, all meetings of the Board shall be open to the public; an individual is not required to register or fulfill any condition precedent to attendance. B. Any person may address the Board under agenda item "Comments from the Public." 1. Individual shall be recognized by the President. 2. Individual shall state his/her name and issue or agenda item on which comments will be made. C. The order of business may be altered by the Board to permit comments from the public at other times during the meeting. D. An individual or a group wishing to appear on the printed meeting agenda must submit a written statement of such intention to the Board President or Superintendent's Office, which shall be received within five days prior to the date of the meeting. E. Persons may be excluded from attendance at open meetings for a breach of the peace committed at the meeting. II. Rules A. Complaints against school personnel shall be submitted in writing to the Board President or Superintendent at least five days prior to a regular Board meeting. (The law provides that the person complained against has the right to ask for a separate closed hearing on the complaint.) B. Individuals wishing to address the Board are encouraged to contact the President or Superintendent prior to the meeting.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1180-R C. Meetings 1180-R-2 Public presentation to the Board should be restricted to approximately ten minutes. (The exact amount of time will be determined by the Board at each meeting.) D. Groups of more than three individuals shall choose a representative who may address the Board. E. Any group of more than thirty individuals is urged to give notice to the Superintendent's Office at least five days prior to the meeting so that a larger facility may be sought to accommodate the group. F. The Board may decide to hold a special meeting or hearing regarding a matter about which a large number of people wish to address the Board. G. Individuals who address the Board when a large group is present/expected will be required to submit the form "Request to Address the Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education" to the President. The President will call and schedule speakers by referring to the cards. (See item I.B. above.) H. Public debate will not be allowed.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1180-R Meetings 1180-R-3 REQUEST TO ADDRESS THE LENAWEE INTERMEDIATE SCHOOL DISTRICT BOARD OF EDUCATION (Please print)

DATE: _____________________

RECEIVED BY: __________________________________________________

I, _____________________________, representing ______________________

(group), wish to address the Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education of the following topic: ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________

I understand that my remarks should be limited to a length of time established by the Board of Education at each meeting and confined to the topic specified above.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1225 Duties of Board Officers President The President shall: A. B. Preside at meetings of the Board. Cause an action to be prosecuted in the name of the District on the Treasurer's bond in case of breach of a condition of the bond. C. Perform other duties appropriate to the duties of the office of the President. Presiding Officer The President shall preside at all meetings of the Board. In the absence, disability, or disqualification of the President, the Vice-President shall act instead. If neither person is available, another officer shall be designated by a plurality of those present to preside. The act of any person so designated shall be legal and binding. Vice-President (This position may be combined with the office of Secretary) If the Board of Education chooses to create the office of Vice-President, the Vice-President shall: A. B. Preside at meetings of the Board when the President is not able to attend. Perform other duties appropriate to the duties of the office of VicePresident as the Board determines. C. In case of a vacancy in the office of President, succeed to the office of President for the balance of the unexpired term. Secretary The Secretary shall: A. B. Act as clerk at meetings of the Board. Record and sign the minutes of meetings, orders, resolutions and other proceedings of the Board in proper record books. 1225

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1225 Duties of Board Officers C. Perform other duties required by law or by the Board. Treasurer The Treasurer shall: A. B. C. Assure the proper deposits of the funds of the District. Assure the maintenance of proper books of account. Account for interest received from invested school funds and credit interest received to the appropriate fund accounts. D. Pay out funds for the purposes specified by law, or in the case of gifts or donations for the purpose for which the money is given or donated, on proper orders signed by the Secretary and countersigned by the Board President. E. Perform other duties as the Superintendent and the Board may prescribe in its bylaws relating to the administration of District funds. 1225-2

Approved: June 6, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.613

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1230 School Attorney 1230 The Board recognizes that the increasing complexity of District operations frequently requires professional legal services. It shall annually retain an attorney or law firm. A decision to seek legal advice or assistance in behalf of the District shall normally be made by the Superintendent or designee. Such action shall occur as it is consistent with approved District policy or standard practice and meets the needs of the District. It may also take place because of formal Board direction. Many types of instances of legal assistance to the District may be considered routine and not necessitating specific Board approval. However, when the administration concludes that unusual types or amounts of professional legal service may be required, the Board directs the administration to advise it and to seek, expeditiously, either initial or continuing authorization for such service. The performance of the school attorney shall be subject to evaluation by the Board and the Superintendent. Appointment shall be for a one-year term.

Approved:

June 2, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1235 Independent Auditor The independent auditor shall: A. Examine the balance sheet of the District at the close of its fiscal year and the related statements of transactions in the various funds for the fiscal year then ended. B. Conduct such examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and to include such tests of the accounting records and such other auditing procedures as are necessary in the circumstances. C. Render an opinion of the financial statements prepared at, the close of the fiscal year. D. Make such recommendations to the Board concerning its accounting records, procedures and related activities as may appear necessary or desirable. E. Perform such other related services as may be requested by the Board. 1235

Approved:

June 2, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1240 Memberships 1240 The Board may maintain membership in the national and state school Boards associations and Board members may take part in the activities of these groups. The Board may also maintain institutional memberships in other educational organizations that the Superintendent and Board find to be of benefit to members and District personnel. The materials and other benefits of these memberships will be distributed and used to the best advantage of the Board and staff.

Approved:

June 2, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1245 School Board Conferences 1245 In recognition of the need for continuing in-service training and development for its members, the Board encourages members to participate in meetings, seminars, conferences, and activities of area, state, and national school Boards associations, as well as in the activities of other educational groups. Board members are encouraged to study and examine materials received from these organizations. A Board member's actual and necessary expenses for development opportunities shall be paid for or reimbursed in accordance with Board of Education policy 1140, Policy on Board Member Compensation and Expenses. In situations where a Board member holds a state or national office in a school Board association, or has been asked or appointed to serve a school Board association at the state or national level, the Board shall budget for the additional expenses as agreed to prior to the beginning of each fiscal year. To help members develop an understanding of the educational program, the Superintendent will request members of the professional staff to appear before the Board from time to time to present and discuss developments in various areas of curriculum and instruction. The Superintendent and Board President are responsible for authorizing requests for attendance of Board members at approved training opportunities if the requests come within budgeted appropriations and limitations.

Approved: June 2, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1254, 388.1764b

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1245-R School Board Conferences 1245-R The Superintendent and Board President shall distribute a calendar of conferences, workshops, in-service programs, seminars, and conventions, which Board members may wish to attend. The Superintendent shall update the calendar for Board members, as the opportunities become known. The Superintendent is responsible for processing requests for attendance of Board members if the requests come within budgeted appropriations and limitations. Payment or reimbursement for expenses incurred may only be made in accordance with Board of Education policy. The Superintendent shall consult with the Board President in situations where funds may not be available for specific activity or when a determination is necessary as to who shall attend a given activity when more requests are received than can be honored. The Board President and Superintendent may bring recommendations to the Board on such matters for final determination.

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1248 Board Advisory Committees 1248 The Board of Education believes it is important that proposed major changes in Intermediate District programs be systematically studied and reviewed before implementation. Constituent school Districts should also have the opportunity to participate in the evaluation of established ISD programs and services. Input shall be sought from representative advisory committees. Membership on advisory committees will vary according to the nature of the program or service, but may include a cross section of local District staff, local District Superintendents, parent(s)/guardian(s), local citizens, and members of constituent Boards of Education, as well as ISD staff. Ad hoc appointees shall be chosen by the Superintendent as needed. All regular advisory committees and their members shall be endorsed by the Board annually upon recommendations by the Superintendent, unless precluded by law or regulations.

Approved:

June 2, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1250 Board-Staff Communication 1250 The Board desires to maintain open channels of communication between itself and the staff. The basic line of communication will be through the Superintendent.

Approved:

June 2, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
1255 Staff Communications to the Board 1255 All communications or reports to the Board or any Board committee from all staff members shall be submitted through the Superintendent. This necessary procedure shall not be construed as denying the right of any employee to appeal to the Board from administrative decisions on important matters, provided that the Superintendent shall have been notified of the forthcoming appeal and that it is processed in accordance with the Board's policy on complaints and grievances. Staff members are also reminded that Board meetings are public meetings. As such, they provide an excellent opportunity to observe at first hand the Board's deliberations on staff concerns. Board Communications to Staff All official communications, policies, and directives of staff interest and concern will be communicated to staff members through the Superintendent and the Superintendent will employ methods that are appropriate to keep staff fully informed of the Board's problems, concerns, and actions.

Approved:

June 2, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
TC-2000-1 2000—GENERAL SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION 2020 2030 2100 2110 2130 2140 2150 2170 2250 2270 2400 Administrative Organization District Authority School Superintendent Superintendent Qualifications Recruitment Superintendent Appointment Compensation and Benefits Professional Development Opportunities Superintendent Evaluation Resolution Regarding Employee Resignations Administrative Personnel (For school management and supervisory personnel below District Superintendent level.) Compensation and Contracts Qualifications and Duties Recruitment Assignment Orientation Supervision Time Schedules Temporary Administrators Personnel Travel Expense Administrator Evaluation Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure Handbooks and Other Publications Professional Development Opportunities Policy Implementation Administrative Rules (Cf. 1570) Staff Involvement Community Involvement Student Involvement Rules Adoption Rules Dissemination Rules Review (Also 1570) Administration in Policy Absence Indemnification - Board Members and Others

2430 2450 2550 2590 2700 2750

2760

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
TC-2000-2

2780

2790

2800 2810

Administration of Medication by School Personnel Self-Administration/Self-Possession of Medications Diabetic Emergencies Management of Students with Asthma in the School Setting Exercise Induced Asthma Attacks School Staff Training Storage and Access to Medications Record-Keeping of Medications School Safety Information Policy Implementation Incidents to be Reported Community Meetings Records Public Review and Inspection of Records Fees Appeals

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2020 Administrative Organization 2020 The legal authority of the Board shall be transmitted through the Superintendent to other positions through an organizational structure prepared by the Superintendent and reviewed by the Board. The Superintendent shall be responsible for keeping the administrative structure of the District aligned with the District’s Vision and Mission and up-to-date as to the strategic plans, goals, curricula, instructional arrangements, and services change, and shall make revisions in the structure known to the Board.

Approved:

August 4, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2030 District Authority 2030 The Board recognizes that many of the subject topics found in this policy manual may be subject to collective bargaining negotiations under the Michigan Public Employment Relations Act. It is not the intent of the Board to, in any way, circumvent the negotiations process as defined in Michigan law, but, rather, to establish direction and general and long-range operational procedures for the care and custody, establishment, maintenance, management and carrying on of the public schools and property of the District as authorized under current law. Whenever the words ―Superintendent,‖ ―Assistant Superintendent,‖ ―Director,‖ ―Principal,‖ or ―Coordinator‖ appear in these policies and rules, the words ―or designated representative‖ shall be assumed to follow. The delegation of authority of administrative actions does not relieve the Superintendent of the responsibility of the actions of such designated representatives.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF MCL 380.601a

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2100 School Superintendent 2100 The Superintendent shall be the chief administrative head of the District and shall have, under the direction of the Board, general supervision of all of the schools and of all the personnel and various departments of the District. The Superintendent is responsible for the management of the schools under Board policies and is accountable to the Board. The administration of instruction and business affairs are lodged with the Superintendent and administered by him/her with the assistance of his/her staff. The Board of Education, individually and collectively, will refer promptly all criticisms, complaints, and suggestions called to its attention to the

Superintendent for study and recommendation. The Superintendent, at his/her discretion, may delegate to other school personnel the exercise of any powers and the discharge of any duties imposed upon the Superintendent by these policies or by vote of the Board. The

delegation of power or duty, however, shall not relieve the Superintendent of responsibility for the action taken under such delegation.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.653

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2110 Superintendent Qualifications 2110 The Board may periodically revise its preferred qualifications for Superintendent. The minimum qualifications are: A commitment to be a visible leader in the District and the community, attending school and community events, serving as an active member of community organizations and who will maintain the community’s trust in the District. Possesses a strong background in school finance and state and federal legislation affecting education. Exhibit high integrity, a sense of humor, good communication skills, and sensitivity for the concerns of all students, staff, and the community including diverse populations and people with disabilities. Has a background in the use of the latest technologies. Promotes staff professional development and innovation. Has had positive working experiences in consortium. Has been a successful teacher and/or administrator in vocational education, special education, or a K-12 system. Possesses a vision for education which is tied to reality, which will embrace the present vision, mission and beliefs and build on them to lead the organization into the future.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1246

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2130 Recruitment (Cf. 5020) 2130 When a vacancy in the Superintendency occurs, the Board shall fill the position with the most capable person available. The Board shall consider only those candidates who meet its minimum qualifications and who display the ability to carry out, successfully, the duties of the Superintendent. Applications for the Superintendency shall be screened, and those candidates who appear to be most promising shall be interviewed.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1246

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2140 Superintendent Appointment 2140 All contract offers of employment to, or continued employment of, the Superintendent shall be made by the Board and subject to final approval by the Board. The Board may choose to have the contract reviewed by its legal counsel. The Superintendent will be offered a written contract not to exceed the number of years allowable by law. The Board shall not award tenure to the Superintendent in said position or in any other administrative position in the District. The Superintendent’s contract shall be considered for renewal at a meeting prior to the Board’s annual organizational meeting. It is the

responsibility of the Board President to see that the Superintendent’s contract is properly executed and signed. A copy of the contract shall be on file at the Board office. The contract shall contain a provision excluding the Superintendent from attaining tenure in the administrative position.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.268(8f); 38.91; 380.1246

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2150 Compensation and Benefits 2150 Compensation and benefits of the Superintendent shall be determined annually by the Board and will be based on the Superintendent’s performance in relation to his/her ability to carry out the vision, mission, goals, policies and budget of the District.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF:

MCL 380.1250

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2170 Professional Development Opportunities 2170 The Board shall offer the Superintendent encouragement and assistance for his/her professional development. The Board shall encourage him/her to

attend educational conferences, seminars, workshops and other professional meetings; visit other school systems; and use other means to keep abreast of modern educational thought and practice.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1246 (1) (2); 380.1254; 380.1525; OAG, 1977-1978, No 5272, p 365 (February 24, 1978)

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2170-R Professional Development Opportunities 2170-R The annual budget shall provide an allocation for the Superintendent’s professional development. The Superintendent shall be authorized to attend

those meetings, conferences, workshops, and seminars that in his/her judgment shall be of greatest value to the District within the limitations provided in the budget and/or limitations specifically placed on such attendance by the Board.

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2250 Superintendent Evaluation 2250 One of the benefits of a Superintendent evaluation is the establishment and strengthening of an ongoing, open and honest two-way communication between the Superintendent and the Board. The Board shall evaluate the Superintendent, at least annually, using the criteria and an evaluation process mutually agreed upon by the Board and Superintendent. If mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Board shall proceed with the Superintendent's evaluation using criteria aligned with the District's vision, the manner in which day-to-day operations of the District are handled, Board - Superintendent relations, staff and community relations, and the degree to which the Superintendent fulfills the responsibilities set forth in the job description and duties for that position. The criteria and process adopted by the Board will be communicated in advance to the Superintendent. An appraisal instrument may be used by the Superintendent as a self-evaluation instrument prior to the Board's summary evaluation. Such self-evaluation can be presented to the Board by the Superintendent at an evaluation meeting held as allowed under current law. Prior to any summary evaluation meeting, individual Board members may complete their evaluation instrument of the Superintendent privately. The Board and Superintendent may meet in closed session, at the option of the Superintendent, for the summary evaluation. The Superintendent shall have an opportunity to respond to the Board's summary evaluation either orally or in writing at the Superintendent's discretion. After the Superintendent's summary evaluation has been prepared by the Board, the Board shall approve, by vote, the summary evaluation at an open meeting. After the Board's adoption, the Superintendent's summary evaluation shall be made available as provided under current law. Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2250 Superintendent Evaluation 2250-2 The Superintendent's summary evaluation and any rebuttal thereto shall be retained in the Superintendent's personnel file as a matter of record. The evaluation procedure shall be on file at the District office.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.268; 15.243(1) (m); OAG, 1977-1978, No 5262, p 338 (January 31, 1978); OAG, 1979-1980, No 5608, p 496 (December 17, 1979); OAG, 1989-1990, No 6668, p 409 (November 28, 1990)

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2270 Employee Resignations 2270 The Board authorizes and directs the Superintendent to accept all employee resignations on behalf of the District. Those persons, whom the Superintendent may wish to designate as being authorized to accept resignations, shall be so notified in writing by the Superintendent. Upon acceptance, resignations shall be irrevocable. The Superintendent shall inform the Board of any resignations on a monthly basis.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 38.111; 380.1131; 380.1231

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2400 Administrative Personnel (Cf. 5520) 2400 The Board recognizes that it is vital to the successful operation of the District that administrative positions created by the Board be filled with highly qualified and competent personnel. The Board shall approve the employment, fix the compensation, and establish the term of employment for each administrator employed by the District. Such approval shall be given after considering the recommendations of the Superintendent. Internships may be a part of the administrative and supervisory personnel and shall be determined and appointed by the Superintendent with a timely report to the Board. Any professional staff member's misstatement of fact material to qualifications for employment or the determination of salary shall be considered by the Board to constitute grounds for dismissal. Qualifications and Duties The Superintendent shall develop appropriate job descriptions for each administrative position in the District. Such documents shall be filed in the staff resources office. Assignment/Transfer The administrator is subject to assignment and transfer to another position of employment at the discretion of the Superintendent. Upon assignment and/or transfer to another position, the salary paid and benefits provided shall be those established by the Board of Education for the new or existing but vacant position. Orientation The Superintendent shall conduct an appropriate administrative

orientation program designed to acquaint such personnel with the District, Board policies, duties and responsibilities and other such activities as time and the needs of the District require. Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2400 Administrative Personnel (Cf. 5520) Supervision With the exception of those administrators reporting directly to the Superintendent, the Assistant Superintendents shall be responsible for the supervision of all other administrative personnel. Temporary Administrators The Superintendent shall designate a staff member to serve as chief administrator of the District or building in his/her absence. Personnel The administrative staff shall fill only those positions authorized by the Board. Travel Expense Travel expense for administrative staff shall be provided in accordance with the applicable policy. 2400-2

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF:

MCL 38.91

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2400-R Administrative Personnel 2400-R The Board will normally honor the recommendations of the Superintendent in appointment, assignment, transfer, demotion, termination, or non-renewal of any administrative personnel. The Board, however, may take actions on any of these matters. Recruitment In general all applicants will be screened initially by the Director of Staff Resources. The Superintendent may use other staff members to assist him/her, and who shall then make recommendations to the Board. At the discretion of the Superintendent, all or part of the expenses incurred by candidates who are interviewed for an administrative position may be paid by the District. Compensation Guides and Contracts Administrative contracts will be reviewed each year in a timely fashion. The term of each administrative contract will be determined by the Board in accord with law.

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2430 Administrative Evaluation (Cf. 2250, 5520) 2430 All administrative personnel shall be evaluated on a regular cycle established and approved by the Superintendent. Board discussion on an

administrator’s evaluation can be held in either a closed or open Board meeting as decided by the administrator. The administrator’s evaluation shall be made available to those authorized by law when so requested. Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.231-244; 15.268

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2450 Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure (Cf. 5030, 8015) 2450 It is the policy of the Board of Education that the District will not discriminate against any person based on sex, race, color, national origin, religion, height, weight, marital status, age, sexual preference/orientation, or disability. The District reaffirms its long-standing policy of compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination including, but not limited to, Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d. et seq.; and 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e, et seq.; Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. §§ 1681, et seq.; Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 794; The Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1210, et seq.; the Handicappers’ Civil Rights Act, MCL §§ 37.1101, et seq.; and the Elliott-Larsen Civil Rights Act, MCL §§ 37.2101, et seq. The Coordinator of Compliance, Monitoring, and School Safety is appointed the Civil Rights Coordinator regarding complaints of disability/handicap discrimination involving educational services, programs, and activities. The

Coordinator of Compliance, Monitoring, and School Safety is appointed the Civil Rights Coordinator regarding discrimination complaints made by students5 and/or their parent(s)/guardian(s), and involving sex, race, color, national origin, religion, height, weight, age, sexual preference/orientation, or marital status. The Executive Director of Staff Resources is appointed the Civil Rights Coordinator regarding all other complaints of discrimination. Inquiries or complaints by students and/or their parent(s)/guardian(s) related to discrimination based on disability/handicap should be directed to: Coordinator of Compliance, Monitoring, and School Safety Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 N. Adrian Hwy. Adrian, MI 49221 (517) 265-1682
The word ―students‖ should be read to include the full range of individuals served by the Intermediate School District in its early childhood, preschool, school-aged, and adult education programs. It is the policy of the district to use this term in an inclusive manner, encompassing a wide range of learners.
5

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2450 Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure (Cf. 5030, 8015) Inquiries or complaints made by students and/or 2450-2 their

parent(s)/guardian(s) related to discrimination based on sex, race, color, national origin, religion, height, weight, age, sexual preference/orientation, or marital status should be directed to: The Coordinator of Compliance, Monitoring, and School Safety Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 N. Adrian Hwy. Adrian, MI 49221 (517) 265-1682 In the event a complaint is against the Superintendent of Schools, the complaint should be directed to: The Vice-President of the Board of Education Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 N. Adrian Hwy. Adrian, MI 49221 (517) 265-1682 All other inquiries related to discrimination should be directed to: Executive Director of Staff Resources Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 N. Adrian Hwy. Adrian, MI 49221 (517) 265-1682 The Civil Rights Coordinators, as specified herein, are designated to receive and process complaints from any person who believes that he/she may have been discriminated against in violation of this policy. Any person who

believes he/she has been discriminated against in violation of this policy should file a written complaint with the Civil Rights Coordinator within ten (10) calendar days of the alleged violation. The Civil Rights Coordinator will take, then, the following action:

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2450 Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure (Cf. 5030, 8015) 2450-3

First, cause an investigation of the complaint to be commenced. Second, arrange for a meeting to occur with the complainant, which may include school District staff who are knowledgeable of the facts and circumstances of the particular complaint or who have particular expertise that will assist in resolving the complaint. Third, complete the investigation of the complaint and provide, in writing, a reply to the complainant. If the Civil Rights Coordinator determines that a violation has occurred, he/she shall propose a fair resolution of the complaint and deliver the determination to the complainant and the Superintendent. In the event the complaint is against the Superintendent, a copy of the determination shall be delivered to the President of the Board of Education. The complainant

may appeal the Civil Rights Coordinator’s determination to the Superintendent, or, in the case of a complaint against the Superintendent, to the President of the Board, by so notifying the Superintendent or Board President in writing within the (10) calendar days of the Civil Rights Coordinator’s determination. The

Superintendent or Board President may conduct additional investigation of the facts and circumstances surrounding the complaint. The Board Vice-President or President may elect to secure the services of an outside party to investigate the facts and circumstances surrounding any complaint against the Superintendent. The Superintendent, or Board President in the case of a complaint against the Superintendent, shall affirm or reverse the Civil Rights Coordinator’s decision and, if warranted, implement the Civil Rights Coordinator’s proposed resolution or a modification thereof. The Superintendent or Board President's decision shall be final. If the complainant is not satisfied with the Civil Rights Coordinator’s written decision, he/she may appeal to the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education, Washington, D.C. 20202.

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2450 Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure (Cf. 5030, 8015) 2450-4

Upon completion of, or at any point in, the grievance process, complainants have the right to file a complaint with the Office for Civil Rights, US Department of Education, Washington, D.C. 20201. The complainant should first be directed to the following address: Office for Civil Rights 600 Superior Avenue, Suite 750 Cleveland, OH 44114 (216) 522-4970 phone (216) 522-2573 fax Approved: Adopted August 4, 2003; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007 LEGAL REF: Included in text

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2550 Handbooks and Other Publications 2550 In order that pertinent Board policies and administrative rules/regulations or procedures are known by all staff members and students, District administrators are granted authority to develop and issue staff and student handbooks. The Superintendent shall review and the Board shall approve all handbooks prior to publication to ensure that the contents conform completely to Board policy and current law.

Approved:

August 4, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2590 Professional Development Opportunities (Cf. 2170, 5190, 5330) 2590 Administrators of the District shall make every effort to stay abreast of the latest developments in their respective fields. The Board may require or

otherwise encourage administrators to attend summer sessions, conferences, retreats, workshops, or other activities that will directly benefit the District's schools. Expenses of registration fees, board and room, travel and other

incidental expenses will be paid by the District to attend state, national and local meetings approved by the Superintendent in accordance with money budgeted for this purpose; to attend periodic in-service workshops sponsored by the District; to improve skills in personnel management, supervision and

improvement of instruction, public relations and other aspects of school management.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1525

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2700 Policy Implementation 2700 The administrative staff shall carry out and enforce all policies duly adopted by the Board and all administrative regulations promulgated in furtherance thereof. Failure of any administrative employee to implement the policies of the Board may result in suspension, demotion, probation, or other action in accordance with procedures set forth in these policies and rules.

Approved:

August 4, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2750 Administrative Rules (Cf. 1570) 2750 The Superintendent has the responsibility for developing required rules/ regulations and procedures to carry out Board policies and to operate the District's programs. These rules/regulations and procedures shall constitute the administrative regulations governing the District and may be considered for approval, modification or rejection by the Board as the situation warrants. Staff Involvement In the development of rules/regulations, procedures and arrangements for the operation of the District, the Superintendent may include at the planning stage representatives of those employees who will be affected by such provisions. The Superintendent shall encourage the ready exchange of ideas regarding the operation of the District. He/She shall carefully consider the advice given by employees and community members. Community Involvement The Superintendent may involve District community members on committees or study groups whenever desired. Rules Adoption All administrative rules/regulations or procedures which originate from the administrative staff must be approved by the Superintendent before adoption or modification. All administrative rules/regulations or procedures recommended by the Superintendent shall be reviewed but need not be approved by the administrative staff before implementation. Rules Review In those instances where administrative rules have been adopted by the Board, they shall be subject to a planned review by the Board and the District's administrative staff.

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration

2750 Administrative Rules (Cf. 1570) Administration in Policy Absence

2750-2

In cases of an emergency in which action must be taken within the District, where the Board has provided no policies or guidance for administrative action, the Superintendent shall have the power to act, but his/her decisions shall be subject to review by the Board at the next Board meeting. It shall be the duty of the Superintendent to inform the Board promptly of such action and of any need for policy.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601a

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2750-R Administrative Rules (Cf. 1570) 2750-R No administrative rule shall be in conflict with Board policy. Rules Drafting All proposed rules/regulations or procedures may be submitted to the Board’s attorney for a legal interpretation before being submitted to the Board for review. Staff Involvement The Superintendent may appoint, at his or her own discretion, ad hoc committees for such functions as are not being performed by existing groups or persons. Each staff or community committee shall act in an advisory capacity to the administrative officer responsible for the area in which the committee was designated to operate. All ad hoc committees shall terminate no later than one year after their establishment unless otherwise stated in their charter or reestablished by the Board or the administration. Administration in Policy Absence In the event the Superintendent is forced to act in the absence of regular Board policy or guidelines and feels that policy is needed, he/she may draft a proposed Board policy, together with appropriate rules, to be presented to the Board at a future meeting for its consideration. Considerations In the development of administrative rules, regulations, and/or procedures, the administrator in charge shall consider the following areas: A. B. The District’s Vision, Mission, and Beliefs. The Board’s expectations and concerns. Have measurable outcomes been decided upon by the Board and/or Superintendent? addressed? Policy Manual Have the concerns of individual Board members been

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2750-R B. Administrative Rules (Cf. 1570) 2750-R-2 Legal Review Has there been a review of the Revised School Code, the Laws Relating to Education and attorney general opinions relative to the policy topic? Has there been a review of any U.S. court or Michigan court decisions relative to the policy topic? C. Operational Activities There shall be consideration given to any staffing, fiscal, notification and inservice/ orientation implications relative to the administrative procedures and implementation of the policy. D. Time Frames There shall be consideration given to the effective date of any policy implementation activities. Those periods may include: effective date,

review dates, a date that the policy or procedures may end. E. Board Review There shall be time for the administrative staff to review with the Board the administrative procedures when the topic warrants. F. Reporting Prior to any review of the administrative procedures, the administrative staff shall consider the procedures relative to recommendations (stay the same, amend, or delete), and future policy and procedure oversight activities.

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2760 Indemnification - Board Members and Others 2760 The District may agree to indemnify, save harmless and defend a current or prior Board member, Superintendent or other administrator, employee or volunteer from claims, actions, suits (civil or criminal) and judgments caused by his/her action if the action was: Taken in good faith within the course of employment or other service to the District, or serving on the Board, and Within the scope of his/her authority. The Board of Education shall make decisions regarding indemnification on a case-by-case basis, and may provide liability insurance coverage for this purpose. The purchase of liability insurance is not a waiver of immunity to suit or other protection granted by law.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 691.1408

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780 Administration of Medications by School Personnel (Cf. 8670) 2780 This policy is intended to cover all students.6 It includes students with disabilities who have an Individualized Educational Program (IEP) or Section 504 Plan. The following definition of ―medication‖ is adopted for use in this District: ―Medication,‖ includes prescription, non-prescription, and herbal medications, and includes those taken by mouth, by inhaler, those that are injectable, and those applied as drops to eyes, nose, or medications applied to the skin. Forms for implementing this policy will be developed and modified as needed and may be included in this policy as ―samples.‖ Whenever possible, medications for students should be administered by parent(s)/guardian(s) at home. As a service to the family, the Superintendent shall establish procedures for the administration of medication by school personnel in circumstances where such administration is deemed necessary for the student’s well being by the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) and physician. The pupil’s parent(s)/guardian(s) must provide the school with written permission and a written request to administer medications to their child. Written instructions from a physician, which include the name of the pupil, name of the medication, dosage of the medication, route of administration, and time the medication is to be administered to the pupil must accompany the request and be kept on record by the school. The parental or guardian request/permission and a physician’s instructions for administration shall be renewed every school year. Any and all ―biohazards‖ generated, such as, but not limited to: sharps, bandages, gauze, towelettes, and discarded live or attenuated vaccines, due to the administration of medications by school personnel shall be disposed of in accordance with the Michigan Medical Waste Regulatory Act, 1978 PA 368, R 325.1545(10). Students who ―self administer‖ medications shall be responsible for returning any such wastes to their home for disposal. The Superintendent
The word ―students‖ and ―pupils‖ should be read to include the full range of individuals served by the Intermediate School District in its early childhood, preschool, school-aged, and adult education programs. Age of majority students shall be treated as adults unless a guardian has been appointed.
6

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780 Administration of Medications by School Personnel (Cf. 8670) 2780-2 shall be responsible for providing staff members with written procedures to implement this requirement. Each building shall have a plan for handling medical emergencies. The school administrator will designate an individual(s) responsible for administering medications to pupils at that school. A school administrator,

teacher or other school employee authorized to do so by the school administrator, may administer medication to a pupil in the presence of another adult employee pursuant to written permission of the pupil’s

parent(s)/guardian(s), and in compliance with, the written instructions of a physician. Where the individual administering the medication is a licensed

registered professional nurse, or when an emergency threatens the life or health of the pupil, a second adult need not be present. Self-Administration/Self-Possession of Medications The following definition of ―self-administration/self-possession‖ is adopted for use in this District: ―Self-administration‖ means that the pupil is able to

consume or apply prescription and non-prescription medication in the manner directed by the physician without additional assistance or direction. Self-

possession means that the pupil may carry medication on his/her person to allow for immediate and self-determined administration. A pupil whose parent(s)/guardian(s) and physician provide written permission will be able to self-administer and self-possess his/her own medications. A medication that a pupil possesses must be labeled and prepared by a pharmacy or pharmaceutical company and include the dosage and frequency of administration. A pupil’s use shall not be denied if the conditions of written permission and physician direction are met. A building administrator may discontinue a pupil’s right to self-administer and self-possession if there is misuse by the pupil. The denial shall come only after a consultation with the Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780 Administration of Medications by School Personnel (Cf. 8670) 2780-3 parent(s)/guardian(s). An adult, student or otherwise, may directly administer medication to their minor child at school without complying with this policy. For example, a pupil who requires the use of an inhaler for relief or prevention of asthma symptoms shall be allowed to carry and use the inhaler if there is written approval from the pupil’s physician and parent(s)/guardian(s) on record at the school (as described in the Michigan Revised School Code, Section 380.1179). A pupil who is in possession of an inhaler under the above conditions shall have each of his/her teachers notified of this by the building administrator. Diabetic Emergencies Staff shall be made aware of the symptoms of a diabetic emergency. Staff with diabetic students should know the signs of possible side effects of diabetic medications, and also, be aware which side effects are serious enough to warrant reporting to the child’s parent(s)/guardian(s) or health provider. Management of Students with Asthma in the School Setting If needed, school administrators may have direct communication with the child's health care provider in order to resolve individual problems that may arise because of a child's asthma. All staff shall be informed about the early warning signs of an acute asthma episode and should be aware of emergency procedures and contacts in case a child needs medical assistance. Copies of the "Signs of an Asthma Emergency," as published by the Michigan Department of Education will be distributed to all staff and shall be posted on appropriate bulletin boards in school buildings. Exercise Induced Asthma Attacks Physical education teachers, playground aides, and teachers are to be informed that exercise can induce acute episodes for many students with asthma. It shall be the responsibility of the administration to inform school staffs who are responsible for students during physical activity of the identity of those Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780 Administration of Medications by School Personnel (Cf. 8670) students who have exercise-induced asthma. 2780-4 A child with exercise-induced

asthma shall be allowed to stop any physical activity if they are having difficulty. The Superintendent may promulgate rules and guidelines to implement this provision. School Staff Training All individuals designated or authorized to administer medication are required to receive in-service training on all district policies and procedures related to this responsibility. School staff must be trained by a licensed

registered professional nurse, physician, or physician assistant who has knowledge of local school medication policies and procedures. Storage and Access to Medications All medication shall be kept in a labeled container as prepared by a pharmacy, physician, or pharmaceutical company with the pupil’s name, the name of the medication, dosage, and the frequency of administration. Medications shall be stored in a school location that is kept locked. However, emergency medications may be stored in an area readily accessible to the individuals designated to administer them. All controlled-substance medications will be counted and recorded upon receipt from the parent(s)/guardian(s). The medication shall be recounted on a regular basis (monthly or bi-weekly) and this count shall be reconciled with the medication administration log/record. Record-Keeping of Medications A log of medication administration shall be kept in a school office and filed in a pupil’s permanent record at the end of each school year. The individual pupil log shall be kept until one year after the pupil’s graduation from high school. Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1178; MCL380.1179; OAG, 1979-1980, No 5679, p 7-0 (April 11, 1980); OAG, 1993, No 6746, (January 13, 1993); MDE Bulletin, October 18, 1999, PA 378, 1978, Medical Waste Regulatory Act, R 325.1545(2) Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 2780-R The following administrative rules are to be followed by District personnel in the implementation of policy 2780. These rules and procedures may not be changed or amended without the express approval of the Superintendent of Schools. School Administration of Medications – Prescription Prescription medications shall not be stored or dispensed by District personnel without written permission and instructions from both: a. The parent(s)/guardian(s), who shall request and authorize District personnel to give medication in the dosage prescribed by the physician and to contact the physician directly. b. The physician, who shall provide instructions to school personnel regarding the administration of medication, and who shall identify any specific conditions or reactions to the medication which may require contacting the physician or other professional medical personnel. Instructions from the physician must include: Name of the pupil; Name of the medication; Dosage of the medication; Route of administration; Time the medication is to be administered; and The length of time (not to exceed the current school year) that medications are to be administered. Any ―biohazardous‖ wastes produced shall be disposed of in accordance with law, and the written instructions distributed by the administration. New parent(s)/guardian(s) and physician written instructions and

permission must accompany any change in medication, dosage, or time of administration. Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 2780-R-2 Storage and access to medications in school Prescription medication to be given at school must be delivered, by the parent(s)/ guardian(s), in a container as prepared by a pharmacy, physician, or pharmaceutical company with a printed label specifying: a. b. c. d. The child’s full name; The name of the medication and the dosage; The time of day medication should be administered; and The name of the physician. A building administrator shall request that a pharmacy supply the oral medication in the exact dosage prescribed. Only limited quantities of a

prescription medication may be kept at school, and the parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be solely responsible for any and all prescription refills. All prescription medication shall be kept in locked storage or other safe place. The Principal of each building shall designate the school personnel authorized to administer medication to students. A building administrator may set a reasonable designated time for the administration of medications. The parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be informed of this designated time and communicate this to the physician when he/she writes medication administration instructions. The school may request that the

physician send a written explanation with the medication administration instructions to the school if an exception to the school’s designated time is necessary. School personnel authorized to administer prescription medication shall be given appropriate instruction in the administration of medications. After medication is administered, students should be observed for possible reactions to the medication. This observation may occur at the site of administration or in the classroom as part of the normal routine.

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 2780-R-3 Except in the case of an emergency that threatens the life or well being of the student, all administration of medication shall be conducted in the presence of two or more adults. When necessary for a pupil to have medication

administered while on a school-sponsored field trip or off-site activity, the individual designated to administer medication must carry the medication in the original container, and record the necessary information on the medication log upon return from the trip/activity. Staff Training In-service training is recommended to be not less than four hours in length and include actual "hands-on" practice in identifying and dispensing medications. Individuals, with the exception of a licensed registered professional nurse, who are responsible for administering any medications that must be given by injection, by nebulizer, or administered rectally, vaginally, or into the bladder, must receive one-to-one training by a licensed health professional.

Documentation that school personnel have completed the required in-service training shall be maintained by the school and made available, upon request, to a pupil's parent(s)/guardian(s), physician, licensed registered professional nurse, or by a school district official. Training Guidelines Training for all individuals who are designated to administer medications to pupils in local and intermediate school districts, public school academies, and nonpublic schools must include all of the following content and skill practice:

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780-R 1. Administration of Medications by School Personnel 2780-R-4 A review and discussion of all Michigan and federal laws pertaining to the administration of medications to pupils in schools, including discussion of confidentiality issues. 2. A review and discussion of all policies and procedures relating to medications in schools including areas of responsibility of school administrators, individuals designated to administer medications (i.e., secretaries, aides, teachers, bus drivers,

parent(s)/guardian(s)), and medical professionals (i.e., physicians, physician assistants, nurses). 3. Identification of the forms related to the administration of medications in schools. 4. Safe storage and handling of medications in school including procedures for receiving and disposing of medications. 5. The use, effect, and route of administration of the most commonly prescribed medications in schools, including adverse effects. 6. on field 7. 8. Procedures for safely dispensing medications to pupils in schools, trips, and other off-site school activities. Practice in identifying and dispensing medications to pupils. Policies and procedures related to pupil self-administration and self-possession of medication in schools. 9. 10. Review and practice recording administration of medications. Review and discuss procedures for dealing with medication administration errors. It is the responsibility of the student to report to the appropriate school official at the time any prescription is to be taken.

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 2780-R-5 Records School personnel designated to administer medications shall maintain an accurate and confidential system of record keeping. The medications log shall include the following: a. The full name of the student; b. The physician instructions for administration; c. A log of the date and time, dosage, name of medication, administering adult, second adult present for each administration, and the signature of the administering adult and the signature of witnessing adult for each administration; (If an error is made in recording, the individual who administered the medication shall cross out, initial the error, and make the correction in the log,) and d. Any noted effects of, or reaction to the medication. School personnel must take care to ensure that each student is provided the proper medication in the proper dosage, and shall log each administration immediately. In the event of a mistake in administration or dosage, the building administrator shall be contacted immediately. The building administrator is

responsible for reporting the medication error to the pupil’s parent(s)/guardian(s) immediately. It is advised that the building administrator also contact the

physician so that he/she may indicate to the parent(s)/guardian(s) that staff members are conducting the appropriate medical follow up. The school staff member shall write up the error on a District incident/accident report form and place a copy into the pupil’s school record. Any adverse reaction to medication, as described on the physician’s written instructions, shall be reported to the pupil’s parent(s)/guardian(s) immediately. Medications should be brought to the school by the student’s parent(s)/ guardian(s). Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 2780-R-6 School personnel, appropriately trained, shall, throughout the school year, periodically review medication instructions on file and inventory medications being stored by the school. Expiration dates on prescription medication, epipens, and inhalers shall be checked at least twice each school year. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) request/permission and a physician's instructions for administration of medications shall be renewed every school year. No

changes to medication dosage or time of administration will be made except by instruction from a physician. Medications must be claimed by

parent(s)/guardian(s) at the end of the school year.

If this is not done, the

individual who administers the medication will dispose of the medication and record this disposal on the medication log. This procedure shall be witnessed and initialed by a second adult. Unless otherwise dictated by law, the building Principal may refuse to administer or may choose to discontinue the extra service of administering medication at his/her discretion, provided that appropriate notice is given to the parent(s)/guardian(s). School Administration of Medications – Non-prescription The procedures for administering non-prescription medications to students by the District shall be identical to those for prescription medications. Student Self-Administration of Medications Upon the written request of a parent(s)/guardian(s), and with directions supplied by the physician, and with the approval of the school administration, students may self-possess small quantities of medication for self-administration. Any student, however, may possess and use an inhaler or a dry powder inhaler to alleviate asthmatic symptoms, or before exercise to prevent the onset of asthmatic symptoms, at school, on school-sponsored transportation, or at any activity, event, or program sponsored by or in which the pupil's school is Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 2780-R-7 participating if proper approvals are on file in writing. All self-possessed medications must be labeled and prepared by a pharmacy or pharmaceutical company and include the dosage and frequency of administration. Any ―biohazardous‖ wastes produced by the student in the process of selfadministration are to be carried back to the home by the student for proper disposal by the student/parent(s)/guardian(s). All necessary written permission forms and physician’s directions detailed above for school administration of medications must be obtained and filed by the school prior to possession, storage, or self-administration by a student. Assisting a Student in Distress Each building shall have a plan for handling medical emergencies. Any District staff member may assist a student in distress in selfadministration of a medication (ex. Epi-pen injection, asthma inhaler, etc.). For the purpose of this policy, distress refers to any obvious and serious discomfort or threatening condition. The staff member should first confirm that the

medication and dosage are proper for the student as conditions allow. As soon as possible, the staff member shall notify the school administration, designated school medical response person, and/or the local emergency medical system. The staff member shall also complete a District incident/accident report form following the incident. Diabetic Emergencies Staff shall be made aware of the symptoms of a diabetic emergency. Staff with diabetic students should know the signs of possible side effects of diabetic medications, and also, be aware which side effects are serious enough to warrant reporting to the child’s parent(s)/guardian(s) or health provider.

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 2780-R-8 Management of Students with Asthma in the School Setting Staff shall be made aware that chalk dust, animals in the classroom, strong odors (perfumes and paints), cleaning agents, molds, and numerous other substances may be asthma triggers for some children. In addition,

environmental pollutants are often triggers for acute episodes of asthma. Therefore, the Superintendent will endeavor to schedule extensive building repairs or cleaning during long vacation periods or during the summer months to avoid exposing children to fumes, dust, or other irritants. Routine cleaning and maintenance of the heating/cooling and air filtration system is important for reducing amounts of dust and mold in the schools. Staff with asthmatic students should know the signs of possible side effects of asthma medications, and be aware; also, which side effects are serious enough to warrant reporting to the child's parent(s)/guardian(s) or health care provider. Information regarding qualified professionals in asthma management who can be contacted for staff in-service sessions on asthma may be found through the Michigan Department of Education's web site at

http://www.state.mi.us/mde. The "School - Based Asthma Management Plan" form and ―School-Based Diabetes Management Plan‖ form below are to be used in all building sites. The form may be identified with the name of the individual school if desired. Resources for Staff Training When selecting a person to train individuals to administer medications, it is imperative that this person knows the policies and procedures of the public school Districts, intermediate school Districts, public school academies, and nonpublic schools. 1. If the school District employs a licensed registered professional nurse, he/she can conduct the training. Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 2780-R-9 2. The intermediate school District or local health department may also provide licensed professional nursing services for staff training (see list of local health departments in Michigan at

http://www.malph.org/page.cfm/18/). 3. A school District can contact the Michigan Association of School Nurses (MASN) at 734-992-2223 or through their website at www.michiganschoolnurses.org to see if there is a licensed registered professional nurse available to provide this training to the District. 4. A medical professional (i.e.: physician, nurse, physician assistant) from the community may be available to conduct training for school staff. 5. If none of the above resources for training are available, contact the Michigan Department of Education, at 517-373-1122.

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2780-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel TRAINING CHECKLIST Date(s) of Training: ________________________ 2780-R-10

Trainer(s) Name and Qualifications: Names and job titles of individuals attending the training: ___ attached Content and Skills Taught to Training Participants Shall Include:

___ Review of Michigan laws governing the administration of medications to pupils in schools. ___ Discussion of local school policies and procedures relating to the administration of medications to pupils in schools. ___ Safe storage and handling of medications in schools. ___Uses, effects, and routes of administration of most commonly prescribed medications for pupils in schools. ___ Safe dispensing procedures for medications in schools, including procedures for field trips and other off-site school activities. ___ Review of local school policies and procedures related to pupil selfadministration and self-possession of medications. ___ Recording procedures for medications administered in schools. ___ Procedures for dealing with medication administration errors. ___Opportunity for participants to ask questions regarding administration of medications to pupils in schools.

Signature of Trainer: ______________________________________ Date: ______________________

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2790 School Safety Information Policy Implementation 2790 The Superintendent is hereby designated as the official District Contact Person for receiving information from law enforcement7, prosecutors, and courts relative to any matters concerning school crime and violence in the Lenawee Schools ISD. The Superintendent shall see that a file of all incident reports or law enforcement records is kept in accordance with law and the Statewide School Safety Information Policy. Incidents to be Reported Reportable incidents for purposes of this policy shall be those as listed in the "Index of Reportable Incidents" as found in the School Safety Response Guide published in the Statewide School Safety Policy. Incidents reported involving students of the District shall be reviewed under the District's Student Code of Conduct relative to possible disciplinary consequences up to and including expulsion. Community Meetings It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to set appropriate meetings with representatives of the community regarding the implementation of the Statewide School Safety Information Policy and to call a periodic meeting to review the effectiveness and review the procedures developed within this District's local School Safety Information Policy. Results of those meetings shall be shared with the Board as requested.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1308

7

For the purposes of this policy, "law enforcement" means: A regularly employed member of a police force of a city, county, township or village, the Michigan State Police, or a Michigan Indian tribal police force, who is responsible for the prevention and detection of crime and the enforcement of the general criminal laws of this state.

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2800 Records 2800 The District shall establish and maintain a system of records as required by law and as necessary or pertinent to the performance of any function related to the operation of the District. The Superintendent shall establish rules and procedures for the maintenance of District records.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.231 et seq. (Freedom of Information Act)

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2810 Public Review and Inspection of Records 2810 The Superintendent shall establish and publish rules for public inspection and copying of records in accord with the Michigan Freedom of Information Act, and shall designate an employee to serve as FOIA coordinator for the District. Inspection of records by the public shall be limited to the regular office hours of the building or office that houses the records. Copies of records that are not exempt from disclosure will be available on request. Fees The district shall charge a fee to cover actual costs of providing access to and/or copies of public records in accord with law, except that disclosure to any of the following person(s) is in the public interest. a) b) A member of the Board or that of a local Board of Education, A minor for use in a school or community organization civics project (ex. Boy Scout Citizenship merit badge) Appeals If a request for disclosure of record(s) is denied, procedures for appeal of the decision shall be provided along with the denial.

Approved: August 4, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.231 et seq. (Freedom of Information Act)

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2810-R Public Review and Inspection of Records (Cf. 8940 et seq.) 2810-R The Superintendent shall annually designate an employee to serve as FOIA Coordinator for all records maintained by the District at the Board’s annual organizational meeting. Routine Inquiries Routine day-to-day inquiries to the District or school for information shall be handled appropriately by District staff. The procedures under this rule shall

apply to requests made under the Michigan Freedom of Information Act. Requests Requests to inspect or copy public records must be made in writing (including FAX or e-mail) to the coordinator for the requested record(s) and shall sufficiently describe the record to enable the coordinator to identify and locate the record. The coordinator shall file all requests and their dispositions in his/her office and make such reports as are requested by the Superintendent or the Board. Filed requests shall be held for a period of at least one year. Denials The coordinator shall examine each request to determine whether the record requested is exempt from disclosure under the Michigan Freedom of Information Act. If the coordinator determines that the record is exempt from disclosure, he/she shall issue a written denial of the request. Such a denial shall be made within five days of receipt of the request or as otherwise provided by law including legitimate time extensions, and shall include the reason(s) for the denial and the procedures for appeal of the decision to deny the request. Should the requested record(s) be classified as exempt but contain information that is not exempt from disclosure, the coordinator shall delete the exempt material and release the remaining information for inspection or copying.

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2810-R Public Review and Inspection of Records (Cf. 8940 et seq.) 2810-R-2 Subscriptions Requests for a subscription to documents or records produced regularly by the District must be accompanied by appropriate payment of estimated fees for the period of the subscription or by a credit card record to be used to charge fees on an ongoing basis. Subscriptions may run for up to six months and are renewable. Delays If the nature of the request requires additional time to access the records or to make a determination on whether the request will be granted, the coordinator shall give written notice to the person making the request extending the period of response. Such an extension shall be for a maximum of ten

business days in accord with law. Appeals If a request to inspect or copy a record is denied by the coordinator, the person making the request may appeal the decision within the District by submitting the appeal to the President of the Board of Education via the Superintendent in a writing that details the reason(s) for requesting reversal of the denial. The Board President shall respond in writing to the request as

provided above. If a request to inspect or copy a record is denied by the Board President, the person requesting access may appeal the decision within the District by submitting the appeal in writing to the full Board for consideration at the next meeting of the Board. Such request(s) shall be submitted to the Superintendent or Board President for scheduling on the agenda of the next Board meeting. Fees Fees for responding to a request shall be assessed as follows:

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2810-R a) Public Review and Inspection of Records (Cf. 8940 et seq.) 2810-R-3 Photocopying charges of ten cents per page, or if the nature of the duplication necessitates duplication by outside sources, the actual cost of employing such outside sources. b) c) Actual mailing costs. Labor costs incurred in duplication and mailing assessed at the hourly wage of the lowest paid employee of the District capable of retrieving, copying, and mailing the information necessary to comply with the request. d) Labor costs for search, examination, review, and deletion or separation of exempt from non-exempt information, at the hourly wage of the lowest paid employee of the District capable of complying with the request. Upon receiving a request, the coordinator shall inform the person making the request of the estimated cost for processing the request. The coordinator may require a good faith deposit of one-half of the estimated fee before processing the request. No charge for the first $20 of a fee shall be made to an individual who proves indigency or receipt of public assistance, supported by a properly executed affidavit. A record of fees paid shall be kept along with each request. A record of fees incurred shall be kept for any person making a request who is exempt from fees as a matter of Board policy. Revenue from copying open records shall be deposited in the general fund of the District. Safety of Records To ensure the safety and integrity of records, access to records shall be accorded only under the direct supervision of the coordinator or Superintendent. Inspection of record(s) by the public is limited to the regular office hours of the building or office that houses the record(s). Original school record(s) are not permitted to leave the premises except as required by law or Board policy.

Policy Manual

Section 2000 - General School Administration
2810-R Public Review and Inspection of Records (Cf. 8940 et seq.) 2810-R-4 Copies of records not exempt from disclosure will be furnished for the appropriate fee. Record Listings Employees are prohibited from giving or selling lists of any school records to any person except as authorized by law or Board policy.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
TC-3000-1

3000 - FISCAL MANAGEMENT 3050 3100 3170 3200 3240 3280 3300 3340 Budget Planning Annual Operating Budget Budget Preparation Budget Adjustment Authority State and Federal Funding Proposals and Applications Revenue from Federal Sources ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs Borrowing, Bonds, and Debt Service Investment of Funds Fees, Payments, and Rentals Rental and Leasing of District Property Income and Payments from Sales and Service Non-Sufficient Fund Checks Depository of Funds Electronic Transaction of Funds Internal Accounting Safeguarding of Monies and Equipment Monies in School Buildings Bonded Employees Inventories—Fixed and Controlled Assets Fixed Asset Accounting System Audits Authorized Signatures Petty Cash Accounts Payroll Procedures and Schedules Tax Sheltered Annuity Programs Reimbursement of Expenses (Cf. 1168, 5330) District Procurement Cards Purchasing Goods and Services Purchasing From District Employees Purchases through the District Emergency Purchases Credit Cards Installment or Lease Purchases Emergency Purchases Vendor Relations Payment Procedures Fund Raising and Student Activity Funds Soliciting Funds From and By Students School Groups Disposal of Surplus Books, Equipment, and Supplies Surplus Land or Buildings

3400 3405 3410 3420 3430 3490 3500 3550 3570 3580 3590 3600 3605 3610

3620 3730 3750 3800

3900 3950

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3050 Budget Planning 3050 The Board shall collect and assemble the information necessary to discharge its responsibility for the fiscal management of the District and to plan for the financial needs of the educational program. The Board will maintain both short and long-range projections of District financial requirements. Accordingly, the Board directs the Superintendent to: A. Project an estimated expenditure and revenue budget for one year in the future. B. C. Maintain a plan of anticipated local, state, and federal revenues. Report to the Board any serious financial implications that emerge from the District’s ongoing fiscal planning.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3050-R Budget Planning 3050-R The Board encourages the use of a modified site-based budget development that includes the following major components: 1. The Superintendent and staff will establish a reasonable and prudent District total revenue target; 2. Each Assistant Superintendent will use a variety of methods to elicit opinions from staff, and, when appropriate, parent(s)/guardian(s) and students; 3. Each Assistant Superintendent will present the recommended budget to the Superintendent for review; 4. The Board will schedule public hearings for presentation of the budget plan emphasizing the following: a. b. c. 5. Program changes; Procedures used to elicit recommendations, and Spending priorities.

The Board will review the full budget at a public hearing according to law.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3100 Annual Operating Budget 3100 The District’s budget shall be prepared by the Superintendent in cooperation with selected District employees and shall reflect the Vision, Mission and Strategic Plan of the District. The Superintendent shall follow the adopted budget. It shall be the goal of the Board to fund the operating budget according to approved fiscal and budgetary procedures adhered to and required by the State of Michigan. Budget Preparation The annual budget represents a financial expression of the District’s educational plan. The budget shall be designed to carry out that educational plan in a thorough and efficient manner; to maintain, properly, District facilities; and to honor continuing obligations of the District. A proposed budget requires the critical analysis of every member of the Board during its preparation. Once adopted, the budget deserves the support of all members of the Board regardless of their position before its adoption. In order to allow adequate time for the preparation and review of the proposed budget, the Board directs the Superintendent to present a budget to the Board and all available information associated with the budget in compliance with current law in sufficient time to allow proper review. When presented to the Board for review and/or adoption, the budget shall include: A. B. C. The proposed expenditure in each financial category for the ensuing year. The anticipated expenditure in each financial category for the current year. The audited expenditure and approved budget in each financial category for the previous year. D. The sources and amounts of anticipated revenues.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3100 Annual Operating Budget E. F. 3100-2 The amount of fund equity anticipated at the end of the current year. An appropriations resolution.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF:MCL 141.411; 141.421a-440a; 211.209-210; 380.624-624a; 388.1702

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3170 Budget Adjustment Authority 3170 Only the Superintendent and Assistant Superintendents are authorized to approve adjustments and/or transfers within line items of the Board adopted operating budget without Board approval. Such adjustments and/or transfers shall be reported to the Board at the next scheduled budget revision. Such acts shall not exceed the latest fund expenditure grand totals approved by the Board. Authorization for such adjustments and/or transfers shall be included annually in the general appropriations act.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 141.421a-440a

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3200 State and Federal Funding Proposals and Applications Revenue from Federal Sources It is an objective of the Board to provide quality educational opportunities for all individuals of the District. It is the intent of the Board to study all federal legislation, with this philosophy in mind, selecting those particular parts of the legislation which will help the Board to provide better educational opportunities and programs for each student. 3200

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240 ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs 3240

The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education is the governmental unit responsible for the planning and development of the systems of special education programs and services in the Intermediate School District, as authorized by the Michigan State Legislature in the Revised School Code. As part of that responsibility, the Board of Education provides administrative and financial support to local public school Districts for their operation of special education programs and services. The financial support provided to local Districts must be distributed in a legal and equitable manner. The administrative procedures for distribution of

ISD funds shall meet minimum state standards of local contribution and follow an ―added-cost‖ concept. This will assure the non-discriminatory expenditure of

funds and maintain local ownership in the programs. The distribution must be responsive to changing circumstances, grounded in allowable cost, maintain the fiscal integrity of the ISD, and include appropriate budget control measures. The distribution formula and related administrative procedures must encourage the development of a full continuum of placement options available to students with disabilities regardless of location of their home in the Intermediate School District. When the LISD must prorate its reimbursement, local District paid tuition must assure full added-cost reimbursement to local District operating regional classrooms, in accordance with required contracts, provision of special education to non-resident handicapped students. The LISD will maintain a five percent fund equity (5% of current year’s projected expenditures) in the LISD Special Education General Fund.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240-R PART A. ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs BASIC REIMBURSEMENT 3240-R

(1) Teacher Assistants Salary and employment related expenses mandated by state or federal law, such as retirement contributions and Social Security payments, and professional development expenses, (up to $75.00 per assistant per year) for locally employed special education teacher assistants (mandated and nonmandated) are eligible for ISD reimbursement. Expenses for health, dental or vision insurance shall not be reimbursed. (2) Instructional Development: Instructional materials and supplies (including texts, consumable workbooks, instructional kits, etc.) are instructional supplies purchased specifically for instruction of students with disabilities and not otherwise provided to all nonhandicapped students/general education classrooms in the building, and equipment that is valued at less than $1,000.00 Equipment and furniture used only for instruction with students with disabilities, are valued at $1,000.00 or more. Professional development experiences, including staff training and conference attendance expenses, are reimbursable under this policy. Reimbursement claims for any combination of supplies, equipment, and professional development expenditures are capped at an average of $1,225 for each special education professional employed by the District, and are subject to pro-ration of reimbursement claims as are other eligible costs. (3) Start-Up Costs: For a District starting a new special education classroom, including conversion of a local District room to regional Level II classroom status, not including transfer/relocation of a current program to a new location within the Supplies, Capital Outlay/Equipment, and Professional

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240-R ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs 3240-R-2

District, specific expenses incurred for room improvements and instructional equipment related to occupying a room or making a room more suitable for the specific program, may be reimbursed, under the following conditions: (A) The classroom complies with the size, light, ventilation, and heating requirements and age/grad comparability rules of the Michigan Special Education Rules according to inspection of the assigned ISD administrator; (B) The additional program has been approved for reimbursement via the Program Development Model; and (C) Total ISD reimbursement for any one new classroom’s ―starting costs‖ shall not exceed the following limits--$1,500.00 for LD and Resource Rooms: $5000 for MiCI (Mildly Cognitively Impaired) with a prior approved plan submitted to the LISD by the LEA; $1500 for EI rooms plus additional $2,000.00 for remodeling plans including a ―time-out‖ room. (4) Other: The LISD shall reimburse the local public school for certain costs relating to special education due process hearings required under the Michigan Revised Administrative Rules for Special Education, according to the following limitations: (A) The LISD will not reimburse any expenses relating to a hearing covered by the District’s liability insurance, after concerted action is taken to clarify coverage with the carrier. (B) The only costs eligible for LISD reimbursement include hearing officer fees and expenses, court reporter fees, expert and witness fees, and fees associated with independent evaluations ordered by the hearing

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240-R ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs 3240-R-3

officer or via settlement agreement. Costs eligible for reimbursement do not include any attorney fees incurred by the District in defending or prosecuting an action, damages, or awards or settlements of attorney fee demands from prevailing parent(s)/guardian(s) representatives. (C) LISD reimbursement shall be limited to fifty percent (50%) of the costs included as eligible for reimbursement above. Reimbursement for

expenses of special education related lawsuits is not included in these procedures and is not to be reimbursed by the LISD. (D) The LISD will assume the cost of an independent educational evaluation with prior approval of the LISD Special Education Director. Without the prior approval of the LISD Special Education Director, the local District will be responsible for the cost of these programs. Local District indirect costs are ineligible for reimbursement. Starting in the 1993-94 school year, the Lenawee Intermediate School District reimbursed local school Districts’ costs for operating special education costs in the same school year in which the expenses were made. Prior to 199394, reimbursement was calculated using audited figures from the local Districts that were available 3-4 months after the close of the fiscal year (June 30). With the 1993-94 school year, reimbursement is calculated on estimated current year budgets from the local Districts. This raises the possibility of over/under

payments, and adjustments/pro-rations to maintain the LISD’s fund equity standards (5% of current expenditures). Moving to ―current year‖ reimbursement, based on estimated budgets, rather than audited figures, increases the likelihood of inaccurate estimates and surprise adjustments/pro-rations. Changes were

made to the reimbursement procedures to accomplish the following goals:

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240-R ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs 3240-R-4

1. Maintain the fiscal integrity of the Intermediate School District; 2. Safeguard equity among competing constituent Districts’ claims for reimbursement; and 3. Provide a reasonable means of distributing special education millage. The following requirements are added: Reimbursement claims based on local special education costs for the 1992-93 school year were permanently skipped over, in accordance with the agreement of the Lenawee County Superintendent’s Association;8 At the end of the fiscal year, 15% of the total prorated reimbursement amount, as calculated for the June payment, is withheld pending completion of local fiscal audits and the LISD audit of approved special education costs; Local District reimbursement claims shall be paid five times; four payments are made during the current fiscal. The payment schedule is as follows: December January March June 17% 25.5% 34% 8.5%

The final 15% payment is included with the initial payment in the following year. Lenawee Intermediate School District officials will request local District budgets estimates periodically, as well as supplemental information and fiscal audit reports, for periodic recalculation; and, 3240-R
8

ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special

3240-R-5

Action at the January 13, 1993 meeting of the Lenawee County Superintendent’s Association.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
Educational Programs By December 31st of the following fiscal year, the escrowed accounts shall be released in the amount necessary to reconcile final audited claims for reimbursement. Where the amount in escrow is insufficient to pay all the adjusted local District claims, it shall be deemed the total amount available and the absolute limit of the Lenawee Intermediate School District current year Special Education budget. In the event that local Districts are overpaid, they shall be billed to repay any overpayment. PART B. LENAWEE ISD REIMBURSEMENT FOR LOCALLY EMPLOYED TEACHER ASSISTANTS FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES OR SPECIAL EDUCATION CLASSROOM PROGRAMS I. MANDATED TEACHER ASSISTANTS The Lenawee ISD will reimburse the costs associated with mandated classroom teacher assistants employed by the local public schools in the same manner in which other eligible costs are reimbursed. A teacher assistant is mandated for elementary level Mild Cognitive Impairment classrooms when there are 12 or more students in the room at one time. Some approved administrative rule waivers also mandate an assistant. II. NON-MANDATED EDUCATION TEACHER AND ASSISTANTS: INDIVIDUAL SPECIAL STUDENT

CLASSROOM

ASSISTANTS, INCLUSION AND BEHAVIORAL INDIVIDUAL STUDENT ASSISTANTS The Lenawee ISD will reimburse the local cost associated with nonmandated classroom teacher assistants for special education classrooms, and inclusion or behavioral individual assistants for students with disabilities, when the local District has completed the

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240-R ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs 3240-R-6 The

Lenawee Intermediate School District’s approval process.

Lenawee ISD reserves the right to deny reimbursement upon failure to meet the state or ISD’s criteria or fails to complete the procedures. Reimbursement may be prorated consistent with this policy. III. REIMBURSEMENT REQUEST PROCEDURES FOR MANDATED AND NONMANDATED TEACHER ASSISTANTS When a local public school District employs a teacher assistant to provide service to a student with disabilities, or to serve in a special education classroom, the costs for that assistant will either be paid for entirely by the local District, or by a combination of local District, state and LISD funds. The LISD Assistant Superintendents delegate authorization for previously approved teacher assistant positions up to 75% of the previous year’s total full-time equivalent teacher assistant positions, to the regional supervisors. New requests for reimbursement, or substantially changed previously approved positions, shall be forwarded to the Assistant Superintendent for consideration and action. Approved forms shall be utilized for documenting the local Districts’ requests and the Assistant Superintendent’s actions. PART C. PROVISIONS FOR INCORPORATING APPROVED WAIVERS TO THE MICHIGAN SPECIAL EDUCATION ADMINISTRATIVE

RULES IN THE INTERMEDIATE SCHOOL DISTRICT’S POLICY AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PERTAINING TO THE REIMBURSEMENT OF LOCAL PUBLIC SCHOOL DISTRICT SPECIAL EDUCATION COSTS

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240-R ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs 3240-R-7

All current and new special education programs and services for which reimbursement from the Intermediate School District is requested that qualify to be operated under an approved waiver must be operated under the waiver or there will be no Intermediate School District reimbursement for local costs.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3280 Borrowing, Bonds and Debt Service Borrowing Upon the initiative of the Board, the Superintendent may prepare the data and applications regarding the borrowing of State Aid Notes, Tax Anticipation Notes, and Bond Issues. Bids shall be solicited for all short-term loans that the Board has authorized. Funds shall be borrowed from the responsible organization offering the most favorable terms, as approved by the Board. Sale of Bonds The Board, upon a favorable vote of the people, or by its own action, in compliance with the laws of the State of Michigan, may sell its bonds, if required to do so. Such bonds shall be duly advertised, prepared, and sold in 3280

conformance with the laws of the State of Michigan. Debt Service It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to maintain all records as to the outstanding bonds and debts encumbered against the District. He/She shall keep this information readily available and report periodically to the Board on the condition of these accounts.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 134.1 et seq. 188.761 et seq.; 380.144; 380.1225; 380.135152

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3300 Investment of Funds 3300 Annually, the Board shall pass a resolution authorizing the Treasurer to invest surplus funds of the District. Investment Income The District is authorized to make investments of available moneys from the several funds of the District in: 1. Bonds, bills or notes of the United States, or obligations the principal an interest of which are fully guaranteed by the United States Government. 2. Certificates of deposit issued by an state or national bank organized and authorized to operate a bank in this state. 3. Commercial paper via pooled fund. 4. Certificates of deposit or share certificates of state or federal credit unions organized and authorized to operate in this state. 5. Securities issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the United States Government. 6. United States government or federal District obligation repurchase agreements. 7. Bankers’ acceptances issued by a bank that is a member of the federal deposit insurance corporation. 8. Mutual funds composed entirely of investment vehicles that are legal for direct investment by a School District. 9. Investment pools, as authorized by the surplus funds investment pool act, composed entirely of instruments that are legal for direct investment by a School District. The Treasurer, in determining the best investment, shall combine three factors: (1) quality of commercial paper, (2) interest rate available, and (3)

accessibility of funds on short notice.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3300 Investment of Funds 3300-2 Local banks and those with whom the District has established a business relationship, including banks having accounts of the District, or those from whom the District has recently secured loans, shall be given preference for the investment of funds. Earnings on an investment shall become a part of the fund from which the investment was made.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1223

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3300-R Investment of Funds 3300-R The Board also authorizes the Superintendent to open cash management accounts for general fund monies to earn interest while not being used for operating purposes or invested otherwise. Such accounts shall be used when the cash flow pattern does not permit the purchases of longer-term investments or when the rate of return is comparable or greater than is available from other investments. Authorization to make deposits, transfers, and withdrawals from these accounts shall be established at the annual organizational meeting of the Board. Interest from investments shall accrue to the fund from which the investment was made as determined by the Board and permitted by current law. The Superintendent shall assume the responsibility of developing cash flow patterns for all funds in order to determine the availability of funds for investment. Periodically, the Superintendent shall report the status of all

investments to the Board.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3340 Fees, Payments, and Rentals (Cf. 9250) 3340

Proceeds from fees for building or equipment use or rental shall be credited to funds specified by the Superintendent. Rental and Leasing of District Property The Board may authorize the rental or lease of District property. Income and Payments from Sales and Service Students may undertake jobs or projects for private individuals or community groups. The facilities of the District may be used for such activities. All receipts shall be deposited in the general fund and used as a reimbursement for materials and/or to purchase additional supplies and cover expenses of a department or program.

Approved: Adopted October 6, 2003; First Revision December 5, 2005; Second Revisions adopted January 8, 2007 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.11a; 380.1141

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3340-R Fees, Payments and Rentals (Cf. 9250) 3340-R Rental and Leasing of District Property Prior to leasing District property, the Board may make known the availability of such property to the public. The lessee shall be reputable and the use of the buildings shall be compatible with community standards. The terms of the lease agreement shall specify the extent to which the lessee shall be responsible for the maintenance of the property and payment of utilities. The lessee may be required to pay any taxes that may be assessed against said property. All lease agreements may, at the discretion of the Superintendent, be prepared or reviewed by legal counsel prior to Board approval. Income from Sales and Service All projects undertaken by students and staff will consider the impact, if any on competition with local businesses to the best extent possible. The following rules and procedures shall apply to projects undertaken in the District’s facilities: 1. Priority for Sales and Service Projects: a. Students enrolled in the LISD’s courses/programs and alignment with the curriculum b. LISD and local public school District organizations c. LISD affiliated organizations d. Public agencies and non-profit organizations e. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) of students enrolled in class f. Area senior citizens g. Students enrolled in high school h. Individuals including school District employees 2. Customers shall sign the necessary application and release forms provided by the school;

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3340-R Fees, Payments and Rentals (Cf. 9250) 3340-R-2 3. Tipping for services is prohibited; 4. All individuals and outside groups shall receive an estimated cost before the work begins. Adjustments shall be made at the time of final billing; 5. Payment shall be received releasing the product to the client; 6. Invoices for all charges shall be issued and receipts provided; and 7. Employees or students shall not realize any financial benefit because of their participation in work projects undertaken. Non-Sufficient Fund Checks In the event the District should receive a check for any purpose that is returned due to non-sufficient funds (NSF) the District will assess a charge of $25.00 to the issuer of the check to cover the administrative and clerical costs of dealing with the matter. If the issuer fails to "make good" for the amount of the original check within 10 days of the date of the check being returned for NSF, the District reserves the right to file criminal charges and to refuse checks in the future from the issuer.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3400 Depository of Funds (Cf. 1300) 3400 At the annual organizational meeting, the Board shall, in accordance with state law, designate, by resolution, the financial institutions9 in which the funds of the District shall be deposited and the proportion of funds to be deposited in each. The Treasurer shall deposit or cause to be deposited, funds of the District in the institutions as authorized by the Board and in the proportions authorized by the Board.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 21.143; 129.12; 129.15

MCL 129.15 includes credit unions as an appropriate place of deposit and uses the term ―financial institution,‖ not just banks or trust companies.
9

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3405 Electronic Transaction of Funds 3405 The Lenawee Intermediate School District, through resolution of the Board, shall be a party to an Automated Clearing House10 (ACH) arrangement.11 The Superintendent shall be responsible for the Lenawee Intermediate School District’s ACH agreements, including payment approval, accounting, reporting, and generally for overseeing compliance with the ACH policy.12 All ACH invoices are to be approved prior to payment. Internal Accounting The Superintendent shall be responsible for development and

maintenance of appropriate accounting controls to monitor the use of ACH transactions13 made by the District.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 124.301-124.305

―Automated clearing house‖ or ―ACH‖ – a national and governmental organization that has authority to process electronic payments, including, but not limited to, the national automated clearing house association and the federal reserve system (MCL 124.301(d)). 11 ACH arrangement—the agreement between the originator of the ACH transaction and the receiver of an ACH transaction (MCL 124.301(a)). Under Act 738 of 2002, MCL 124.301, an ACH arrangement is not subject to the revised municipal finance act, 2001 PA 34, MCL 141.2101, or to provisions of law or charter concerning the issuance of debt by a local unit. 12 ACH policy – the procedures and internal controls as determined under this written policy developed and adopted by the Superintendent (MCL 124.301(b)). 13 ACH transaction – an electronic payment, debit, or credit transfer processed through an automated clearinghouse (MCL 124.301(c)).
10

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3405-R Electronic Transaction of Funds 3405-R

For the purposes of accountability of ACH funds, the Superintendent shall submit to the Board a monthly report detailing the goods or services purchased during the preceding month. The report must contain: The goods or services purchased and their cost; The date of the payment; and The unit or department serviced by each payment. This report may be maintained in the electronic general ledger software system of the District or in a separate report. Internal Accounting ACH accounting methods shall follow the established and approved District accounting procedures.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3405-R Electronic Transaction of Funds 3405-R-2

Sample Resolution For the authorization of Electronic Transactions under PA 738 of 2002, MCL 124.301, the Board hereby recognizes that: Electronic payment of public funds are required for some federally mandated transactions involving public funds by electronic payment, debit, or credit transfer processed through an automated clearing house, and The Board deems that it is in the best interest of the District to make certain District financial transactions by electronic payments as described in PA 748 of 2002. It is therefore resolved, that the Board authorizes the District to utilize electronic transactions in compliance with the written procedures and internal controls developed by the Superintendent.

Moved by:__________________________ Seconded by:_________________

Ayes: ___________________ Nays: _____________ Abstentions: __________

Resolution Adopted: _________________________________

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3410 Safeguarding of Monies and Equipment 3410 The Superintendent shall assure that administrative regulations are established and carried out so that all monies and equipment within all of the District’s facilities are safeguarded and accounted for in an efficient manner at all times.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3420 Monies in School Buildings 3420

Monies received and receipted must be safeguarded and deposited in LISD bank accounts in a timely manner not to exceed one week from the date of receipt of funds. The District will not be responsible for non-District monies in school buildings.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management

3430 Bonded Employees

3430

The Board recognizes that prudent trusteeship of the resources of the District dictate that employees responsible for the safekeeping of District monies be bonded. The District shall be indemnified against loss of money by bonding of employees holding the positions and in the amounts determined by the Board. All other employees to be bonded shall be covered under a blanket bond. The Board shall bear the cost of bonding each employee required to be bonded by this policy.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management

3430-R

Bonded Employees

3430-R

A surety bond for $500,000.00 is required for the Treasurer of the Board. The Board may purchase a blanket bond for District employees.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3490 Inventories – Fixed and Controlled Assets 3490 An accounting will be made annually for property, real and personal, owned by the District in accordance with law, governmental regulations, and District rules. Fixed Asset Accounting System The administration shall maintain a fixed asset accounting system in accordance with law, governmental regulations, and the District’s needs.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: Governmental Accounting Standards Board, Statement No. 34.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3490-R Inventories – Fixed and Controlled Assets 3490-R For the purpose of accountability of school-owned property, the Superintendent shall develop an inventory record system. Annually, all fixed

assets records shall be updated showing deletions and additions of Districtowned property, estimated original cost, date of purchase, serial numbers (where available) and location of each piece of property. Fixed Asset Accounting System The administration shall maintain a fixed asset accounting system in accordance with law, governmental regulations, and District needs. The fixed asset accounting system shall maintain sufficient information to permit the following: A. The preparation of year-end financial statements in accordance with law, governmental rules and generally accepted accounting principles; B. C. Adequate insurance coverage; and Control and accountability.

The Superintendent shall be responsible for the development and maintenance of the fixed asset accounting system. He/She shall develop

procedures to ensure compliance with all fixed asset accounting policies, law or governmental regulation. Each building Principal shall be assigned fixed asset responsibilities. ―Fixed assets‖ are defined as at least 80% of those tangible assets of the District with a useful life in excess of one year and an initial cost equal to or exceeding $5,000. In making this determination, the Superintendent generally will use the recognized and accepted ―standard useful life table’ as published by the Association of School Business Officials International Accounting, Auditing, and Budgeting Committee, Subcommittee on GASB Statement No. 34 Implementation. Additionally, the services of a professional property appraisal

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3490-R Inventories – Fixed and Controlled Assets 3490-R-2 firm may be used to perform the asset inventory, to provide estimated historical cost information, and to give an objective estimate of the asset’s useful life that will generally be acceptable to auditors. In determining what assets are to be accounted for in District inventories, the Superintendent will consider the following information sources: Original purchase records. Bond documents. Professional appraisal or other services, such as insurance appraisals. The total amount of the original debt issuance, where appropriate, to help determine some asset’s historical cost. Periodically, the Superintendent will review the estimated remaining life of specific fixed assets or group of assets and adjust the remaining depreciable life accordingly. Some items may be identified by the Superintendent as ―controlled‖ assets that, although they cost less than $500 and do not meet all fixed asset criteria, will still be required to be recorded on the Inventory control systems at the individual building sites. Each program administrator has the responsibility of taking an inventory of District-owned property in all buildings/facilities under his/her supervision. The Superintendent will develop inventory forms and procedures. The program

administrator in that building will maintain one copy of each inventory taken and one copy shall be filed in the Education Service Center.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3500 Audits 3500

The accounting records, including internal accounts, of the District shall be audited annually by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with prescribed standards and legal requirements. An Ad Hoc Board Audit Committee is formed each year to meet with the Superintendent and the auditors prior to the annual audit and to discuss the results after completion. The Committee makes recommendations regarding

these results, with the Superintendent’s and Treasurer’s advice, to the full Board. The audit report shall be reviewed and accepted annually by the Board at a public meeting. The management letter and recommendations of the auditor shall be brought to the attention of the Board, along with recommendations of the Superintendent as to the feasibility of implementing the recommendations. The Superintendent shall be responsible for filing the audit reports with all appropriate authorities as prescribed by law or regulation. All District employees shall cooperate fully with the auditors.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 388.1618

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3550 Authorized Signatures (Cf. 1300) 3550 At the annual organizational meeting, the Board shall authorize the signatures of those persons who may sign checks and make transfers upon the various accounts of the District. Facsimile signatures may be used as authorized by the Board.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3570 Petty Cash Accounts Petty Cash The Board recognizes the convenience afforded the day-by-day operating of the schools by the establishment of one or more petty cash funds. The Board shall require controls that will prevent abuse of such funds. Each custodian of a petty cash fund shall insure that the funds in his/her care shall be disbursed only for minor expenditures and not readily deferred. No petty cash fund may be used to circumvent the purchasing procedures required by law and the policies of the Board. 3570

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3580 Payroll Procedures, Schedules and Deductions 3580 All employees shall be paid according to a specific schedule that shall be determined annually by the Superintendent. All salaries, stipends, and payments for job-related extra duties shall be paid from the payroll account through the District’s business office.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3580-R Payroll Procedures and Schedules 3580-R Generally, no employee shall be paid in advance of services rendered, except when the routine pay schedule requires an advance payment with the approval of the Superintendent. Personnel receiving extra pay for extracurricular activities that are on going throughout the school year may have the salary prorated in equal amounts in each paycheck. Personnel receiving extra pay for extra duty/extracurricular activities that are seasonable shall be paid in full at the completion of the activity or on a pro-rated basis over the remaining pay periods. Except for salary deductions for absences not covered by paid leave or payroll deductions required by law or contract, all payroll deductions shall be subject to the Superintendent’s approval.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3590 Tax Sheltered Annuity Programs 3590 The Board of Education authorizes the Superintendent to enter into contracts on behalf of the Board with annuity companies to affect the purchase of tax-deferred annuities for individual employees. But new firms must obtain a minimum of ten (10) current LISD employees as clients in order to be included on the approved TSA vendor list.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3600 Reimbursement of Expenses (Cf. 1168, 5330) 3600 District personnel, or members of the Board, who incur expenses in carrying out their authorized duties shall be reimbursed by the District to the extent approved or provided in Board policies or duly negotiated agreements upon submission of an approved voucher and supporting receipts. Such

expenses may be approved and incurred in line with budgetary allocations for the specific type of expense. No reimbursement for any employee travel, conferences, meetings, seminars, or visits involving an overnight stay will be issued unless such travel has been approved, in advance, by the Superintendent.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321-330; 129.221 et. seq.; 129.241 et. seq.; 380.621a; 380.1217a; 380.1254

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R When official travel by personally owned vehicle has been authorized, mileage payment shall be made at the rate currently governed by negotiated agreements or established by the Superintendent. Credit Card (Cf. 3610) The Superintendent shall, with the exception noted below, be the only employee issued a District credit card. This credit card shall only be used for the prudent, legitimate operating expenses of the District. It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to indicate on the credit card monthly statements the kind of activity that is being charged. All usage shall be documented, by charge slips and other means, and submitted to the business office on a routine basis. For an LISD employee to request use of the LISD District credit card for purchases that are not feasible through the Purchasing Rules and Regulations, the following procedures shall apply: A purchase order with appropriate approval and documentation is presented to the Superintendent requesting use of District credit card. Superintendent approves or denies the request. If approved, the Superintendent, or his/her designee, shall process the order and/or accompany the requestor when the order is placed and enter the credit card information as applicable. The Superintendent, or his/her designee, will be the only person(s) who are authorized to enter the credit card information (number & expiration date) to complete any transaction. The only exception to the Superintendent being the sole holder of a District credit card shall be the distribution of a limited number of gasoline credit cards and fuel purchase cards owned by the District and provided to transportation staff, as needed and approved by the Superintendent.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R-2

These cards are to be used only when other reasonable options to purchase fuel are not available, i.e., long distance and/or over night field trips, transportation services located within a local District not near the LISD Transportation service site. All purchases made on the gasoline credit cards and fuel purchase cards will be documented with receipts that are submitted on a routine basis, with the identity of the user, to the Superintendent for review before submission to the school business officials for payment. Superintendent shall be provided a copy of the monthly billing statements for each gasoline credit card and fuel purchase card for approval before payment. Unauthorized use of credit cards may result in disciplinary action. Spouse Reimbursement No expense incurred for spouses of employees shall be reimbursed by the District or with District funds with the exception of spouses conducting official school business and when both spouses are employees of the District. Authorization for Travel/Conference and Field Trip Expenses No reimbursement for any employee travel, conferences, meetings, seminars, or visits involving an overnight stay will be issues unless such travel has been pre-approved as an estimate and post-approved actual costs with itemized receipts, by the Superintendent.14 The employee’s immediate supervisor must give prior approval for all expenses for student field trips and conference attendance and approval of all actual expenses prior to reimbursement. The Superintendent only, not any

designee, must prior approve any conference expenses when estimated to be in excess of $1,500. The appropriate forms must be completed prior to departure.
As per Board policy, ―Superintendent‖ routinely includes designee, in this policy designees are explicitly limited to the Assistant Superintendents, Supervisors, Executive Directors, Directors, Principals, and Assistant Principals, consistent with approval limits referenced in the Business Office Procedures Manual.
14

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management

3600-R

Reimbursement of Expenses

3600-R-3

1. A Conference Request Form must be submitted prior to the conference; and a request form approved by the supervisor shall constitute certification for authorized travel. 2. Estimated expenses must be within appropriate budget allocations. 3. Staff expenses, as part of an approved student day field trip, must comply with all of the parameters of the reimbursable conference and routine expense limits of this Board policy. Expenses with itemized receipts should

be submitted on the employee Conference Request/Expense Voucher form. Reimbursable Conference Expenses Only the following expenses may be reimbursed: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Lodging (actual room cost); Meals, but no alcoholic beverages; Conference registration and materials fees; Parking and tolls; Common carrier transportation to and from the venue; Use of private vehicle to and from the venue; Postage, telephone and fax charge for business purposes; and Charge for baggage service, reasonable tips.

Limitations on Conference and Routine Expense Reimbursements Expense reimbursements for approved conference and other routine expenses shall be limited as follows: 1. Lodging a maximum of $200 per night, not including taxes and fees. Any exception must be approved in advance by the Superintendent and Board President.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
2. Meals: a maximum of $10 for breakfasts, $15 for lunches, and $25 for dinners, not including tip.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R-4 3. Tips: a maximum of 20% for waitress/waiter service at meals on the receipt, over the above meal limits, except for service during which a table is used for a lengthy meeting when a reasonable tip may be paid, $5 for porter/bellhop service. 4. Telephone calls: business related telephone calls only, at actual costs with receipt. The Board of Education may wish to review annually or as appropriate the limits on conference and routine expense reimbursement and consider adjustments. Employee Expense Reimbursement reports should be submitted within 90 calendar days of occurrence of the expense and all reimbursement requests for the current fiscal year must be submitted no later than June 30th of that year. Late submissions risk forfeiture. Service Club Guidelines From the LISD Vision . . . ―LISD staff are involved in their communities through humanitarianism and volunteering, demonstrating concern for our neighbors.‖ The Lenawee Intermediate School District recognizes the importance of staff participation on their communities in cultivating relationships that strengthen the partnership between students, families, communities, and schools. The

Lenawee Intermediate School District encourages its employees to take part in community service organizations. The LISD may reimburse all personnel 100% of their Service Clubs dues, not to exceed $200 per employee per year. The Superintendent must approve membership in order for the employee to be eligible for reimbursement. Service Clubs must be located in Lenawee County and be recognized as providing service to the community. Religious and political clubs are excluded. It is the

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R-5

intent of the LISD to be represented in a wide range of organizations. Therefore, membership in a particular service club may be encouraged. Reimbursement will be made to the employee upon presentation of dues statement(s) and completed Service Club Reimbursement form. Prohibited Expense Reimbursements (not limited to conferences) The reimbursement of employee expense is a privilege granted to employees by the Board of Education. Reimbursement of expenses will be

made only for legitimate school business purposes. No public funds15 will be spent for purchasing alcoholic beverages, jewelry, gifts, fees for golf, or any item the purchase or possession of which is illegal. Reimbursement shall not be

made for any items included on the prohibited expense reimbursement list (below).16 The Board of Education will seek restitution for any inappropriate charges inadvertently reimbursed. Fraudulent or intentional infractions will subject the employee to disciplinary action in accordance with policies and procedures of the district relating to disciplinary action ad termination. Prohibited expense reimbursements include, but are not limited to, the following items: Alcoholic beverages of any kind Contributions for political campaigns or candidates Controlled substances Flowers
―Public Funds‖ means funds generated from taxes levied under this act, state appropriations of state or federal funds, or payments made to the intermediate school district for services by a constituent district or any other person, but does not include voluntary contributions made for a specific purpose by an intermediate school board member, an intermediate school district employee, another individual, or a private entity. 16 For clarification, the district may on occasion legally purchase one or more of the items from this list of prohibited expenses using its routine procurement system (requisition and purchase orders).
15

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
Food for routine staff meetings 3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R-6

Gifts, except for those recognizing years of service and special recognitions honored by the District. Long distance telephone calls (non-work related) Money orders Movies, newspapers, except for instruction Plants Purchases in which a school employee who participates in the purchase process has a conflict of interest Purchases over the specified limit, as applicable, for the job classification Purchases requiring a contract and an authorized signature Receiving additional cash with purchases Recurring payments – the acquisition of goods or services where multiple, repetitive, or installment payments are necessary to complete the transaction Splitting purchases to circumvent the limit. A split purchase occurs when the individual cost of any single item, including shipping, exceeds the limit. Conference registrations will be considered the total of the individual registration fee. For example, if a conference is $100 and an employee

needs to register six people, six individual registrations on six different transactions may be placed on a single purchase order. Travel Club memberships Travelers checks Advances Request for an advance to pay expenses at a conference shall be made at the time application is made and shall be approved by the Superintendent.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
Estimated cost may be advanced. Immediately upon return, a financial

accounting, including documentation, shall be made to the business office and

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R-7 any unused funds returned. Advances on expenditures not documented shall be re-paid to the District. Petty cash funds may not be used for cash advances. Daily Travel Local travel as authorized under these regulations is to be recorded on a regular basis and submitted to the business office at the end of each month for reimbursement. Documentation must include, date, destination, purpose of

travel, and number of miles for each trip. Employee Expense Reimbursement reports should be submitted within 90 calendar days of occurrence of the expense and all reimbursement requests for the current fiscal year must be submitted no later than June 30th of that year. Late submissions risk forfeiture. Report to the Board All travel expenses and conference reimbursements shall be reported to the Board at their regular Board of Education meetings.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3605 District Procurement Cards (Cf. 3600) 3605 The Superintendent shall be responsible for the issuance, accounting, monitoring, retrieval, internal controls and generally overseeing the use of District procurement cards for employees. Issuance District employees may be issued a District procurement card, which shall be used solely for the purchase of goods and/or services needed for official business of the District.17 Documentation When an employee uses a District procurement card, documentation shall be provided to the Superintendent within 30 calendar days - detailing the goods or services purchased, the cost of such goods or services, the date of purchase, and the purpose for which such goods or services were purchased.18 Lost Procurement Cards All staff authorized to use a procurement card are responsible for the protection and custody of District procurement card. If a District procurement card is lost or stolen, the Superintendent shall be notified immediately. Payment The Superintendent shall approve all District procurement card invoices prior to payment. Misuse and Unauthorized Use An employee who violates a provision of this policy may have his/her use of that card revoked and be subject to disciplinary action as determined by the Superintendent. If the Superintendent violates a provision of this policy, he/she may have his/her use of that card revoked and may be subject to disciplinary

MCL 380.1254 (3) (―The Board of any school District shall not provide, allow, or obtain credit cards for, issue credit cards to, or provide to a school Board member a debit card or similar instrument that pledges payment of funds from a school District account except in compliance with law.‖) 18 MCL 380.1254 (3)
17

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
action as determined by the Board.

3605 District Procurement Cards (Cf. 3600) Other Provisions

3605-2

The chief financial officer shall establish a system of internal accounting controls to monitor the use of procurement cards.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1254; 129.243

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services 3610 The purchasing objective of the Board of Education shall be to provide services, materials and supplies which offer District personnel the most effective and efficient means to perform their tasks. The policy of the Board will be to

acquire these at a minimum possible cost, but taking into consideration the best interest of the school District. The Superintendent shall serve as the purchasing agent for the school system. General Guidelines 1. In awarding purchase or contracts for services, the Superintendent shall consider the following: (a) price: (b) quality of product; (c)

service, deliver suitability of product; (d) suitability of product; (e) conformance to specifications; (f) past performance to the school District; and (g) vendor reliability. 2. The Board directs that all purchases from all funds under its control and responsibility be made after proper written document is secured to support such purchases, excluding purchases of a minor or emergency nature. 3. The District will have a requisition/purchase order system as a means of budgetary control. 4. Vendor competition in purchasing shall be practiced whenever possible. 5. Price Quotations: The Superintendent shall make available to the

Board the price quotations obtained from vendors, when applicable, for supplies, materials, equipment, and services that do not exceed the Revised School Code base amount. These copies are to be retained by the Superintendent until the audit for a fiscal year has been formally accepted by the Board.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services 3610-2 6. The vendor submitting the lowest competitive price quotation ordinarily shall be awarded the contract. However, the Superintendent reserves the right to accept or reject any price quotations based on the best interest of the District and delegates this authority to those responsible for purchases not coming before the Board. 7. Competitive Bids: The Superintendent shall make available to the

Board the competitive bids obtained from vendors for supplies, materials, and equipment that exceed the Revised School Code base amount. These copies are to be retained by the Superintendent until the audit for a fiscal year has been formally accepted by the Board. 8. The lowest responsible bidder submitting a competitive price quotation or bid ordinarily shall be awarded the contract. However, the Board reserves the right to accept or reject any bid based on the best interest of the District and delegates this authority to those responsible for purchases not coming before the Board. 9. The Board shall purchase locally, provided goods and services of equal quality are available at competitive prices, as well as full compliance with any applicable bid specifications, laws, and is the lowest responsible bidder, and in the best interest of the District. Local purchases shall be divided among several local vendors when appropriate. The Superintendent shall make all authorized purchases, as he/she deems best after carefully weighing all matters. Non-Negotiatory Purchases Non-Negotiatory purchases can be made when there is only one supply source, provided the amount does not exceed bidding requirement limitations.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services Informal Quotations Informal quotations (verbal information of price on equal products or services), secured in person or by telephone, may be used in obtaining the many small purchases used by the school District. Competitive Bids No purchases shall be made for supplies, materials, and equipment performed by other than the District’s employees in a single transaction costing more than the statutory limit, unless competitive bids are obtained and the purchase is approved by the Board. The Superintendent is authorized to obtain third party competitive bids for materials, supplies and equipment through cooperative purchasing programs. Third party competitive bidding on behalf of the school District shall constitute a competitive bid for purposes of Section 1274 of the Revised School Code. Such bids shall be opened at a specific time and place as stated in the bid advertisement or in the invitation to bid. Bids may be opened by the 3610-3

Superintendent at the time and place stated, and analyzed and brought to the Board at a regular or special meeting with recommendations as to which bids should be accepted. The Board shall have discretion in determining the responsibility of the bidders and generally shall award the contract to the lowest bidder, provided specifications are fully met. The Board may also consider available services and delivery in determining the successful bidder. The Board may reject any or all bids. All bids received after the date and time specified shall be returned to the bidder unopened. Changes in the amount or condition of the bid will not be allowed once the bid has been received.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services 3610-4 Competitive Bids on Building Construction, Renovation, and Repairs Prior to commencing construction of a new building, or additions to or repair or renovation of an existing building costing more than the statutory limit, the Board shall obtain competitive bids on all material and labor to be required to complete the proposed construction, addition, repair, or renovations. Repair work normally done by school District employees is exempted from this bidding requirement. The Board shall advertise for bids in accordance with the law. There shall be a public opening of the bids received. The Board may reject any or all bids, and shall re-advertise in the event all bids are rejected, in the manner provided by law and this policy. Voluntary alternates submitted by bidders shall not be considered in determining low bids. However, such alternates may be negotiated after the successful bidder has been determined. Each bidder shall be required to file security with the Board in the amount of 5% of the amount of the bid, conditioned to secure the school District from loss or damage by reason of the withdrawal of the bid or by the failure of the bidder to enter a contract for performance if the bid is accepted by the Board. Emergency Purchases Emergency purchases may be made without using the bidding process. Such emergencies may arise as a result of an accident or other unforeseen occurrence which could affect the life, health, welfare or safety of the school District’s children or employees. Purchasing Rules and Regulations The Superintendent shall develop the necessary rules and regulations to implement this policy, including requisition and approval procedures, verification

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services 3610-5 of purchases, and verification that goods have been received in an acceptable condition and services performed in an acceptable manner. Installment or Lease Purchases The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board realizes that installment or lease purchases may commit future Boards to undesirable or untimely financial obligations. Therefore, all intended installment or lease purchases shall be brought to the Board as part of the proposed annual budget. Purchasing From District Employees Prohibited The Board shall not purchase equipment or supplies from an employee of the District, nor from a member of a household or an employee, nor from any firm in which an employee or member of his/her household holds a 10 percent or greater financial interest. Purchases through the District Prohibited Board members and employees shall not make any purchase through the District for personal use. Purchasing equipment and supplies by the District for resale to employees is prohibited. The Superintendent shall prepare an appropriate Business Procedures and Operations Manual for use by the District in matters pertaining to this policy.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321-330; 129.221 et. seq.; 129.241 et. seq.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3620 Emergency Purchases (Cf. 2750, 3660) 3620 In the event of an emergency such as a power failure, severe cold weather or other such natural disasters, the Superintendent shall have the authority to purchase capital equipment needed to keep the schools of the District open or to reopen the schools. The Board, at a special or regular

meeting as soon as possible after the purchase is made, shall approve any such purchases. Such purchases shall not be made to circumvent the purpose of the competitive bid law.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management

3730 Vendor Relations

3730

The Board shall not knowingly enter a contract with any supplier of goods or services to the District under which any Board member or officer, employee or agent of the District has any pecuniary or beneficial interest, direct or indirect, unless the person has not solicited the contract or participated in the negotiations leading up to the contract. This prohibition shall not prevent any person from receiving royalties upon the sale of any textbook of which he/she is the author and which has been properly approved for use in the District. For the purpose of this policy, ―beneficial interest‖ shall be determined in accordance with current law. The acceptance of gifts to Board members and school personnel are governed by the Revised School Code, which includes any gifts or favors from vendors which might, in any way, influence their recommendations on the eventual purchase of equipment, supplies, or services. Purchasing personnel shall not extend any favors to vendors. Each order shall be placed in accordance with the policies of the Board based on quality, price, and delivery with past service a factor if all other considerations are equal.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321 et seq.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3730-R Vendor Relations 3730-R These Vendor Relations Administrative Procedures are intended to discourage the appearance that vendor gifts might be construed as influencing Board members’ or school personnel’s recommendation on the eventual purchase of equipment, supplies, or services. For any unsolicited gifts given to the Lenawee Intermediate School District, the District shall as deemed appropriate donate the gift to a local non-profit organization or charity on behalf of the vendor. A letter will be sent to the vendor acknowledging the gift and its subsequent donation to a local non-profit organization or charity.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3750 Payment Procedures 3750 Payments submitted for Board review shall be in the form of a listing that includes the vendor name, the number, and amount of the check, and the description of the item. Upon receipt of a request for payment by a District vendor, and upon receipt of all goods or satisfactory completion of all services from said vendor, the Superintendent may authorize payment to said vendor be made within 30 days. Each bill or obligation of the Board must be fully itemized and verified before a warrant can be drawn for its payment.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1274

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3750-R Payment Procedures 3750-R When an invoice is received, the Superintendent shall verify that a voucher is properly submitted, that acceptable goods were received or satisfactory services rendered, that the expenditure is included in the budget, that funds are available for its payment, and that the amount of the invoice is correct.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3800 Fund Raising and Student Activity Funds Soliciting Funds From and By Students The Board recognizes the existence of many worthwhile community and student activities that require the raising of funds either by the sale of merchandise, tickets, or perhaps direct request for money. Because of the need to safeguard students in the educational program, the Board limits participation of students to those activities that have the Superintendent’s approval. It is the responsibility of the Board to provide the necessary basic texts, materials, supplies, equipment, uniforms, buildings and outdoor facilities to conduct the approved programs of the District. Community and school fund 3800

raising organizations may contribute to the enrichment of these basic programs through the contribution of funds and/or items as long as those contributions have been determined consistent with the District’s vision and approved by the Superintendent through the appropriate building or program administrator. If a fund raising project is conducted to sponsor a specific purchase, activity or trip, the purchase or trip must be approved by the Assistant Superintendent prior to initiation of the fund raising effort. This shall apply to school related groups as well as to school organizations. School Groups The administration must approve all fund raising in advance. Cards,

letters, or other identifying literature shall be provided all students prior to sales in the general community. Fund raising activities should not commence until approval has been granted. The purpose is not to limit the activities of these groups, but rather to: 1. Be assured that students are not being ―used‖ or their educational program interrupted. 2. To assist with coordination of activities so that similar activities are not in conflict with each other.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3800 Fund Raising and Student Activity Funds 3800-2

3. To be assured of the appropriateness of the activity and that all fund raising activities comply with local and/or state regulations. The Board accepts liability for school sponsored fund raising activities consistent with this policy.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3800-R Fund Raising and Student Activity Fund 3800-R The annual student activity report shall show opening and closing balances of each fund. The report shall also show total amount of deposits and an itemized list of expenditures. The instructor/advisor for the student group conducting the fundraising, shall, with support from the Business Office, establish a checking account and system for receiving and disbursing checks. The student organization must

adopt procedures for handling money, with approval of the Business Office. Each student activity fund shall have an employee in charge of said fund. That employee of the fund shall be responsible for making a periodic report of the student activity fund to the Superintendent. The Board shall assume control of all inactive activity organization funds and disburse those funds to the activity account selected or expend the funds as directed by the Board in the best interests of students.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3900 Disposal of Surplus Books, Equipment and Supplies 3900

Materials and equipment no longer needed by one service area of the District should be made available for use by another service area generally in keeping with the educational purposes for which they were originally purchased. The Board of Education hereby authorizes the Superintendent to declare unnecessary, used, or obsolete equipment and supplies. The Superintendent may, within his/her broad discretion, attempt to recover the approximate market value of such surplus equipment for the District, and is authorized to dispose of such equipment in some other way if reasonable attempts fail to recover the approximate market value, or if that value is of an incidental amount when compared to the estimated cost of disposal. In determining the proper manner in which to dispose of surplus equipment or supplies, the following basic methods apply: A. B. Trade-in credit for a similar item/replacement. Sell to another school District, educational, non-profit, or commercial organization (the value to be determined by the Board Treasurer). C. D. E. F. Sell at public sale. Sell by bid. Donate to a school or non-profit organization. Destroy or discard the item(s). District property shall not be recommended for disposal if precluded by federal/state guidelines.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management

3900-R

Surplus Books, Equipment and Supplies

3900-R

Periodically, the administrator of each program shall supply the Superintendent with a list of books, equipment, or other saleable items that may be considered obsolete. The Superintendent shall determine the means of disposition, and provide notification of materials to be sold and the method of sale to the general public and those parties, which in his/her estimation, would be interested in such items. A public notice shall be circulated at least 5 days before the sale and the items for sale described. Monies realized from such sales shall be credited to the appropriate fund account. Obsolete books, equipment, or supplies that cannot be sold may, at the discretion of the Superintendent, be donated to charitable organizations or discarded in an acceptable manner. A record shall be maintained by the Superintendent of all properties disposed of consistent with state and/or federal regulations.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3950 Surplus Land or Buildings 3950 The sale or disposal of District land or building shall require Board authorization. The Board shall, with the recommendation of the Superintendent, determine the method and procedure of disposal.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3950-R Surplus Land or Buildings 3950-R Whenever any land or buildings owned by the District are placed on the market for sale, public notification (including listing with a real estate agent) shall be made and all interested parties shall be given an equal opportunity for purchase. An appraisal of District owned property may be requested from at least two independent appraisers. However, the Board may set a price that, in its judgment, is fair and may reject any or all offers relative to such sale. Before a sale is completed, the potential use of the property shall be considered, particularly as it may affect the neighborhood in which it is located. The sale of the property for public education use shall be given priority. Money resulting from the sale of property shall be deposited in the general fund of the District unless otherwise directed by the Board or unless there is a bond issue outstanding on the facilities, in which case the receipts from the sale shall be deposited in the debt retirement fund established for that building project.

TC-3000-1 3000 - FISCAL MANAGEMENT

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3050 3100 3170 3200 3240 3280 3300 3340 Budget Planning Annual Operating Budget Budget Preparation Budget Adjustment Authority State and Federal Funding Proposals and Applications Revenue from Federal Sources ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs Borrowing, Bonds, and Debt Service Investment of Funds Fees, Payments, and Rentals Rental and Leasing of District Property Income and Payments from Sales and Service Non-Sufficient Fund Checks Depository of Funds Electronic Transaction of Funds Internal Accounting Safeguarding of Monies and Equipment Monies in School Buildings Bonded Employees Inventories—Fixed and Controlled Assets Fixed Asset Accounting System Audits Authorized Signatures Petty Cash Accounts Payroll Procedures and Schedules Tax Sheltered Annuity Programs Reimbursement of Expenses (Cf. 1168, 5330) District Procurement Cards Purchasing Goods and Services Purchasing From District Employees Purchases through the District Emergency Purchases Credit Cards Installment or Lease Purchases Emergency Purchases Vendor Relations Payment Procedures Fund Raising and Student Activity Funds Soliciting Funds From and By Students School Groups Disposal of Surplus Books, Equipment, and Supplies Surplus Land or Buildings

3400 3405 3410 3420 3430 3490 3500 3550 3570 3580 3590 3600 3605 3610

3620 3730 3750 3800

3900 3950

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3050 Budget Planning 3050 The Board shall collect and assemble the information necessary to discharge its responsibility for the fiscal management of the District and to plan for the financial needs of the educational program. The Board will maintain both short and long-range projections of District financial requirements. Accordingly, the Board directs the Superintendent to: D. Project an estimated expenditure and revenue budget for one year in the future. E. F. Maintain a plan of anticipated local, state, and federal revenues. Report to the Board any serious financial implications that emerge from the District’s ongoing fiscal planning.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3050-R Budget Planning 3050-R The Board encourages the use of a modified site-based budget development that includes the following major components: 1. The Superintendent and staff will establish a reasonable and prudent District total revenue target; 2. Each Assistant Superintendent will use a variety of methods to elicit opinions from staff, and, when appropriate, parent(s)/guardian(s) and students; 3. Each Assistant Superintendent will present the recommended budget to the Superintendent for review; 4. The Board will schedule public hearings for presentation of the budget plan emphasizing the following: a. b. c. 5. Program changes; Procedures used to elicit recommendations, and Spending priorities.

The Board will review the full budget at a public hearing according to law.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3100 Annual Operating Budget 3100 The District’s budget shall be prepared by the Superintendent in cooperation with selected District employees and shall reflect the Vision, Mission and Strategic Plan of the District. The Superintendent shall follow the adopted budget. It shall be the goal of the Board to fund the operating budget according to approved fiscal and budgetary procedures adhered to and required by the State of Michigan. Budget Preparation The annual budget represents a financial expression of the District’s educational plan. The budget shall be designed to carry out that educational plan in a thorough and efficient manner; to maintain, properly, District facilities; and to honor continuing obligations of the District. A proposed budget requires the critical analysis of every member of the Board during its preparation. Once adopted, the budget deserves the support of all members of the Board regardless of their position before its adoption. In order to allow adequate time for the preparation and review of the proposed budget, the Board directs the Superintendent to present a budget to the Board and all available information associated with the budget in compliance with current law in sufficient time to allow proper review. When presented to the Board for review and/or adoption, the budget shall include: G. H. I. The proposed expenditure in each financial category for the ensuing year. The anticipated expenditure in each financial category for the current year. The audited expenditure and approved budget in each financial category for the previous year. J. The sources and amounts of anticipated revenues.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3100 Annual Operating Budget K. L. 3100-2 The amount of fund equity anticipated at the end of the current year. An appropriations resolution.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF:MCL 141.411; 141.421a-440a; 211.209-210; 380.624-624a; 388.1702

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3170 Budget Adjustment Authority 3170 Only the Superintendent and Assistant Superintendents are authorized to approve adjustments and/or transfers within line items of the Board adopted operating budget without Board approval. Such adjustments and/or transfers shall be reported to the Board at the next scheduled budget revision. Such acts shall not exceed the latest fund expenditure grand totals approved by the Board. Authorization for such adjustments and/or transfers shall be included annually in the general appropriations act.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 141.421a-440a

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3200 State and Federal Funding Proposals and Applications Revenue from Federal Sources It is an objective of the Board to provide quality educational opportunities for all individuals of the District. It is the intent of the Board to study all federal legislation, with this philosophy in mind, selecting those particular parts of the legislation which will help the Board to provide better educational opportunities and programs for each student. 3200

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240 ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs 3240

The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education is the governmental unit responsible for the planning and development of the systems of special education programs and services in the Intermediate School District, as authorized by the Michigan State Legislature in the Revised School Code. As part of that responsibility, the Board of Education provides administrative and financial support to local public school Districts for their operation of special education programs and services. The financial support provided to local Districts must be distributed in a legal and equitable manner. The administrative procedures for distribution of

ISD funds shall meet minimum state standards of local contribution and follow an ―added-cost‖ concept. This will assure the non-discriminatory expenditure of

funds and maintain local ownership in the programs. The distribution must be responsive to changing circumstances, grounded in allowable cost, maintain the fiscal integrity of the ISD, and include appropriate budget control measures. The distribution formula and related administrative procedures must encourage the development of a full continuum of placement options available to students with disabilities regardless of location of their home in the Intermediate School District. When the LISD must prorate its reimbursement, local District paid tuition must assure full added-cost reimbursement to local District operating regional classrooms, in accordance with required contracts, provision of special education to non-resident handicapped students. The LISD will maintain a five percent fund equity (5% of current year’s projected expenditures) in the LISD Special Education General Fund.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240-R PART A. ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs BASIC REIMBURSEMENT 3240-R

(5) Teacher Assistants Salary and employment related expenses mandated by state or federal law, such as retirement contributions and Social Security payments, and professional development expenses, (up to $75.00 per assistant per year) for locally employed special education teacher assistants (mandated and nonmandated) are eligible for ISD reimbursement. Expenses for health, dental or vision insurance shall not be reimbursed. (6) Instructional Development: Instructional materials and supplies (including texts, consumable workbooks, instructional kits, etc.) are instructional supplies purchased specifically for instruction of students with disabilities and not otherwise provided to all nonhandicapped students/general education classrooms in the building, and equipment that is valued at less than $1,000.00 Equipment and furniture used only for instruction with students with disabilities, are valued at $1,000.00 or more. Professional development experiences, including staff training and conference attendance expenses, are reimbursable under this policy. Reimbursement claims for any combination of supplies, equipment, and professional development expenditures are capped at an average of $1,225 for each special education professional employed by the District, and are subject to pro-ration of reimbursement claims as are other eligible costs. (7) Start-Up Costs: For a District starting a new special education classroom, including conversion of a local District room to regional Level II classroom status, not including transfer/relocation of a current program to a new location within the Supplies, Capital Outlay/Equipment, and Professional

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240-R ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs 3240-R-2

District, specific expenses incurred for room improvements and instructional equipment related to occupying a room or making a room more suitable for the specific program, may be reimbursed, under the following conditions: (D) The classroom complies with the size, light, ventilation, and heating requirements and age/grad comparability rules of the Michigan Special Education Rules according to inspection of the assigned ISD administrator; (E) The additional program has been approved for reimbursement via the Program Development Model; and (F) Total ISD reimbursement for any one new classroom’s ―starting costs‖ shall not exceed the following limits--$1,500.00 for LD and Resource Rooms: $5000 for MiCI (Mildly Cognitively Impaired) with a prior approved plan submitted to the LISD by the LEA; $1500 for EI rooms plus additional $2,000.00 for remodeling plans including a ―time-out‖ room. (8) Other: The LISD shall reimburse the local public school for certain costs relating to special education due process hearings required under the Michigan Revised Administrative Rules for Special Education, according to the following limitations: (A) The LISD will not reimburse any expenses relating to a hearing covered by the District’s liability insurance, after concerted action is taken to clarify coverage with the carrier. (B) The only costs eligible for LISD reimbursement include hearing officer fees and expenses, court reporter fees, expert and witness fees, and fees associated with independent evaluations ordered by the hearing

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240-R ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs 3240-R-3

officer or via settlement agreement. Costs eligible for reimbursement do not include any attorney fees incurred by the District in defending or prosecuting an action, damages, or awards or settlements of attorney fee demands from prevailing parent(s)/guardian(s) representatives. (E) LISD reimbursement shall be limited to fifty percent (50%) of the costs included as eligible for reimbursement above. Reimbursement for

expenses of special education related lawsuits is not included in these procedures and is not to be reimbursed by the LISD. (F) The LISD will assume the cost of an independent educational evaluation with prior approval of the LISD Special Education Director. Without the prior approval of the LISD Special Education Director, the local District will be responsible for the cost of these programs. Local District indirect costs are ineligible for reimbursement. Starting in the 1993-94 school year, the Lenawee Intermediate School District reimbursed local school Districts’ costs for operating special education costs in the same school year in which the expenses were made. Prior to 199394, reimbursement was calculated using audited figures from the local Districts that were available 3-4 months after the close of the fiscal year (June 30). With the 1993-94 school year, reimbursement is calculated on estimated current year budgets from the local Districts. This raises the possibility of over/under

payments, and adjustments/pro-rations to maintain the LISD’s fund equity standards (5% of current expenditures). Moving to ―current year‖ reimbursement, based on estimated budgets, rather than audited figures, increases the likelihood of inaccurate estimates and surprise adjustments/pro-rations. Changes were

made to the reimbursement procedures to accomplish the following goals:

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240-R ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs 3240-R-4

4. Maintain the fiscal integrity of the Intermediate School District; 5. Safeguard equity among competing constituent Districts’ claims for reimbursement; and 6. Provide a reasonable means of distributing special education millage. The following requirements are added: Reimbursement claims based on local special education costs for the 1992-93 school year were permanently skipped over, in accordance with the agreement of the Lenawee County Superintendent’s Association;19 At the end of the fiscal year, 15% of the total prorated reimbursement amount, as calculated for the June payment, is withheld pending completion of local fiscal audits and the LISD audit of approved special education costs; Local District reimbursement claims shall be paid five times; four payments are made during the current fiscal. The payment schedule is as follows: December January March June 17% 25.5% 34% 8.5%

The final 15% payment is included with the initial payment in the following year. Lenawee Intermediate School District officials will request local District budgets estimates periodically, as well as supplemental information and fiscal audit reports, for periodic recalculation; and, 3240-R
19

ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special

3240-R-5

Action at the January 13, 1993 meeting of the Lenawee County Superintendent’s Association.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
Educational Programs By December 31st of the following fiscal year, the escrowed accounts shall be released in the amount necessary to reconcile final audited claims for reimbursement. Where the amount in escrow is insufficient to pay all the adjusted local District claims, it shall be deemed the total amount available and the absolute limit of the Lenawee Intermediate School District current year Special Education budget. In the event that local Districts are overpaid, they shall be billed to repay any overpayment. PART B. LENAWEE ISD REIMBURSEMENT FOR LOCALLY EMPLOYED TEACHER ASSISTANTS FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES OR SPECIAL EDUCATION CLASSROOM PROGRAMS I. MANDATED TEACHER ASSISTANTS The Lenawee ISD will reimburse the costs associated with mandated classroom teacher assistants employed by the local public schools in the same manner in which other eligible costs are reimbursed. A teacher assistant is mandated for elementary level Mild Cognitive Impairment classrooms when there are 12 or more students in the room at one time. Some approved administrative rule waivers also mandate an assistant. II. NON-MANDATED EDUCATION TEACHER AND ASSISTANTS: INDIVIDUAL SPECIAL STUDENT

CLASSROOM

ASSISTANTS, INCLUSION AND BEHAVIORAL INDIVIDUAL STUDENT ASSISTANTS The Lenawee ISD will reimburse the local cost associated with nonmandated classroom teacher assistants for special education classrooms, and inclusion or behavioral individual assistants for students with disabilities, when the local District has completed the

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240-R ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs 3240-R-6 The

Lenawee Intermediate School District’s approval process.

Lenawee ISD reserves the right to deny reimbursement upon failure to meet the state or ISD’s criteria or fails to complete the procedures. Reimbursement may be prorated consistent with this policy. IV. REIMBURSEMENT REQUEST PROCEDURES FOR MANDATED AND NONMANDATED TEACHER ASSISTANTS When a local public school District employs a teacher assistant to provide service to a student with disabilities, or to serve in a special education classroom, the costs for that assistant will either be paid for entirely by the local District, or by a combination of local District, state and LISD funds. The LISD Assistant Superintendents delegate authorization for previously approved teacher assistant positions up to 75% of the previous year’s total full-time equivalent teacher assistant positions, to the regional supervisors. New requests for reimbursement, or substantially changed previously approved positions, shall be forwarded to the Assistant Superintendent for consideration and action. Approved forms shall be utilized for documenting the local Districts’ requests and the Assistant Superintendent’s actions. PART C. PROVISIONS FOR INCORPORATING APPROVED WAIVERS TO THE MICHIGAN SPECIAL EDUCATION ADMINISTRATIVE

RULES IN THE INTERMEDIATE SCHOOL DISTRICT’S POLICY AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PERTAINING TO THE REIMBURSEMENT OF LOCAL PUBLIC SCHOOL DISTRICT SPECIAL EDUCATION COSTS

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3240-R ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special Educational Programs 3240-R-7

All current and new special education programs and services for which reimbursement from the Intermediate School District is requested that qualify to be operated under an approved waiver must be operated under the waiver or there will be no Intermediate School District reimbursement for local costs.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3280 Borrowing, Bonds and Debt Service Borrowing Upon the initiative of the Board, the Superintendent may prepare the data and applications regarding the borrowing of State Aid Notes, Tax Anticipation Notes, and Bond Issues. Bids shall be solicited for all short-term loans that the Board has authorized. Funds shall be borrowed from the responsible organization offering the most favorable terms, as approved by the Board. Sale of Bonds The Board, upon a favorable vote of the people, or by its own action, in compliance with the laws of the State of Michigan, may sell its bonds, if required to do so. Such bonds shall be duly advertised, prepared, and sold in 3280

conformance with the laws of the State of Michigan. Debt Service It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to maintain all records as to the outstanding bonds and debts encumbered against the District. He/She shall keep this information readily available and report periodically to the Board on the condition of these accounts.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 134.1 et seq. 188.761 et seq.; 380.144; 380.1225; 380.135152

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3300 Investment of Funds 3300 Annually, the Board shall pass a resolution authorizing the Treasurer to invest surplus funds of the District. Investment Income The District is authorized to make investments of available moneys from the several funds of the District in: 10. Bonds, bills or notes of the United States, or obligations the principal an interest of which are fully guaranteed by the United States Government. 11. Certificates of deposit issued by an state or national bank organized and authorized to operate a bank in this state. 12. Commercial paper via pooled fund. 13. Certificates of deposit or share certificates of state or federal credit unions organized and authorized to operate in this state. 14. Securities issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the United States Government. 15. United States government or federal District obligation repurchase agreements. 16. Bankers’ acceptances issued by a bank that is a member of the federal deposit insurance corporation. 17. Mutual funds composed entirely of investment vehicles that are legal for direct investment by a School District. 18. Investment pools, as authorized by the surplus funds investment pool act, composed entirely of instruments that are legal for direct investment by a School District. The Treasurer, in determining the best investment, shall combine three factors: (1) quality of commercial paper, (2) interest rate available, and (3)

accessibility of funds on short notice.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
3300 Investment of Funds 3300-2 Local banks and those with whom the District has established a business relationship, including banks having accounts of the District, or those from whom the District has recently secured loans, shall be given preference for the investment of funds. Earnings on an investment shall become a part of the fund from which the investment was made.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1223

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3300-R Investment of Funds 3300-R The Board also authorizes the Superintendent to open cash management accounts for general fund monies to earn interest while not being used for operating purposes or invested otherwise. Such accounts shall be used when the cash flow pattern does not permit the purchases of longer-term investments or when the rate of return is comparable or greater than is available from other investments. Authorization to make deposits, transfers, and withdrawals from these accounts shall be established at the annual organizational meeting of the Board. Interest from investments shall accrue to the fund from which the investment was made as determined by the Board and permitted by current law. The Superintendent shall assume the responsibility of developing cash flow patterns for all funds in order to determine the availability of funds for investment. Periodically, the Superintendent shall report the status of all

investments to the Board.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3340 Fees, Payments, and Rentals (Cf. 9250) 3340

Proceeds from fees for building or equipment use or rental shall be credited to funds specified by the Superintendent. Rental and Leasing of District Property The Board may authorize the rental or lease of District property. Income and Payments from Sales and Service Students may undertake jobs or projects for private individuals or community groups. The facilities of the District may be used for such activities. All receipts shall be deposited in the general fund and used as a reimbursement for materials and/or to purchase additional supplies and cover expenses of a department or program.

Approved: Adopted October 6, 2003; First Revision December 5, 2005; Second Revisions adopted January 8, 2007 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.11a; 380.1141

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3340-R Fees, Payments and Rentals (Cf. 9250) 3340-R Rental and Leasing of District Property Prior to leasing District property, the Board may make known the availability of such property to the public. The lessee shall be reputable and the use of the buildings shall be compatible with community standards. The terms of the lease agreement shall specify the extent to which the lessee shall be responsible for the maintenance of the property and payment of utilities. The lessee may be required to pay any taxes that may be assessed against said property. All lease agreements may, at the discretion of the Superintendent, be prepared or reviewed by legal counsel prior to Board approval. Income from Sales and Service All projects undertaken by students and staff will consider the impact, if any on competition with local businesses to the best extent possible. The following rules and procedures shall apply to projects undertaken in the District’s facilities: 8. Priority for Sales and Service Projects: a. Students enrolled in the LISD’s courses/programs and alignment with the curriculum b. LISD and local public school District organizations c. LISD affiliated organizations d. Public agencies and non-profit organizations e. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) of students enrolled in class f. Area senior citizens g. Students enrolled in high school h. Individuals including school District employees 9. Customers shall sign the necessary application and release forms provided by the school;

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3340-R Fees, Payments and Rentals (Cf. 9250) 3340-R-2 10. Tipping for services is prohibited; 11. All individuals and outside groups shall receive an estimated cost before the work begins. Adjustments shall be made at the time of final billing; 12. Payment shall be received releasing the product to the client; 13. Invoices for all charges shall be issued and receipts provided; and 14. Employees or students shall not realize any financial benefit because of their participation in work projects undertaken. Non-Sufficient Fund Checks In the event the District should receive a check for any purpose that is returned due to non-sufficient funds (NSF) the District will assess a charge of $25.00 to the issuer of the check to cover the administrative and clerical costs of dealing with the matter. If the issuer fails to "make good" for the amount of the original check within 10 days of the date of the check being returned for NSF, the District reserves the right to file criminal charges and to refuse checks in the future from the issuer.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3400 Depository of Funds (Cf. 1300) 3400 At the annual organizational meeting, the Board shall, in accordance with state law, designate, by resolution, the financial institutions20 in which the funds of the District shall be deposited and the proportion of funds to be deposited in each. The Treasurer shall deposit or cause to be deposited, funds of the District in the institutions as authorized by the Board and in the proportions authorized by the Board.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 21.143; 129.12; 129.15

MCL 129.15 includes credit unions as an appropriate place of deposit and uses the term ―financial institution,‖ not just banks or trust companies.
20

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3405 Electronic Transaction of Funds 3405 The Lenawee Intermediate School District, through resolution of the Board, shall be a party to an Automated Clearing House21 (ACH) arrangement.22 The Superintendent shall be responsible for the Lenawee Intermediate School District’s ACH agreements, including payment approval, accounting, reporting, and generally for overseeing compliance with the ACH policy.23 All ACH invoices are to be approved prior to payment. Internal Accounting The Superintendent shall be responsible for development and

maintenance of appropriate accounting controls to monitor the use of ACH transactions24 made by the District.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 124.301-124.305

―Automated clearing house‖ or ―ACH‖ – a national and governmental organization that has authority to process electronic payments, including, but not limited to, the national automated clearing house association and the federal reserve system (MCL 124.301(d)). 22 ACH arrangement—the agreement between the originator of the ACH transaction and the receiver of an ACH transaction (MCL 124.301(a)). Under Act 738 of 2002, MCL 124.301, an ACH arrangement is not subject to the revised municipal finance act, 2001 PA 34, MCL 141.2101, or to provisions of law or charter concerning the issuance of debt by a local unit. 23 ACH policy – the procedures and internal controls as determined under this written policy developed and adopted by the Superintendent (MCL 124.301(b)). 24 ACH transaction – an electronic payment, debit, or credit transfer processed through an automated clearinghouse (MCL 124.301(c)).
21

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3405-R Electronic Transaction of Funds 3405-R For the purposes of accountability of ACH funds, the Superintendent shall submit to the Board a monthly report detailing the goods or services purchased during the preceding month. The report must contain: The goods or services purchased and their cost; The date of the payment; and The unit or department serviced by each payment. This report may be maintained in the electronic general ledger software system of the District or in a separate report. Internal Accounting ACH accounting methods shall follow the established and approved District accounting procedures.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3405-R Electronic Transaction of Funds 3405-R-2

Sample Resolution For the authorization of Electronic Transactions under PA 738 of 2002, MCL 124.301, the Board hereby recognizes that: Electronic payment of public funds are required for some federally mandated transactions involving public funds by electronic payment, debit, or credit transfer processed through an automated clearing house, and The Board deems that it is in the best interest of the District to make certain District financial transactions by electronic payments as described in PA 748 of 2002. It is therefore resolved, that the Board authorizes the District to utilize electronic transactions in compliance with the written procedures and internal controls developed by the Superintendent.

Moved by:__________________________ Seconded by:_________________

Ayes: ___________________ Nays: _____________ Abstentions: __________

Resolution Adopted: _________________________________

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3410 Safeguarding of Monies and Equipment 3410 The Superintendent shall assure that administrative regulations are established and carried out so that all monies and equipment within all of the District’s facilities are safeguarded and accounted for in an efficient manner at all times.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3420 Monies in School Buildings 3420 Monies received and receipted must be safeguarded and deposited in LISD bank accounts in a timely manner not to exceed one week from the date of receipt of funds. The District will not be responsible for non-District monies in school buildings.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3430 Bonded Employees 3430 The Board recognizes that prudent trusteeship of the resources of the District dictate that employees responsible for the safekeeping of District monies be bonded. The District shall be indemnified against loss of money by bonding of employees holding the positions and in the amounts determined by the Board. All other employees to be bonded shall be covered under a blanket bond. The Board shall bear the cost of bonding each employee required to be bonded by this policy.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3430-R Bonded Employees 3430-R A surety bond for $500,000.00 is required for the Treasurer of the Board. The Board may purchase a blanket bond for District employees.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3490 Inventories – Fixed and Controlled Assets 3490 An accounting will be made annually for property, real and personal, owned by the District in accordance with law, governmental regulations, and District rules. Fixed Asset Accounting System The administration shall maintain a fixed asset accounting system in accordance with law, governmental regulations, and the District’s needs.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: Governmental Accounting Standards Board, Statement No. 34.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3490-R Inventories – Fixed and Controlled Assets 3490-R For the purpose of accountability of school-owned property, the Superintendent shall develop an inventory record system. Annually, all fixed

assets records shall be updated showing deletions and additions of Districtowned property, estimated original cost, date of purchase, serial numbers (where available) and location of each piece of property. Fixed Asset Accounting System The administration shall maintain a fixed asset accounting system in accordance with law, governmental regulations, and District needs. The fixed asset accounting system shall maintain sufficient information to permit the following: A. The preparation of year-end financial statements in accordance with law, governmental rules and generally accepted accounting principles; B. C. Adequate insurance coverage; and Control and accountability.

The Superintendent shall be responsible for the development and maintenance of the fixed asset accounting system. He/She shall develop

procedures to ensure compliance with all fixed asset accounting policies, law or governmental regulation. Each building Principal shall be assigned fixed asset responsibilities. ―Fixed assets‖ are defined as at least 80% of those tangible assets of the District with a useful life in excess of one year and an initial cost equal to or exceeding $5,000. In making this determination, the Superintendent generally will use the recognized and accepted ―standard useful life table’ as published by the Association of School Business Officials International Accounting, Auditing, and Budgeting Committee, Subcommittee on GASB Statement No. 34 Implementation. Additionally, the services of a professional property appraisal

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3490-R Inventories – Fixed and Controlled Assets 3490-R-2 firm may be used to perform the asset inventory, to provide estimated historical cost information, and to give an objective estimate of the asset’s useful life that will generally be acceptable to auditors. In determining what assets are to be accounted for in District inventories, the Superintendent will consider the following information sources: Original purchase records. Bond documents. Professional appraisal or other services, such as insurance appraisals. The total amount of the original debt issuance, where appropriate, to help determine some asset’s historical cost. Periodically, the Superintendent will review the estimated remaining life of specific fixed assets or group of assets and adjust the remaining depreciable life accordingly. Some items may be identified by the Superintendent as ―controlled‖ assets that, although they cost less than $500 and do not meet all fixed asset criteria, will still be required to be recorded on the Inventory control systems at the individual building sites. Each program administrator has the responsibility of taking an inventory of District-owned property in all buildings/facilities under his/her supervision. The Superintendent will develop inventory forms and procedures. The program

administrator in that building will maintain one copy of each inventory taken and one copy shall be filed in the Education Service Center.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3500 Audits 3500

The accounting records, including internal accounts, of the District shall be audited annually by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with prescribed standards and legal requirements. An Ad Hoc Board Audit Committee is formed each year to meet with the Superintendent and the auditors prior to the annual audit and to discuss the results after completion. The Committee makes recommendations regarding

these results, with the Superintendent’s and Treasurer’s advice, to the full Board. The audit report shall be reviewed and accepted annually by the Board at a public meeting. The management letter and recommendations of the auditor shall be brought to the attention of the Board, along with recommendations of the Superintendent as to the feasibility of implementing the recommendations. The Superintendent shall be responsible for filing the audit reports with all appropriate authorities as prescribed by law or regulation. All District employees shall cooperate fully with the auditors.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 388.1618

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3550 Authorized Signatures (Cf. 1300) 3550 At the annual organizational meeting, the Board shall authorize the signatures of those persons who may sign checks and make transfers upon the various accounts of the District. Facsimile signatures may be used as authorized by the Board.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3570 Petty Cash Accounts Petty Cash The Board recognizes the convenience afforded the day-by-day operating of the schools by the establishment of one or more petty cash funds. The Board shall require controls that will prevent abuse of such funds. Each custodian of a petty cash fund shall insure that the funds in his/her care shall be disbursed only for minor expenditures and not readily deferred. No petty cash fund may be used to circumvent the purchasing procedures required by law and the policies of the Board. 3570

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3580 Payroll Procedures, Schedules and Deductions 3580 All employees shall be paid according to a specific schedule that shall be determined annually by the Superintendent. All salaries, stipends, and payments for job-related extra duties shall be paid from the payroll account through the District’s business office.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3580-R Payroll Procedures and Schedules 3580-R Generally, no employee shall be paid in advance of services rendered, except when the routine pay schedule requires an advance payment with the approval of the Superintendent. Personnel receiving extra pay for extracurricular activities that are on going throughout the school year may have the salary prorated in equal amounts in each paycheck. Personnel receiving extra pay for extra duty/extracurricular activities that are seasonable shall be paid in full at the completion of the activity or on a pro-rated basis over the remaining pay periods. Except for salary deductions for absences not covered by paid leave or payroll deductions required by law or contract, all payroll deductions shall be subject to the Superintendent’s approval.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3590 Tax Sheltered Annuity Programs 3590 The Board of Education authorizes the Superintendent to enter into contracts on behalf of the Board with annuity companies to affect the purchase of tax-deferred annuities for individual employees. But new firms must obtain a minimum of ten (10) current LISD employees as clients in order to be included on the approved TSA vendor list.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3600 Reimbursement of Expenses (Cf. 1168, 5330) 3600 District personnel, or members of the Board, who incur expenses in carrying out their authorized duties shall be reimbursed by the District to the extent approved or provided in Board policies or duly negotiated agreements upon submission of an approved voucher and supporting receipts. Such

expenses may be approved and incurred in line with budgetary allocations for the specific type of expense. No reimbursement for any employee travel, conferences, meetings, seminars, or visits involving an overnight stay will be issued unless such travel has been approved, in advance, by the Superintendent.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321-330; 129.221 et. seq.; 129.241 et. seq.; 380.621a; 380.1217a; 380.1254

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R When official travel by personally owned vehicle has been authorized, mileage payment shall be made at the rate currently governed by negotiated agreements or established by the Superintendent. Credit Card (Cf. 3610) The Superintendent shall, with the exception noted below, be the only employee issued a District credit card. This credit card shall only be used for the prudent, legitimate operating expenses of the District. It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to indicate on the credit card monthly statements the kind of activity that is being charged. All usage shall be documented, by charge slips and other means, and submitted to the business office on a routine basis. For an LISD employee to request use of the LISD District credit card for purchases that are not feasible through the Purchasing Rules and Regulations, the following procedures shall apply: A purchase order with appropriate approval and documentation is presented to the Superintendent requesting use of District credit card. Superintendent approves or denies the request. If approved, the Superintendent, or his/her designee, shall process the order and/or accompany the requestor when the order is placed and enter the credit card information as applicable. The Superintendent, or his/her designee, will be the only person(s) who are authorized to enter the credit card information (number & expiration date) to complete any transaction. The only exception to the Superintendent being the sole holder of a District credit card shall be the distribution of a limited number of gasoline credit cards and fuel purchase cards owned by the District and provided to transportation staff, as needed and approved by the Superintendent.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R-2

These cards are to be used only when other reasonable options to purchase fuel are not available, i.e., long distance and/or over night field trips, transportation services located within a local District not near the LISD Transportation service site. All purchases made on the gasoline credit cards and fuel purchase cards will be documented with receipts that are submitted on a routine basis, with the identity of the user, to the Superintendent for review before submission to the school business officials for payment. Superintendent shall be provided a copy of the monthly billing statements for each gasoline credit card and fuel purchase card for approval before payment. Unauthorized use of credit cards may result in disciplinary action. Spouse Reimbursement No expense incurred for spouses of employees shall be reimbursed by the District or with District funds with the exception of spouses conducting official school business and when both spouses are employees of the District. Authorization for Travel/Conference and Field Trip Expenses No reimbursement for any employee travel, conferences, meetings, seminars, or visits involving an overnight stay will be issues unless such travel has been pre-approved as an estimate and post-approved actual costs with itemized receipts, by the Superintendent.25 The employee’s immediate supervisor must give prior approval for all expenses for student field trips and conference attendance and approval of all actual expenses prior to reimbursement. The Superintendent only, not any

designee, must prior approve any conference expenses when estimated to be in excess of $1,500. The appropriate forms must be completed prior to departure.

As per Board policy, ―Superintendent‖ routinely includes designee, in this policy designees are explicitly limited to the Assistant Superintendents, Supervisors, Executive Directors, Directors, Principals, and Assistant Principals, consistent with approval limits referenced in the Business Office Procedures Manual.
25

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R-3

1. A Conference Request Form must be submitted prior to the conference; and a request form approved by the supervisor shall constitute certification for authorized travel. 4. Estimated expenses must be within appropriate budget allocations. 5. Staff expenses, as part of an approved student day field trip, must comply with all of the parameters of the reimbursable conference and routine expense limits of this Board policy. Expenses with itemized receipts should

be submitted on the employee Conference Request/Expense Voucher form. Reimbursable Conference Expenses Only the following expenses may be reimbursed: 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Lodging (actual room cost); Meals, but no alcoholic beverages; Conference registration and materials fees; Parking and tolls; Common carrier transportation to and from the venue; Use of private vehicle to and from the venue; Postage, telephone and fax charge for business purposes; and Charge for baggage service, reasonable tips.

Limitations on Conference and Routine Expense Reimbursements Expense reimbursements for approved conference and other routine expenses shall be limited as follows: 5. Lodging a maximum of $200 per night, not including taxes and fees. Any exception must be approved in advance by the Superintendent and Board President. 6. Meals: a maximum of $10 for breakfasts, $15 for lunches, and $25 for dinners, not including tip.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R-4 7. Tips: a maximum of 20% for waitress/waiter service at meals on the receipt, over the above meal limits, except for service during which a table is used for a lengthy meeting when a reasonable tip may be paid, $5 for porter/bellhop service. 8. Telephone calls: business related telephone calls only, at actual costs with receipt. The Board of Education may wish to review annually or as appropriate the limits on conference and routine expense reimbursement and consider adjustments. Employee Expense Reimbursement reports should be submitted within 90 calendar days of occurrence of the expense and all reimbursement requests for the current fiscal year must be submitted no later than June 30th of that year. Late submissions risk forfeiture. Service Club Guidelines From the LISD Vision . . . ―LISD staff are involved in their communities through humanitarianism and volunteering, demonstrating concern for our neighbors.‖ The Lenawee Intermediate School District recognizes the importance of staff participation on their communities in cultivating relationships that strengthen the partnership between students, families, communities, and schools. The

Lenawee Intermediate School District encourages its employees to take part in community service organizations. The LISD may reimburse all personnel 100% of their Service Clubs dues, not to exceed $200 per employee per year. The Superintendent must approve membership in order for the employee to be eligible for reimbursement. Service Clubs must be located in Lenawee County and be recognized as providing service to the community. Religious and political clubs are excluded. It is the

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R-5

intent of the LISD to be represented in a wide range of organizations. Therefore, membership in a particular service club may be encouraged. Reimbursement will be made to the employee upon presentation of dues statement(s) and completed Service Club Reimbursement form. Prohibited Expense Reimbursements (not limited to conferences) The reimbursement of employee expense is a privilege granted to employees by the Board of Education. Reimbursement of expenses will be

made only for legitimate school business purposes. No public funds26 will be spent for purchasing alcoholic beverages, jewelry, gifts, fees for golf, or any item the purchase or possession of which is illegal. Reimbursement shall not be

made for any items included on the prohibited expense reimbursement list (below).27 The Board of Education will seek restitution for any inappropriate charges inadvertently reimbursed. Fraudulent or intentional infractions will subject the employee to disciplinary action in accordance with policies and procedures of the district relating to disciplinary action ad termination. Prohibited expense reimbursements include, but are not limited to, the following items: Alcoholic beverages of any kind Contributions for political campaigns or candidates Controlled substances Flowers Food for routine staff meetings
―Public Funds‖ means funds generated from taxes levied under this act, state appropriations of state or federal funds, or payments made to the intermediate school district for services by a constituent district or any other person, but does not include voluntary contributions made for a specific purpose by an intermediate school board member, an intermediate school district employee, another individual, or a private entity. 27 For clarification, the district may on occasion legally purchase one or more of the items from this list of prohibited expenses using its routine procurement system (requisition and purchase orders).
26

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R-6

Gifts, except for those recognizing years of service and special recognitions honored by the District. Long distance telephone calls (non-work related) Money orders Movies, newspapers, except for instruction Plants Purchases in which a school employee who participates in the purchase process has a conflict of interest Purchases over the specified limit, as applicable, for the job classification Purchases requiring a contract and an authorized signature Receiving additional cash with purchases Recurring payments – the acquisition of goods or services where multiple, repetitive, or installment payments are necessary to complete the transaction Splitting purchases to circumvent the limit. A split purchase occurs when the individual cost of any single item, including shipping, exceeds the limit. Conference registrations will be considered the total of the individual registration fee. For example, if a conference is $100 and an employee

needs to register six people, six individual registrations on six different transactions may be placed on a single purchase order. Travel Club memberships Travelers checks Advances Request for an advance to pay expenses at a conference shall be made at the time application is made and shall be approved by the Superintendent.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
Estimated cost may be advanced. Immediately upon return, a financial

accounting, including documentation, shall be made to the business office and

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R-7 any unused funds returned. Advances on expenditures not documented shall be re-paid to the District. Petty cash funds may not be used for cash advances. Daily Travel Local travel as authorized under these regulations is to be recorded on a regular basis and submitted to the business office at the end of each month for reimbursement. Documentation must include, date, destination, purpose of

travel, and number of miles for each trip. Employee Expense Reimbursement reports should be submitted within 90 calendar days of occurrence of the expense and all reimbursement requests for the current fiscal year must be submitted no later than June 30th of that year. Late submissions risk forfeiture. Report to the Board All travel expenses and conference reimbursements shall be reported to the Board at their regular Board of Education meetings.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3605 District Procurement Cards (Cf. 3600) 3605 The Superintendent shall be responsible for the issuance, accounting, monitoring, retrieval, internal controls and generally overseeing the use of District procurement cards for employees. Issuance District employees may be issued a District procurement card, which shall be used solely for the purchase of goods and/or services needed for official business of the District.28 Documentation When an employee uses a District procurement card, documentation shall be provided to the Superintendent within 30 calendar days - detailing the goods or services purchased, the cost of such goods or services, the date of purchase, and the purpose for which such goods or services were purchased.29 Lost Procurement Cards All staff authorized to use a procurement card are responsible for the protection and custody of District procurement card. If a District procurement card is lost or stolen, the Superintendent shall be notified immediately. Payment The Superintendent shall approve all District procurement card invoices prior to payment. Misuse and Unauthorized Use An employee who violates a provision of this policy may have his/her use of that card revoked and be subject to disciplinary action as determined by the Superintendent. If the Superintendent violates a provision of this policy, he/she may have his/her use of that card revoked and may be subject to disciplinary action as determined by the Board.

MCL 380.1254 (3) (―The Board of any school District shall not provide, allow, or obtain credit cards for, issue credit cards to, or provide to a school Board member a debit card or similar instrument that pledges payment of funds from a school District account except in compliance with law.‖) 29 MCL 380.1254 (3)
28

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3605 District Procurement Cards (Cf. 3600) Other Provisions The chief financial officer shall establish a system of internal accounting controls to monitor the use of procurement cards. 3605-2

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1254; 129.243

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services 3610 The purchasing objective of the Board of Education shall be to provide services, materials and supplies which offer District personnel the most effective and efficient means to perform their tasks. The policy of the Board will be to

acquire these at a minimum possible cost, but taking into consideration the best interest of the school District. The Superintendent shall serve as the purchasing agent for the school system. General Guidelines 10. In awarding purchase or contracts for services, the Superintendent shall consider the following: (a) price: (b) quality of product; (c)

service, deliver suitability of product; (d) suitability of product; (e) conformance to specifications; (f) past performance to the school District; and (g) vendor reliability. 11. The Board directs that all purchases from all funds under its control and responsibility be made after proper written document is secured to support such purchases, excluding purchases of a minor or emergency nature. 12. The District will have a requisition/purchase order system as a means of budgetary control. 13. Vendor competition in purchasing shall be practiced whenever possible. 14. Price Quotations: The Superintendent shall make available to the

Board the price quotations obtained from vendors, when applicable, for supplies, materials, equipment, and services that do not exceed the Revised School Code base amount. These copies are to be retained by the Superintendent until the audit for a fiscal year has been formally accepted by the Board.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services 3610-2 15. The vendor submitting the lowest competitive price quotation ordinarily shall be awarded the contract. However, the Superintendent reserves the right to accept or reject any price quotations based on the best interest of the District and delegates this authority to those responsible for purchases not coming before the Board. 16. Competitive Bids: The Superintendent shall make available to the

Board the competitive bids obtained from vendors for supplies, materials, and equipment that exceed the Revised School Code base amount. These copies are to be retained by the Superintendent until the audit for a fiscal year has been formally accepted by the Board. 17. The lowest responsible bidder submitting a competitive price quotation or bid ordinarily shall be awarded the contract. However, the Board reserves the right to accept or reject any bid based on the best interest of the District and delegates this authority to those responsible for purchases not coming before the Board. 18. The Board shall purchase locally, provided goods and services of equal quality are available at competitive prices, as well as full compliance with any applicable bid specifications, laws, and is the lowest responsible bidder, and in the best interest of the District. Local purchases shall be divided among several local vendors when appropriate. The Superintendent shall make all authorized purchases, as he/she deems best after carefully weighing all matters. Non-Negotiatory Purchases Non-Negotiatory purchases can be made when there is only one supply source, provided the amount does not exceed bidding requirement limitations.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services Informal Quotations Informal quotations (verbal information of price on equal products or services), secured in person or by telephone, may be used in obtaining the many small purchases used by the school District. Competitive Bids No purchases shall be made for supplies, materials, and equipment performed by other than the District’s employees in a single transaction costing more than the statutory limit, unless competitive bids are obtained and the purchase is approved by the Board. The Superintendent is authorized to obtain third party competitive bids for materials, supplies and equipment through cooperative purchasing programs. Third party competitive bidding on behalf of the school District shall constitute a competitive bid for purposes of Section 1274 of the Revised School Code. Such bids shall be opened at a specific time and place as stated in the bid advertisement or in the invitation to bid. Bids may be opened by the 3610-3

Superintendent at the time and place stated, and analyzed and brought to the Board at a regular or special meeting with recommendations as to which bids should be accepted. The Board shall have discretion in determining the responsibility of the bidders and generally shall award the contract to the lowest bidder, provided specifications are fully met. The Board may also consider available services and delivery in determining the successful bidder. The Board may reject any or all bids. All bids received after the date and time specified shall be returned to the bidder unopened. Changes in the amount or condition of the bid will not be allowed once the bid has been received.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services 3610-4 Competitive Bids on Building Construction, Renovation, and Repairs Prior to commencing construction of a new building, or additions to or repair or renovation of an existing building costing more than the statutory limit, the Board shall obtain competitive bids on all material and labor to be required to complete the proposed construction, addition, repair, or renovations. Repair work normally done by school District employees is exempted from this bidding requirement. The Board shall advertise for bids in accordance with the law. There shall be a public opening of the bids received. The Board may reject any or all bids, and shall re-advertise in the event all bids are rejected, in the manner provided by law and this policy. Voluntary alternates submitted by bidders shall not be considered in determining low bids. However, such alternates may be negotiated after the successful bidder has been determined. Each bidder shall be required to file security with the Board in the amount of 5% of the amount of the bid, conditioned to secure the school District from loss or damage by reason of the withdrawal of the bid or by the failure of the bidder to enter a contract for performance if the bid is accepted by the Board. Emergency Purchases Emergency purchases may be made without using the bidding process. Such emergencies may arise as a result of an accident or other unforeseen occurrence which could affect the life, health, welfare or safety of the school District’s children or employees. Purchasing Rules and Regulations The Superintendent shall develop the necessary rules and regulations to implement this policy, including requisition and approval procedures, verification

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services 3610-5 of purchases, and verification that goods have been received in an acceptable condition and services performed in an acceptable manner. Installment or Lease Purchases The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board realizes that installment or lease purchases may commit future Boards to undesirable or untimely financial obligations. Therefore, all intended installment or lease purchases shall be brought to the Board as part of the proposed annual budget. Purchasing From District Employees Prohibited The Board shall not purchase equipment or supplies from an employee of the District, nor from a member of a household or an employee, nor from any firm in which an employee or member of his/her household holds a 10 percent or greater financial interest. Purchases through the District Prohibited Board members and employees shall not make any purchase through the District for personal use. Purchasing equipment and supplies by the District for resale to employees is prohibited. The Superintendent shall prepare an appropriate Business Procedures and Operations Manual for use by the District in matters pertaining to this policy.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321-330; 129.221 et. seq.; 129.241 et. seq.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3620 Emergency Purchases (Cf. 2750, 3660) 3620 In the event of an emergency such as a power failure, severe cold weather or other such natural disasters, the Superintendent shall have the authority to purchase capital equipment needed to keep the schools of the District open or to reopen the schools. The Board, at a special or regular

meeting as soon as possible after the purchase is made, shall approve any such purchases. Such purchases shall not be made to circumvent the purpose of the competitive bid law.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3730 Vendor Relations 3730

The Board shall not knowingly enter a contract with any supplier of goods or services to the District under which any Board member or officer, employee or agent of the District has any pecuniary or beneficial interest, direct or indirect, unless the person has not solicited the contract or participated in the negotiations leading up to the contract. This prohibition shall not prevent any person from receiving royalties upon the sale of any textbook of which he/she is the author and which has been properly approved for use in the District. For the purpose of this policy, ―beneficial interest‖ shall be determined in accordance with current law. The acceptance of gifts to Board members and school personnel are governed by the Revised School Code, which includes any gifts or favors from vendors which might, in any way, influence their recommendations on the eventual purchase of equipment, supplies, or services. Purchasing personnel shall not extend any favors to vendors. Each order shall be placed in accordance with the policies of the Board based on quality, price, and delivery with past service a factor if all other considerations are equal.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321 et seq.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3730-R Vendor Relations 3730-R These Vendor Relations Administrative Procedures are intended to discourage the appearance that vendor gifts might be construed as influencing Board members’ or school personnel’s recommendation on the eventual purchase of equipment, supplies, or services. For any unsolicited gifts given to the Lenawee Intermediate School District, the District shall as deemed appropriate donate the gift to a local non-profit organization or charity on behalf of the vendor. A letter will be sent to the vendor acknowledging the gift and its subsequent donation to a local non-profit organization or charity.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3750 Payment Procedures 3750 Payments submitted for Board review shall be in the form of a listing that includes the vendor name, the number, and amount of the check, and the description of the item. Upon receipt of a request for payment by a District vendor, and upon receipt of all goods or satisfactory completion of all services from said vendor, the Superintendent may authorize payment to said vendor be made within 30 days. Each bill or obligation of the Board must be fully itemized and verified before a warrant can be drawn for its payment.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1274

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3750-R Payment Procedures 3750-R When an invoice is received, the Superintendent shall verify that a voucher is properly submitted, that acceptable goods were received or satisfactory services rendered, that the expenditure is included in the budget, that funds are available for its payment, and that the amount of the invoice is correct.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3800 Fund Raising and Student Activity Funds Soliciting Funds From and By Students The Board recognizes the existence of many worthwhile community and student activities that require the raising of funds either by the sale of merchandise, tickets, or perhaps direct request for money. Because of the need to safeguard students in the educational program, the Board limits participation of students to those activities that have the Superintendent’s approval. It is the responsibility of the Board to provide the necessary basic texts, materials, supplies, equipment, uniforms, buildings and outdoor facilities to conduct the approved programs of the District. Community and school fund 3800

raising organizations may contribute to the enrichment of these basic programs through the contribution of funds and/or items as long as those contributions have been determined consistent with the District’s vision and approved by the Superintendent through the appropriate building or program administrator. If a fund raising project is conducted to sponsor a specific purchase, activity or trip, the purchase or trip must be approved by the Assistant Superintendent prior to initiation of the fund raising effort. This shall apply to school related groups as well as to school organizations. School Groups The administration must approve all fund raising in advance. Cards,

letters, or other identifying literature shall be provided all students prior to sales in the general community. Fund raising activities should not commence until approval has been granted. The purpose is not to limit the activities of these groups, but rather to: 4. Be assured that students are not being ―used‖ or their educational program interrupted. 5. To assist with coordination of activities so that similar activities are not in conflict with each other.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3800 Fund Raising and Student Activity Funds 3800-2

6. To be assured of the appropriateness of the activity and that all fund raising activities comply with local and/or state regulations. The Board accepts liability for school sponsored fund raising activities consistent with this policy.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3800-R Fund Raising and Student Activity Fund 3800-R The annual student activity report shall show opening and closing balances of each fund. The report shall also show total amount of deposits and an itemized list of expenditures. The instructor/advisor for the student group conducting the fundraising, shall, with support from the Business Office, establish a checking account and system for receiving and disbursing checks. The student organization must

adopt procedures for handling money, with approval of the Business Office. Each student activity fund shall have an employee in charge of said fund. That employee of the fund shall be responsible for making a periodic report of the student activity fund to the Superintendent. The Board shall assume control of all inactive activity organization funds and disburse those funds to the activity account selected or expend the funds as directed by the Board in the best interests of students.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3900 Disposal of Surplus Books, Equipment and Supplies 3900

Materials and equipment no longer needed by one service area of the District should be made available for use by another service area generally in keeping with the educational purposes for which they were originally purchased. The Board of Education hereby authorizes the Superintendent to declare unnecessary, used, or obsolete equipment and supplies. The Superintendent may, within his/her broad discretion, attempt to recover the approximate market value of such surplus equipment for the District, and is authorized to dispose of such equipment in some other way if reasonable attempts fail to recover the approximate market value, or if that value is of an incidental amount when compared to the estimated cost of disposal. In determining the proper manner in which to dispose of surplus equipment or supplies, the following basic methods apply: G. H. Trade-in credit for a similar item/replacement. Sell to another school District, educational, non-profit, or commercial organization (the value to be determined by the Board Treasurer). I. J. K. L. Sell at public sale. Sell by bid. Donate to a school or non-profit organization. Destroy or discard the item(s). District property shall not be recommended for disposal if precluded by federal/state guidelines.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3900-R Surplus Books, Equipment and Supplies 3900-R

Periodically, the administrator of each program shall supply the Superintendent with a list of books, equipment, or other saleable items that may be considered obsolete. The Superintendent shall determine the means of disposition, and provide notification of materials to be sold and the method of sale to the general public and those parties, which in his/her estimation, would be interested in such items. A public notice shall be circulated at least 5 days before the sale and the items for sale described. Monies realized from such sales shall be credited to the appropriate fund account. Obsolete books, equipment, or supplies that cannot be sold may, at the discretion of the Superintendent, be donated to charitable organizations or discarded in an acceptable manner. A record shall be maintained by the Superintendent of all properties disposed of consistent with state and/or federal regulations.

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3950 Surplus Land or Buildings 3950 The sale or disposal of District land or building shall require Board authorization. The Board shall, with the recommendation of the Superintendent, determine the method and procedure of disposal.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601

Policy Manual

Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3950-R Surplus Land or Buildings 3950-R Whenever any land or buildings owned by the District are placed on the market for sale, public notification (including listing with a real estate agent) shall be made and all interested parties shall be given an equal opportunity for purchase. An appraisal of District owned property may be requested from at least two independent appraisers. However, the Board may set a price that, in its judgment, is fair and may reject any or all offers relative to such sale. Before a sale is completed, the potential use of the property shall be considered, particularly as it may affect the neighborhood in which it is located. The sale of the property for public education use shall be given priority. Money resulting from the sale of property shall be deposited in the general fund of the District unless otherwise directed by the Board or unless there is a bond issue outstanding on the facilities, in which case the receipts from the sale shall be deposited in the debt retirement fund established for that building project.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
TC-4000-1 4000—BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 4005 4010 4012 4015 4050 4055 4070 4080 4250 Employee Conflict of Interest - Purchases Buildings and Grounds Management Property Transfer Insurance Program Environmental Health and Safety - Employee Indemnification Toxic Hazards and Asbestos Safety and Reporting Accidents Crisis Response Plans Emergency Closings Printing and Duplicating Service – Copyright Employee Produced Material Copyright Compliance and Computer Software Copyright Student Transportation Management District Owned Vehicles Student Transportation in Private Vehicles Special Use of Transportation Services Use of Private Vehicles for School Business Food Allergies Food Service Management Guidelines for Food Service Internal Staff Events Sponsored by the Lenawee Intermediate School District Events Hosted by the Lenawee Intermediate School District but sponsored by another entity/provider Technology Code of Conduct Facilities Development Goals Planning—Long Range (Cf. 4601) Site Acquisition Disposal of District Property Selection of an Architect Facility Development Specifications Supervision of Construction Board Inspection of New or Remodeled Facilities

4300 4320 4350 4365 4450 4460 4470

4500 4601 4650 4730 4770 4800 4890 4950

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4005 Employee Conflict of Interest - Purchases 4005 Employees in a position to influence decisions on purchases shall not have a personal financial interest either directly or indirectly in purchase for the District, or benefit directly or indirectly from any financial transaction, unless that interest has been fully disclosed and the person involved has removed himself/herself from the decision-making process. Purchases of, or use of District property, materials and manpower, by employees, shall be accomplished in accordance with good business practices, and within the framework of applicable laws, regulations, and Board policies. The Superintendent and his/her Leadership Team and any other staff deemed by the Superintendent to be in a position to influence the purchase of any goods or services, disclosure document. shall periodically sign and file a conflict of interest

Approved: December 1, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.322-323; 380.1202

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4010 Buildings and Grounds Management 4010 The Board recognizes that the fixed assets of the District represent a significant investment of the community and their maintenance is of prime concern to the Board. The Board directs the conduct of a continuous program of inspection, maintenance, and rehabilitation for the preservation of all school buildings and equipment. Wherever possible and feasible, maintenance shall be preventive. The Superintendent shall develop and promulgate to the custodial staff or contracted service such rules as may be necessary for the ongoing maintenance and good order of the physical plant and for the expeditious repair of those conditions that threaten the safety of the occupants or the integrity of the plant. Said rules shall include the establishment of sound priorities among the requests for repairs received from building administrators and program Directors.

Approved:

December 1, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4010-R Buildings and Grounds Management 4010-R The Superintendent shall develop a maintenance program that shall include: A. B. C. D. An ongoing program of facilities repair and conditioning. The maintenance of a critical spare parts inventory. An equipment replacement program. A long-range program of building modernization. The responsible administrator shall be responsible for the care and upkeep of the building. Needs which cannot be handled by the building custodial staff shall be immediately reported to the Director of Facilities and Maintenance. It is the duty and responsibility of all District employees to safeguard and protect all property owned and operated by the District. Students shall be instructed to use school owned equipment in the proper way and shall be encouraged to show respect for public and private property at all times. The Superintendent will make annual recommendations to the Board for approval of a priority list of maintenance projects to be carried out within funds so allocated in the budget. Upon Board approval, the Superintendent shall proceed to implement said projects within any specific dollar limitation imposed by the Board.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4012 Property Transfer 4012 The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education strongly discourages the transfer of property from one local District to another, because property transfers may cause disruption of financial stability of local school Districts, taxing responsibilities, student populations, and geographical

boundaries.

Therefore, the Board of Education encourages every attempt to

remedy the situation through options outlined in School Code and administrative means. In accordance with the School Code of 1976, State of Michigan (Sec. 380.951 through 380.976), all statutory provisions for conducting hearings on petitions for transfer of property shall be meticulously followed. These provisions include that: 1. The original petition must be signed by at least two-thirds of the involved resident property owners or must be a resolution of the board of a school District whose boundaries would be changed by the transfer. 2. 3. The property must be contiguous to the receiving District. The transfer must not involve more than ten percent (10%) of the latest State Equalized Valuation of the losing District, unless approved by an affirmative vote of a majority of the school electors of the district from which the property is to be detached. 4. Involved parties will be informed of appeal rights and procedures. In hearing any request for the transfer of property, the Lenawee ISD Board of Education may seek answers to a number of questions including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Does the transfer assist in the development of a safer and/or more efficient transportation system? 2. Does the transfer enhance the educational welfare or meet the distinct educational needs of the children involved?

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4012 Property Transfer 3. 4012-2 Does the transfer have the approval of one or both of the constituent school Boards? 4. Does the transfer eliminate geographical barriers to efficient constituent school District operation? 5. Does the transfer eliminate geographical barriers causing inconvenience to the petitioner? 6. Does the transfer assist in straightening out constituent school District boundary lines or contribute to the compactness or logic of the boundaries? 7. Does the transfer enhance the socio-economic interest of the petitioners toward the receiving District? 8. Does the transfer provide a solution to a problem particular to an individual case? 9. 10. Does the transfer produce long-range solutions? Does the transfer provide due consideration for certified health conditions of students with special needs? 11. Does the transfer recognize the development potential for housing and commercial property that could thereby affect the student population or tax base? 12. 13. Does the transfer create ―islands‖ of property? Is either District involved in any court ordered desegregation case, or is the property involved in any suit over assessment, inheritance, or taxes? 14. Have the involved school District officials attempted accommodating parent/guardian wishes for the educational needs of any involved students by schools of choice or waiver/release of state aid and enrollment on a tuition basis?

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4012 Property Transfer 4012-3 The above questions are not listed in order of priority. In considering a request for a transfer of property, the Lenawee ISD Board of Education shall: 1. Avoid evaluating the quality of educational programs of a constituent school District. 2. Avoid considering statements made to prospective property buyers regarding the location of the property in question in relation to school Districts. 3. 4. Avoid considering relative tax rates of the Districts involved. Avoid granting requests made to enhance the saleability of the home/property. 5. Avoid granting requests when there are no preschool or school-aged children involved. When issuing its decision, the Board of Education will state its reasons for approving or denying the property transfer. After a decision is rendered, involved parties shall be informed immediately of appeal procedures.

Approved:

Adopted December 5, 2005; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.951 - .976

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4012-R Property Transfer 4012-R If a property transfer request involves two Intermediate School Districts, either District may process the request. If an ISD other than the Lenawee ISD handles the request, that District will follow its own administrative procedures. The following procedures will be followed when the Lenawee ISD receives a property transfer request. 1. Petitioners will be given a copy of the Board Policy On Property Transfers (4012) and the "Request for Property Transfer" form (or "School District Boundary Alteration Petition" if transfer involves 25 or more petitions). 2. Petitioners will be asked to submit a copy of their latest tax bill, with their completed "Request for Property Transfer" form. 3. After the official written request form and tax bill have been received by the Superintendent, an investigation of legal requirements will be conducted. (See LISD Revised Policy on Property Transfer, page one, paragraph two, items one through four.) 4. Two (2) maps of the property in question will be made: one from the most recent plat book showing the distance from the property in question to the appropriate schools in each District, and one of an enlarged version of the immediate area. 5. Local school Districts (or any other Intermediate School District) involved will be notified of the request and notified of the tentative date of the Board (or joint ISD Boards) hearing. 6. Recommended action to set a hearing date will be included in the next Board of Education meeting agenda, after all documents are received (request form, tax bill, and maps will be included in the Board agenda). 7. The request for a property transfer will be reviewed to determine the answers to the questions listed in the Board Policy On Property Transfer.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4012-R 8. Property Transfer 4012-R-2 After a hearing date has been set, official notice of the meeting, that includes the property description, will be published in the legal notices of the Daily Telegram at least ten (10) days before the date of the hearing. 9. Notice of the hearing, and the two maps will be sent to property owner(s) who requested the transfer. 10. Notice of the hearing, the Board Policy (4012), the two maps, and a memo requesting their Board of Education’s official position regarding the transfer request will be sent to the Superintendents of the local school Districts involved in the request. 11. The board agenda for the date of the hearing will include: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Hearing procedures Notice of meeting The completed property transfer request form Maps Policy (4012) Answers to policy questions Position statements from local school Districts Board decision form (includes motion, reasons, vote, and effective date) i. 12. A large Lenawee ISD map will be available at the Board meeting.

School Districts and property owners will be advised immediately that they may appeal the Board’s decision, in writing to the State Board of Education within 10 days following the hearing. (See "Appeal Format".)

13.

If the LISD Board action is not appealed: a. Denied requests - Letters will be sent to school Districts officially informing them of Board action and rationale.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4012-R b. Property Transfer 4012-R-3 Granted requests - Forms OS-4143 "Report of Transfer of Territory" (or equivalent, including copies of maps) will be sent as follows: 1. 2. One copy to each involved local school District Two copies to State Department of Education Property Transfer Unit 3. 4. 5. 6. 14. One copy to affected city assessors or township supervisor(s) One copy to Michigan Secretary of State One copy to any other involved Intermediate School District One copy to Lenawee County Tax Roll Office

If the LISD Board action is appealed: a. Written appeal must arrive at the Michigan Department of Education within ten (10) days of hearing. b. LISD will provide responses to MDE-supplied form to be used at the hearing. c. An LISD representative will attend MDE hearing when practical. i. If the State Board of Education upholds the LISD

Board-granted transfer request, Form OS-4142 (or equivalent) will be sent by LISD as in 13.b. above. ii. If the State Board of Education reverses the LISD

Board-granted transfer request, the affected school Districts and involved property owner(s) will be informed by MDE. No further action will be taken by the LISD. iii. If the State Board of Education upholds LISD Board-denied transfer request, the affected school Districts and involved property owner(s) will be informed by MDE. No further action will be taken by the LISD.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4012-R Property Transfer iv. If the State Board of Education reverses 4012-R-4 the LISD

Board-denied transfer request, Form OS-4143 will be sent by the LISD as in 13.b. above. 15. The final appeal authority is the judiciary. The LISD may consult its legal advisors for guidance should such an appeal occur.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4015 Insurance Program 4015 The Board shall purchase with District funds the type and amount of insurance necessary to protect the District property from major financial losses. Insurance purchased shall include, but need not be limited to, the following: A. B. Fire and extended coverage on building contents. Comprehensive bodily injury, property damage on automobiles, buses, and trucks. C. D. E. F. G. Boiler and machinery. Honesty blanket bond. Treasurer's bond. Broad term money and securities. Special coverage for equipment not ordinarily covered under a standard policy. H. Employee insurance coverage as specified in the master agreement(s) or by Board action. I. J. K. Worker's compensation coverage. Open stock burglary. Legal liability for Board members and employees.

Insurance for a given coverage shall be obtained at the lowest possible cost, assuming that service and company reliability are satisfactory. The Superintendent shall administer the insurance program.

Approved: December 1, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1269; 380.1332; 691.1405-1409

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4050 Environmental Health and Safety - Employee Indemnification Toxic Hazards and Asbestos The Board is concerned for the safety of students, staff, and the general public and shall attempt to comply with all federal and state statutes and regulations to protect them from hazards that may result from industrial accidents beyond the control of District officials, from the presence of asbestos materials used in previous construction, and from hazardous materials present in the District. The Superintendent shall appoint a District employee to serve as the designated person who shall carry out the requirements of the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA), the Michigan Occupational Safety and Health Act, and the Michigan Right-To-Know Rules and Regulations. The Superintendent may appoint a person(s) to develop and implement the District's approved asbestos management plan and shall develop a specific job description, which shall ensure proper compliance with federal and state laws and the appropriate instruction and in-service of staff and students. The Board shall, through either a separate contract, a sub clause to an existing contract, or as a part of a negotiated master contract, defend, hold harmless, and indemnify current and former District employees who have been assigned the responsibilities related to the AHERA regulations from any and all demands, claims, suits, actions, and proceedings brought against those individuals as agents and/or employees of the Board, provided that any such incidents arose while those individuals were acting within the scope of their respective employment contracts and were not intentional, negligent, or criminal acts. The Board shall attempt to maintain a secure liability insurance to help serve as a means of implementing this policy. 4050

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4050 Environmental Health and Safety - Employee Indemnification Staff Communication Program for Hazardous Materials A copy of the District's written communication program for hazardous materials will be available in the main office of each school building for review by affected employees. 4050-2

Approved: December 1, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.623(b); 380.1256(1) (2); 388.864; 408.1001 (Michigan Occupational Safety and Health Act)

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4050-R Environmental Health and Safety - Employee Indemnification 4050-R Informing Contractors It is the responsibility of the designated individual in each building to provide contractors and their employees with the following information: 1. Hazardous chemicals to which they may be exposed while in school buildings. 2. 3. 4. Measures the employees may take to lessen the risks. Measures the schools have taken to lessen the risks. MSDS’s for all hazardous chemicals are on file in the main office. 5. Procedures to follow if they are exposed.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4055 Safety and Reporting Accidents 4055 The Board directs that all reasonable efforts be made to insure a safe learning and working environment for the students and employees of the District. To that end and to the end that legitimate employee claims for worker's compensation are expedited, the Board requires that accidents be reported and evaluated. Any accident that results in an injury, however slight, to a student, an employee, or a visitor to the schools must be reported promptly and in writing to the administration. Injured persons shall be referred immediately after first aid is supplied to the building and program administrator who shall make arrangements for such medical attention as may be appropriate. Any employee of the District who suffers a job related injury must report the injury and its circumstances to the building administrator or job supervisor, as appropriate, as soon as possible following the occurrence of the injury. The failure of an employee to comply with this mandate may result in disciplinary action.

Approved:

December 1, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4055-R Reporting Accidents 4055-R The injured employee or visitor of the staff member responsible for an injured student shall complete an accident report form that includes the date, time and place of the incident; the names of persons involved, including any witnesses; the nature of the injury to the extent that it is known; and a description of all relevant circumstances. Accident report forms shall be available at each building and with the District nurse.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4070 Crisis Response Plans 4070 The Board of Education and administration of the Lenawee Intermediate School District acknowledge the necessity to prepare Crisis Response Plans in the event that a crisis should occur. Our students have a basic need for security and safety. Any event that threatens that feeling of safety and security may be considered a crisis. It is the intent of the Board of Education that Crisis Response Plans be developed and implemented

Approved:

December 1, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4080 Emergency Closings (Cf. 4085) 4080 The Superintendent is empowered to close the Lenawee Intermediate School District programs and services or dismiss them early in the event of hazardous weather or other emergencies. While it may be prudent under certain circumstances to excuse all students from attending programs, to delay the opening hours, or to dismiss students early, the administration has the responsibility to see that as much of the administrative, supervisory, and operational activity is continued as may be possible. In making the decision to close schools and cancel on-going sessions, the fundamental concern will always be the safety and health of children. Additional considerations will include (but are not limited to): 1. Weather conditions, both existing and predicted, that would render roads unsafe for student travel; 2. 3. Number of students affected by closing or cancellation; Actual occurrence or imminent possibility of any emergency conditions which would make the operation of school or programs difficult or dangerous; 4. Inability of teaching personnel to report for duty, which might result in inadequate supervision of students; 5. The unique characteristics of special education students and center-based programs. The Superintendent may consult with traffic and weather authorities, local transportation supervisors, and school officials from constituent Districts about pertinent conditions. The Superintendent shall weigh the available information and take specific action. Approved: December 1, 2003 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.11 et seq.; 380.1284; AC Rule R340.1; R380.248

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4250 Printing and Duplicating Service - Copyright 4250 The Board shall make duplicating equipment available for administrative and instructional use to the extent that is economically feasible and practical according to the needs of the District. The extent of production of instructional materials by clerical staff shall be determined by the building Principal/program supervisor, who shall develop guidelines for requesting such services. The copyright laws of the United States make it illegal for anyone to duplicate copyrighted materials without permission of the author. Severe

penalties are provided for unauthorized copying of all materials covered by the act unless the copying falls within the bounds of the ―fair use.‖ Employee Produced Material The Board has certain proprietary right to publications, devices, and instructional materials produced by District employees during their regular and normal workdays while in the employment of the District. All items prepared by District employees on District time, including data processing programs, shall become the property of the District. The Board may elect to copyright or patent such materials, devices or programs in the name of the District. All earnings or profits from such original materials, devices, or programs shall become assets of the District. The Superintendent shall inform staff, through regulations, of the guidelines for use of copyright materials. Copyright Compliance and Computer Software Copyright The Board shall adhere to the provisions of the U.S. copyright laws regarding the duplication of computer software programs. The Superintendent shall develop appropriate procedures for staff to follow in this area.

Approved: December 1, 2003 LEGAL REF: 17 USCA §101 (Copyright Act of 1976)

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4250-R Printing and Duplicating Services - Copyright 4250-R In accordance with Board policy 4250, the following regulations will be observed to comply with the copyright laws of the United States. Under the ―fair use‖ doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research. If duplicating or altering a product is to fall within the bounds of fair use, these four standards must be met for any of the purposes: PURPOSE AND CHARACTER OF THE USE: The use must be for such purposes as teaching or scholarship and must be non-profit. Fair use would allow teachers acting independently to copy small portions of work for the classroom but would not allow a school system or an institution to do so. NATURE OF THE COPYRIGHTED WORK: Copying portions of a news article may fall under fair use but not copying from a workbook designed for a course of study. AMOUNT AND SUBSTANTIALITY OF THE PORTION USED: Copying the whole of a work cannot usually be considered fair use; copying a small portion may be. At the same time, however, extracting a short sequence from a 16mm film or videotape may be far different from a short excerpt from a textbook, because two or three minutes out of a 20-minute film might be the very essence of that production and thus outside fair use. Under normal circumstances,

extracting small amounts out of an entire work would be fair use, but a quantitative test alone does not suffice. EFFECT OF THE USE UPON THE POTENTIAL MARKET FOR, OR VALUE OF THE COPYRIGHTED WORK: If resulting economic loss to the

copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy of certain materials is an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the danger of greater penalties.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4250-R Printing and Duplicating Services - Copyright 4250-R-2 Prohibited Practice A teacher may not make multiple copies of a work for classroom use if it has already been copied for another class in the same institution; make multiple copies of a short poem, article, story, or essay from the same author more than once in a class term or make multiple copies from the same collective work or periodical issue more than three times a term; make multiple copies of works more than nine times in the same class term; make a copy of works to take the place of an anthology; and may not make a copy of ―consumable‖ materials, such as workbooks. Permitted Practice A teacher may make—for use in teaching or in preparation for teaching a class—a single copy of the following: a chapter from a book; an article from a periodical or newspaper; a short story, short essay or short poem (whether or not from a collected work); a chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from a book, periodical or newspaper; may make (for classroom use only and not to exceed one per student in a class) multiple copies of the following: a complete poem (if it has fewer than 250 words and is printed on not more than two pages), an excerpt from a longer poem (if the excerpt has fewer than 250 words), an excerpt from a prose work (if the excerpt has fewer than 1,000 words or 10 percent of the work, whichever is less) and one chart, graph, diagram, cartoon or picture per book or periodical. Guidelines for Off-Air Recording of Broadcast Programming for Education Purposes A broadcast program may be recorded off-air simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable re-transmission) and retained for a period not to exceed the first 45 consecutive calendar days after

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4250-R Printing and Duplicating Services - Copyright 4250-R-3 date of recording. Upon conclusion of such retention period, all off-air recordings must be erased or destroyed immediately. Off-air recordings may be used once by individual teachers in the course of relevant teaching activities and repeated once, only when instructional reinforcement is necessary, in classrooms and similar places devoted to instruction within a single building, cluster or campus, as well as in the homes of students receiving formalized home instruction, during the first 10 consecutive school days in the 45 day calendar day retention period. ―School days‖ are school session days—not counting weekends, holidays, vacations, examination periods, or other scheduled interruptions—within the 45-calendar day retention period. Off-air recordings may be made only at the request of, and use by, individual teachers and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests. No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than once at the request of the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be broadcast. A limited number of copies may be reproduced from each off-air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers under these guidelines. Each such additional copy shall be subject to all provisions governing the original recordings. After the first 10 consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45 calendar day retention period only for evaluation purposes by the teacher, i.e., to determine whether to include the broadcast program in the teaching curriculum. They may not be used for student exhibition or any other non-evaluation purpose without authorization. Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from their original content. Off-air recordings may

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4250-R Printing and Duplicating Services - Copyright 4250-R-4 not be physically or electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching anthologies or compilations. All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the broadcast programs as recorded. Software Software developed by District employees shall conform to the copyright and patent provisions prescribed in Board policy. District employees shall

adhere to ethical practices when using commercially developed software for developing individualized programs to meet the District's needs. Software Royalties Software marketed with private organizations or other educational agencies may produce royalties in the form of financial remuneration, equipment or other material or devices. The allocation and deposit of all royalties shall be determined by the Superintendent. Employee Produced Material The Superintendent shall maintain full use, rights, and privileges on all software, manuals, devices, documents and programs and related materials developed by staff during work periods for which they are compensated. Computer Software Copyright It shall be a violation of Board policy and the copyright laws of the U. S. to use ―pirated‖ or otherwise illegally obtained computer software for use on District owned equipment, whether for instructional, administrative, or any other purpose. The use of District equipment to make unauthorized copies of District owned, privately owned, or illegally obtained computer software is prohibited. In an effort to discourage violations of copyright laws and to prevent illegal uses of the District's computer system:

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4250-R (a) Printing and Duplicating Services - Copyright 4250-R-5 The proper use of computers will be taught through planned computer training. Computer related instruction for students and staff will address the ethical and practical problems caused by software piracy; (b) District employees shall adhere to all provisions of the U.S. copyright laws, which allow for the making of back-up copies of computer programs. ―. . . it is not an infringement of the owner of a copy of a computer program to make or authorize the making of the copy or adaptation of that computer program provided: that such a new copy of adaptation is created as an essential step in the utilization of the computer program in conjunction with the machine and that it is used in no other manner, or that such a new copy or adaptation is for archival purposes only and that all archival copies are destroyed in the event that continued possession of the computer program should cease to be rightful.‖ (c) When software is being used on a disk sharing system, efforts will be made to secure the software from copying; (d) Illegal copies of copyrighted programs may not be made or used on District equipment; (e) The Superintendent may delegate to other individuals to sign license agreements for software. Each school using the software should have a copy of the signed software duplication agreement; (f) No District employee will illegally access any database or electronic bulletin board; (g) No District employee will encourage or allow any student to illegally duplicate computer software or access any database or electronic bulletin board; and

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4300 Student Transportation Management (h) 4300 Each Principal/program supervisor is responsible for establishing practices, which will enforce the Board’s policy at the school level. warning may be placed on computer equipment. The Board shall provide safe, economical transportation to the students of the District eligible for transportation. The use of buses by the District shall conform to state law. Superintendent. Students must observe the rules and regulations adopted by the Board governing student transportation. Students will also be subject to the school’s behavior code while riding school buses. The Administration may suspend or revoke the transportation privilege or entitlement of any student who violates any rules or regulations adopted by the Board, subject to state and federal law. All such rules shall be published in the student handbook or copies given to students and parent(s)/guardian(s) at the beginning of the school year or at the time of the student’s enrollment. Bus drivers shall report any violation of said rules to the appropriate administrator who shall take the necessary steps to discipline students according to Board policy. Student ride time on the District’s special education buses shall not exceed ninety (90) minutes one way. The length of the ride time may be a factor in making transportation service choice decisions between local District and ISD special education buses. School bus routes shall be established by the A copyright

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 257.1801; 380.1321-1322; 380.1333; 388.1010; R 340.1702; R 340.281-282; Michigan Department of Education Transportation Handbook (Bulletin 431)

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4300-R Student Transportation Management 4300-R District transportation equipment shall be used only for the transportation of students to and from school and school-sponsored activities. The equipment may be used to furnish transportation to senior citizen groups and nonprofit organization via contract when this does not conflict with school activities. Adults may be permitted to ride school buses to school sponsored activities, with authorization of the Director of Support Services. Bus Routes Careful consideration shall be given to such conditions as safety and hazards, number and ages of students, type and condition of roads, safe and convenient bus stops, economy of operation, and estimated time necessary to cover the routes. Routes are to be planned to keep individual riding distance and time to a practical minimum. Student Behavior and Discipline A. Student behavior problems shall be reported to the transportation supervisor in writing by the driver as soon as possible after the incident occurs. B. In the event of a serious problem, the offending student will be suspended immediately. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) may request a meeting with program and transportation personnel relating to the student's bus behavior. Bus Driver Responsibilities Bus drivers shall have such duties and responsibilities as prescribed by the Superintendent.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4320 District Owned Vehicles 4320 District owned vehicles may be assigned to a designated employee who shall then be responsible for the proper care, maintenance, and storage of the vehicle either at a District-owned site or other site approved in writing by the Superintendent.

Approved:

February 2, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4350 Student Field Trips Transportation 4350 In scheduling transportation for field trips, the Superintendent may approve the use of private, leased and other vehicles in situations in which budget or schedule restrictions make it prohibitive or impractical to use school buses. Prior written approval of the Superintendent is required.

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 257.57(c)

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4350-R Student Field Trips Transportation 4350-R When private, leased or other vehicles are used for student transportation, the following requirements shall be met: 1. Only an adult at least 21 years of age licensed driver shall be allowed to drive the vehicle. The health and driving record of the driver shall also be taken into consideration; 2. The vehicle shall be equipped with seatbelts and the number of passengers limited to the number of seatbelts available. Seatbelts shall be used at all times by all passengers when the vehicle is in operation; 3. The vehicle shall be generally in good condition, particularly as it pertains to safety equipment such as brakes, horn, tires, lights, etc.; 4. 5. Vehicle and driver shall be insured; and No open-type vehicle, such as a pickup or truck, shall be used for transporting students other than in the cab of the vehicle where proper seat belts can be used.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4365 Special Use of Transportation Services 4365 Transportation service equipment and personnel shall be used primarily to transport to and from school during the day public school students eligible for such transportation. Transportation service equipment and personnel may be used secondarily to provide transportation for field trips for curricular and extracurricular activities that are part of the educational program. Transportation equipment and personnel shall be used consistent with the District’s vision, mission, beliefs and strategic intents. The Superintendent shall be authorized to approve the use of buses for field trips for curricular and extracurricular activities upon submission of requests from building

administrators, classroom teachers, or faculty sponsors of extracurricular activities and for the District’s participation in community service activities. The Superintendent retains the authority to make these commitments for community service activities without delegation. No fees shall be charged for transportation for field trips which are mandatory or which are a part of the regular classroom or curricular program of the schools. Fees to cover expenses of non-mandatory and non-credit extracurricular field trips may be charged according to rules promulgated by the State or as set by the Board. Only students enrolled in the District and chaperones authorized by the school shall be allowed to ride buses on curricular or extracurricular field trips. The Superintendent may authorize parent(s)/guardian(s) and/or other residents of the community to ride buses to school sponsored activities. students’ needs shall come first. In all cases,

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 257.682; 380.1332-1333
Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4450 Use of Private Vehicles for School Business 4450 The Board of Education recognizes the need for some school employees to use their own automobile for the conduct of regular school business. The use of private vehicles for school business depends upon many factors, for example, the configuration of work sites throughout the county, nature of the employee's position, and assigned duties made part of the employee's job description. Travel between the District's buildings is an everyday occurrence for many staff. The Board of Education also recognizes that automobile use is not hazard-free and that unfortunate accidents happen that imperil life-and-limb. The risk of auto accident is part of the culture in which we live. The Board of Education cannot guarantee that no harm will come to its employees traveling on school business. The Board of Education assumes no liability in case of accident when an employee is traveling in their automobile in the course of school business. Employees are encouraged to use common sense and be aware of dangerous travel conditions, and to postpone school business when necessary due to those conditions, without fear of retribution. Employees should use all available safety precautions, and obey the traffic laws. The Superintendent reserves the right to recognize unusual circumstances when the District should come to the assistance of an employee who has been in an automobile accident. Unless authorized in writing by an immediate supervisor, no school employee should transport a student for school-related purposes in their private automobile.

Approved:

February 2, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4460 Food Allergies (Cf. 8453) 4460

The Superintendent shall direct LISD administrators, supervisors, and staff to act affirmatively and work closely with students, parent(s)/guardian(s) and staff to assure that the dietary needs of food-allergic students and staff members are taken into consideration in LISD programs and buildings.

Approved: Policy adopted January 8, 2007 LEGAL REF: The Food Allergy & Anaphylaxis Network’s (FAAN) School Food Allergy Program.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4460-R Food Allergies (Cf. 8453) 4460-R In order to help assure that the needs of food-allergic students and staff are met in the district, the Superintendent shall designate persons to: 1. ANNUALLY NOTIFY STAFF OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO: Notify the district of their food allergies When requested and as appropriate provide written medical documentation, instructions, and medication as directed by a physician. 2. ANNUALLY NOTIFY PARENT(S)/GUARDIAN(S) OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO: Notify the school of their student’s allergies. Provide written medical documentation, instructions, and medication as directed by a physician. Work with the district to develop an Individual Health Plan (IHP) as necessary, to accommodate the student’s needs throughout the school day. Replace medications after use or upon expiration. When possible educate their student in the self-management of their food allergy. 3. ASSURE THAT THE DISTRICT HAS TAKEN ALL NECESSARY STEPS TO: Review the health records submitted by parent(s)/guardian(s), staff and physicians. Plan classroom and district activities/parties which reduce the accidental exposure to food allergens of the identified student or staff.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4460-R Food Allergies (Cf. 8453) 4460-R-2 Provide education for those who interact with the identified student and/or staff member on a regular basis. The training should include: knowledge of food allergy, signs and symptoms of an allergic reaction, and emergency response to allergic reaction as directed by IHP. Always be prepared to handle a reaction and ensure that a staff member is available who can administer medications during the school/work day regardless of time or location. Work with the administrator in charge of transportation to provide student specific training for the identified student. Support and enforce no eating on school buses with exceptions made only to accommodate special needs supported by physician documentation. Plan and discuss how to support identified students or staff during field trips, community based instruction, and/or off campus school activities. Follow State/District guidelines regarding sharing medical information about the identified student or staff member. 4. INFORM PARENT(S)/GUARDIAN(S) AND DISTRICT STAFF THAT: Classroom parties/special occasions require pre-planning by the classroom teacher and parents to minimize the exposure to food allergens to the identified student. Teachers should avoid using food items such as candy, cookies, or other snack items as a ―reward‖ for classroom behavior or accomplishments. Reward items other than food should be considered in such instances. However, an individual student may have a formal written Individual Behavior Plan and/or annual Individual Education Plan that may need to include a specific food as a training reward or modifier.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4470 Food Service Management 4470 The Lenawee Intermediate School District shall operate, contract for the operation of, or otherwise support the provision of high quality food services for students enrolled in its programs. School lunches shall be provided through

participation in the National School Lunch Program. A breakfast program shall be supported in accordance with the law. The Board shall review the prices set for school lunches annually and revise when deemed necessary. This policy also governs the provision of food at LISD events. The

Superintendent shall develop procedures consistent with relevant regulations and prudent practices.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1272-1272d; 42 USC 1779(b); 7 CFR 210.11; 7 CFR 220.12

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4470-R Food Service Management 4470-R Food Service Management As required for participation in the National School Lunch Program, the District establishes the following regulations: 1. That a ―Type A‖ (or equivalent) lunch may be made available for students. 2. That free and reduced-price lunches be provided for students who qualify. 3. That breakfast be provided for students as required by law. Students shall also be permitted to bring their lunches from home and to purchase milk, other beverages and incidental items. District operations at

residential programs (i.e. Boysville and Maurice Spear Campus) are exempt from the general requirement that the Intermediate School District provide or contract for the provision of school services. The Board shall be open to bid for services at such sites as need arises. Creative, efficient and effective food services management has the potential to free more of the District’s resources for effective classroom instruction. Food services management and/or consultation may be provided by contract to its constituent local public school districts and other not-for-profit organizations. Such contracts shall require Board of Education action before becoming effective. The Intermediate School District’s food services program may also include a food catering operation. Priority shall be given for selection of this catering operation by all units of the Lenawee Intermediate School District, including, multi-District cooperatives for which the Lenawee Intermediate School District operates as fiscal agent, when such services are needed. The catering

operation will be given first consideration, then other service providers may be selected for the services. The Intermediate School District’s service shall refrain

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4470-R Food Service Management 4470-R-2 from catering requirements that include serving alcoholic beverages, or operating a bar or refreshment service that includes alcoholic beverages. Guidelines for Food Services The following guidelines are to be followed for: Determining if and when food should be made available Standardizing and managing professional development activities that require food services, and Ensuring that resources for food are allocated correctly and managed consistently across the Lenawee Intermediate School District. The Superintendent reserves the right to make exception(s) for unusual circumstances. Internal Staff Food may be provided for annual and semi-annual retreats and organized training and professional development events when scheduled for three or more hours. Food may be provided for organized training and professional

development when employee attendance is required and extends a minimum of three hours beyond the regularly scheduled work day. Food will not be provided for internal meetings. Staff may volunteer to furnish snacks by use of the vending machine or other means. Due to the timing of LISD Board of Education meetings, a light snack tray will be provided. Events sponsored by the Lenawee Intermediate School District Food can be provided for annual and semi-annual retreats, or organized training or professional development, if the event is scheduled to begin by 8:00 a.m. and last a minimum of three hours.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4470-R Food Service Management 4470-R-3 Food can be provided for organized training and professional development for meetings that last five or more hours. Food can be provided, including an afternoon snack, for organized training and professional development that is a minimum of seven hours. Food can be provided for organized training and professional development that extends a minimum of three hours beyond the regularly scheduled work day. Food can be provided for meetings that are anticipated to extend a minimum of two hours beyond the regularly scheduled work day. When applicable, registration fees are applied to cover the cost of food service for events sponsored by LISD. Events hosted by the Lenawee Intermediate School District but sponsored by another entity/provider Coordination of food services may be provided. Cost for food services must be included in registration fees and paid for by the responsible party (provider). Lenawee Intermediate School District funds will not be used to pay for food service for events sponsored by another entity/provider. In the event of extra food following the meal, LISD Professional Development staff members will arrange with the onsite meeting/event contact person what will happen with the extra food. In many cases, those paying for the food take any extra food with them or make arrangements for the catering service to donate the food to those in need when appropriate. The above criteria can be wavied if registration fees cover the cost of food for events sponsored by the Lenawee Intermediate School District. Note: ―Guidelines for Food Services‖ was modeled after Washtenaw

Intermediate School District’s document titled, ―Guidelines for Food Services at Washtenaw Intermediate School District.‖
Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500 Technology Code of Conduct 4500 The Lenawee Intermediate School District promotes and encourages the use of a wide variety of technology in education. Its financial and human

resource investments in educational technologies for learners of all ages are great. Likewise its use of technological innovation in school administration and support is important to thousands of educators, administrators and support staff. The Lenawee Intermediate School District aspires to be an educational technology leader. Part of the burden of leadership is to recognize that certain minimum standards in the use of the District’s educational technology are necessary to ensure that everyone entitled to use these resources can take full advantage of them. All persons, including staff and students of all ages, using

the District’s technology must have proper authorization for the specific legitimate educational use intended, and must adhere to the Technology Code of Conduct contained in this policy and related administrative procedures. Approved: Adopted December 1, 2003; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601a, Public Act 289 of 1995, 380.627(2); 484.2307, Public Act 216 of 1995, of the Michigan Telecommunications Act; The federal Telecommunications Act of 1996.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R I. APPLICATION: The Lenawee Intermediate School District’s telecommunications network is intended for legitimate school business and educational purposes only. The

Technology Code of Conduct shall apply to all users of the Lenawee Intermediate School District’s educational technology resources. Violation of the Technology Code of Conduct may lead to disciplinary sanctions, depending on the circumstances, and the severity and frequency of the infraction(s), including, but not limited to: reprimand (verbal and/or written), seizure and confiscation of personal property involved in the infraction, search, detention, suspension, expulsion, future restrictions or limits on access to such technology, filing of criminal charges, or termination of employment. II. DEFINITIONS: 1. Educational Technology: in the context of the District’s Mission, any method, material, process, equipment, etc. that is part of a system for providing desired learning outcomes. Equipment includes but is not limited to, computers, disk drives, printers, scanners, networks, video and audio recorders, cameras, photocopiers, facsimile machines, telephones and modems, and other related electronic resources. 2. User: any person that uses the District’s technology in learning or in the support of the organization and its partners, including but not limited to, Board of Education member, school executive, administrator, teacher,

assistant, bus driver, Secretary, employee, staff, students, contractor, member, party to an access agreement, and invitee. 3. Code of Conduct: a set of policies, standards, rules, regulations, privileges and responsibilities governing activities and related matters, and applied to all users of the District’s educational technologies.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500-R 4. Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R-2 Internet: an international network of computers and information systems, usually accessed by remote users for the purpose of electronic communications between users and/or devices. This term includes ―links‖ that connect users to computers and information systems all over the world. 5. Local Area Network: a local area network (LAN) is a configuration of more than one personal computer, one or more file or application servers, and related devices, including but no limited to, scanners, printers, modems, cabling and connections, routers, hubs, repeaters, disk storage arrays, CDROM drives, fax servers, and input devices, directly physically or electronically connected together for the purpose of electronic

communications between users and/or devices. 6. Wide Area Network: more than one LAN, usually located in different places (buildings, Districts, towns, counties, etc.), connected together

electronically, including but not limited to, via phone lines, dedicated cables, fibre optics, microwave or other radio signals, etc., but not directly physically connected together, for the purpose of electronic

communications between users and/or devices. III. USER PRIVILEGES:

Lenawee Intermediate School District’s users have certain privileges when in school and while using the District’s technology resources. A. Access Privileges: A user’s privilege to access educational technology resources may be restricted, suspended, or revoked for violation of this Technology Code of Conduct and other related Board of Education policies. Access may also be inhibited by certain actions, including but not limited to routine maintenance, device availability, daily schedules,

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct course requirements, safety concerns, and 4500-R-3 assignments and

reassignments. B. Freedom of Speech: The First Amendment rights of citizens, under the United States Constitution and its amendments, shall apply to users of educational technology resources, except where limited for pedagogical purposes or other legally recognized limitations (abuse, obscenity, defamation, etc.). C. Property Rights: Users have ownership rights over their own intellectual property produced, created, or copied on the District’s educational technology resources, unless the ―work-for-hire‖ doctrine applies to employees and contractors (works prepared by an employee within the scope of his or her employment, or a work specially ordered or commissioned and expressly understood to be a work for hire), as provided in the District’s Policy on Copyright Protection. IV. USER RESPONSIBILITIES: With privileges come responsibilities. Each user is held accountable for his/her actions as regards use of educational technology resources. Awareness and knowledge of the appropriate use of educational technology resources is important in order to maintain high quality access. A. Proper Authorization: To ensure that users may take full appropriate advantage of the educational technologies available in the District, all use of technology must have proper authorization. The source of

proper authorization will depend upon the user’s status in the District. Students must have permission for the specific use from their teacher; staff must have permission from their supervisor; administrators should have permission from their supervisor, or such use must fit within their

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R-4 general job accountabilities (i.e. the Director of Technology, the Coordinator of Education Technology, or the Director of the Instructional Materials Center, and equivalent successor positions does not need the Assistant Superintendent’s specific authorization to use a certain educational technology within its intended scope of use, in the context of an educational organization, when such use is contemplated in the range of his/her job performance). The means for documenting proper authorization shall be determined, depending upon the user’s status and other circumstances, within the discretion of school officials responsible for providing access to such educational technology to users. B. Type of Use: Use of the District’s educational and administrative

technology is limited to legitimate educational purposes which enhance the school curriculum and/or school business operations and/or which are consistent with the District’s mission statement. The following uses are strictly prohibited and may subject the offender to restriction, suspension or termination of educational technology privileges, and to appropriate disciplinary sanctions, such conduct to include but not be limited to: unauthorized entry into a file, whether to use, read, change or for any other purpose; unauthorized transfer, deletion, or duplication of a file; unauthorized use of another individual’s identification or password; unauthorized access to telecommunications files or facilities; use of computing facilities which interfere with the work of another student, faculty member, or school official;

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R-5 use of computing facilities to draft, send, or receive inappropriate communications including, but not limited to, communications which are indecent, obscene, profane, vulgar, threatening, defamatory or otherwise prohibited by law; use of computing facilities, including telecommunications facilities, to interfere with the operation of the ISD’s computer systems; violation of copyright, trademark, trade secrets, or licensing agreements; use of computing facilities for the purchase, sale, and/or advertisement of goods and services other than those directly operated or offered by the Board of Education and the District. C. User Initiative: Users are responsible for attending appropriate training sessions in the use and care of educational technology and should refrain from using any technology for which they have not received training unless supervisor-approved self-teaching is necessary or desired. Users may be required to make full or partial financial

restitution for any damages to educational technology or unauthorized expenses incurred through the use of educational technology. Users are encouraged to report security problems in a prompt fashion and to the proper authorities. D. Identification and Password Integrity: Users shall maintain the integrity of their identification and passwords for using the District’s educational technology. Only authorized individuals shall routinely have access to user identification and passwords. E. Computer Virus Protection: Users are expected to use the District’s computer technology in a manner that minimizes the risk of computer

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R-6 virus infection. Proper use of authorized protective anti-viral software is expected before any placement of executable files on the district’s storage devices. F. Non-School District Owned Educational Technology Resources: When users utilize non-school District owned educational technology

resources in the course of their school business, instruction, research, or other related activity, the user will be expected to abide by this policy as if the educational technology resources were owned by the District. For example, if a teacher brings a personal video camera to school to be used in conjunction with course instruction, school officials would expect that teacher to use the video camera in a manner consistent with this policy. Software owned or possessed by a user shall not be

installed on the District’s computer hardware without the permission of the program supervisor. Such software must be removed from the computer upon the program supervisor’s request. G. Respect for Others: It shall be each user’s responsibility to recognize and honor the rights, including intellectual property and privacy rights, of others in the use of educational technology resources. H. Other Board Policies: Student users and parent(s)/guardian(s) of minor students may be required to execute a ―Student Use And Parent Participation Form‖ acknowledging receipt of this policy and

administrative procedures. Program administrators, in consultation with instructional staff, shall determine when to use the form. The users must adhere to other Board of Education policies in their use of educational technology. These policies include but are not limited to: anti-discrimination and sexual harassment policies intended to enhance

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R-7 equal educational opportunities to the diverse populations in our community, the Student Code of Conduct, Community and Staff Use of School Facilities, Drug-Free Workplace, the Code of Ethical Relationships, Smoking on School Premises, Off-Air Taping, Budgeting System, Access to Student Records, and other pertinent policies. Violations of such policies may subject the user to appropriate disciplinary sanctions. V. INSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES: A. Contracts/User Agreements: The District shall make this policy governing use of educational technology resources a provision in its contracts concerning educational technology with other entities and users whenever feasible. B. Response to Inappropriate Materials: District officials shall take

measures to reduce the incidence of access to inappropriate materials using the District’s educational technology resources, via the following means: catalog and block offensive providers; maintain an extensive log of all user activities; require user identification and passwords where possible; provide restricted menus for users; use non-graphical software; and install security measures whenever feasible. C. Other: Users are expected to receive the Technology Code of Conduct from District employees responsible for providing access to such technology. District employees are expected to know and abide by the Technology Code of Conduct and to encourage users to become familiar with it.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R-8 The LISD’s telecommunications network is intended for legitimate school business and educational purposes only. As a monitored telecommunications network, no stated or implied guarantee is made regarding the privacy of electronic mail (e-mail) or any other telecommunications transmitted or received over this network.. Partnerships with other educational institutions, public and private human services agencies, and other entities intending to use the District’s technology resources to access and transmit electronic data and for other related purposes shall be encouraged within the limits of the District’s legal authority. Equitable financial support from such partners, viewed in light of the contributions made by constituent Districts, shall be considered in the development of any such partnership. The Board of Education reserves the right to approve agreements and contracts establishing technology partnerships regardless of the amount of funds involved. The

President of the Board of Education shall be a signatory to such agreements and contracts. Such agreements or contracts shall include the following prohibitions on the use of access to the ISD’s network: uses that infringe upon or compromise the legitimate educational use of electronic information technologies; uses prohibited by law; use for the purchase, sale, and/or

advertisement of goods, negotiable paper, or services; and uses that jeopardize resource availability for students and employees. Violations of these prohibitions shall be grounds for termination of the agreements or contracts at the discretion of the Board of Education.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R-9 The Lenawee ISD makes no warranties of any kind, whether expressed or implied, for the use of its educational technology, including but not limited to the loss of data resulting from delays, nondelivery, or any service interruption. The Lenawee ISD is not responsible for any damages caused to a user’s hardware or software incurred from downloading computer viruses. COMPUTER AND COMPUTER NETWORK SAFETY AND USE POLICY 1. In compliance with the federal Children's Internet Protection Act (47 USC 254 (h) and (l)), not later than June 30, 2002 there shall be instituted for the School District's computers and computer network a technology protection measure that protects against Internet (which, as used in this policy, includes the World Wide Web) access by both adults and minors to material which is: obscene; child pornography, or; harmful to minors. A. The term "minors" means individuals under the age of eighteen (18) years. B. The term "child pornography" means any visual depiction, including any photograph, film, video, picture, or computer or computergenerated image or picture, whether made or produced by electronic, mechanical, or other means, of sexually explicit conduct, where: 1) the production of such visual depiction involves the use of a minor engaging in sexually explicit conduct; 2) such visual depiction is, or appears to be, of a minor engaging in sexually explicit conduct; 3) such visual depiction has been created, adapted, or modified to appear that an identifiable minor is engaging in sexually explicit conduct; or 4) such visual depiction is

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R-10 advertised, promoted, presented, described, or distributed in such a manner that conveys the impression that the material is or contains a visual depiction of a minor engaging in sexually explicit conduct. C. The term "materials harmful to minors" means any communication, picture, image, graphic image file, article, recording, writing, or other matter of any kind that: 1) taken as a whole and with respect to minors, appeals to a prurient interest in nudity, sex, or excretion; 2) depicts, describes, or represents, in a patently offensive way with respect to what is suitable for minors, an actual or simulated sexual act or sexual contact, actual or simulated normal or perverted sexual acts, or a lewd exhibition of the genitals; and 3) taken as a whole, lacks serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value to minors. 2. The activities of students on School District computers and computer network shall be monitored by the teacher responsible for the class for which the computer activity is being conducted, and/or by School District personnel designated by the Superintendent of Schools. 3. No person shall use any school District computer, computer equipment, or school District-provided Internet connection to access sexually explicit or obscene material. 4. When using school District computers, computer equipment or Internet connections for electronic mail, chat rooms, bulletin boards or any other form of direct electronic communication, no student shall disclose any personal information (including, but not limited to, names, addresses, telephone numbers and photographs) about other students or school District staff. Students shall be discouraged from disclosing personal

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R-11 information about themselves in electronic mail, chat rooms, bulletin boards or any other form of direct electronic communication through the Internet. 5. School District computers, computer equipment and Internet connections shall not be used by any person to access another person's accounts, files, data or information without authorization, or for any unlawful activity. The interference with others' accounts, files, data, or information is prohibited. 6. The school District reserves the right to monitor and review all use of its computers, computer equipment, and computer network (including, but not limited to, Internet activity and external/internal electronic mail, files and data); no user of the School District's computers, computer equipment or computer network shall have any expectation of privacy with respect to use of the School District's computers, computer equipment or computer network. 7. No person shall engage in any activity which is detrimental to the stability or security of the school District's computers, computer equipment or computer network, or use school District computers, computer equipment, or computer network in any way which is detrimental to the stability or security of others' computers, computer equipment or computer networks, including, but not limited to, the intentional or negligent introduction of viruses, or the vandalism or abuse of hardware or software. 8. No person shall use the school District's computers, computer equipment or computer network in violation of copyright laws, including, but not

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R-12 limited to, the installing, downloading, copying or using of copyrighted software without proper authority. 9. No person shall, in the course of using the school District's computers, computer equipment or computer network, impersonate another person or user; no person shall reveal a password of another person or user. 10. No person shall use the school District's computers, computer equipment or computer network for commercial purposes. 11. Violation of this policy may result in disciplinary action, as well as restriction, suspension or termination of access to the school District's computers, computer equipment and/or computer network. In addition, referral may be made to law enforcement authorities. 12. This policy shall not be instituted prior to the giving of reasonable public notice and the holding of at least one (1) public hearing or meeting to address the contents of this policy.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R-13

STUDENT USE AGREEMENT AND PARENT(S)/GUARDIAN(S) PARTICIPATION FORM (sch. yr.)
Instructions: Student and parent(s)/guardian(s) please read the statements, sign and date the appropriate parts, and return to the Lenawee ISD teacher or other staff member issuing the form. USE AGREEMENT: As a user of the Lenawee Intermediate School District’s computer educational technology, I hereby agree to comply with the Technology Code of Conduct, and certify below that I have received a copy of the Policy. I understand that the Lenawee Intermediate School District reserves and will exercise the right to review, audit, intercept, access and disclose, as lawfully allowed, all matters on the District’s e-mail systems at any time, with or without notice, and that such access may occur during or after the regular school day.

Student’s Signature School: ___________________________

Date of Signature Grade: _____________

PARENT(S)/GUARDIAN(S) PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT: As the parent(s)/ guardian(s) of the minor student signing above or parent(s)/guardian(s) of the adult student, I grant permission for my son or daughter to access networked computer systems, such as the Internet, and related technologies. I have read and discussed with my son or daughter the District’s Technology Code of Conduct. I understand that the individual users may be held liable for violations of the Technology Code of Conduct. I understand that some materials on the Internet may be objectionable (i.e. pornography, racially insensitive material, and information that may not coincide with my families values and beliefs), but I accept full responsibility for guidance of my son or daughter on the use of the Internet and the Technology Code of Conduct. I understand and agree that the District assumes no responsibility for the student’s communications while using the Internet or related technologies.  Yes I give my permission for my son or daughter to access the networked computer systems, including the Internet, in compliance with the Technology Code of Conduct.  No I do not give my permission. Alternative methods to using the networked computer systems, including the Internet, should be used with my son or daughter.

Parent/Guardian Signature

Date of Signature

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4601 Facilities Development Goals 4601 As a guide for the design and development of its District building facilities, the Board establishes these goals: A. To integrate facilities planning with other aspects of planning in a comprehensive manner to advance the District’s Vision. B. C. To provide facilities that will foster the maximum educational achievement. To base specifications for all District buildings on identifiable learner needs. D. To design for sufficient flexibility to permit program modification or the implementation of new programs. E. To design facilities as economically as feasible, provided that learner needs are effectively and adequately met. F. G. To design school buildings for maximum community use. To involve the community, staff, available experts, to the extent appropriate and the latest in related current developments and research in building plans and specifications.

Approved:

February 2, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4650 Site Acquisition 4650 The Superintendent shall be responsible for site acquisition negotiations. Negotiations for site acquisition shall consider the following guidelines: A. Purchase price may be based on an outside appraisal by an accredited and licensed appraiser. B. Discussion of possible school sites may be carried on in a closed session of the Board, but all official actions must be taken in an open, public meeting. Official Board action is required to execute a valid contract and a record of that action must be a part of the minutes of the Board. The process used in acquiring real property must be in accordance with law. Any deviation from the strict requirements of the law may render the transaction void.

Approved:

February 2, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4730 Disposal of District Property 4730 The Board supports the concept of maximum utilization of furnishings, equipment, and instructional materials. Utilization is deemed to mean

serviceable life expectancy provided the furnishings, equipment/instructional materials are not obsolete and do not diminish or limit accomplishment of the District vision. The following methods for disposal apply: A. B. Trade-in credit for a similar item/replacement. Sell to another school District, educational, non-profit, or commercial organization (the value to be determined by the Board Treasurer and submitted to the Board for approval). C. D. E. F. Sell at public sell. Sell by bid. Donate to a school or non-profit organization. Destroy or discard the item(s). District property shall not be recommended for disposal if precluded by Federal/State guidelines.

Approved:

February 2, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4730-R Disposal of District Property 4730-R The following procedures shall be used to establish that equipment is surplus: a) The staff using the equipment in question is encouraged to assess the quality of their equipment on at least an annual basis, or more often as appropriate and/or recommended by the manufacturer. b) Staff shall be informed that once they have determined a piece of equipment to be unnecessary, used-up (broken beyond repair), or obsolete, they should communicate with their supervisor to seek replacement of needed equipment or proper disposal. c) Upon learning that a particular piece of equipment is considered by the staff person using it to be unnecessary, used-up, or obsolete, the supervisor must verify if that is indeed the case, and determine a further course-of-action, including making the necessary revisions to the District’s inventory system, removing inventory tags before disposal, etc., as appropriate: i) To reassign the custody of the equipment from one staff member to

another if it is in working condition; ii) To directly dispose of that used-up piece of equipment, in an environmentally appropriate fashion, if in the discretion of the supervisor reasonable iii) that equipment no longer has any functional utility, is beyond repair, and is of negligible scrap value; or

To inform the supervisor’s Assistant Superintendent that said

equipment is not needed in the programs and services he/she supervises, asking the Assistant Superintendent to declare it as surplus.

d) After receiving a request from a supervisor to declare a certain piece of equipment to be surplus, the Assistant Superintendent shall notify members of the Leadership Team that the equipment is surplus, including

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4730-R Disposal of District Property 4730-R e) an adequate description of the equipment, and ask Leadership Team members to decide within 7 calendar days if the equipment can be used elsewhere in the District. f) Unless the Assistant Superintendent responds to a request to transfer custody of the equipment elsewhere in the organization, he/she shall determine if the item should be sold via special separate advertised public ―bid-sale‖ or be warehoused until the next district-wide auction/sale is held. Items with an estimated value at or below $1,000.00 may be sold outright without a bid-related process. All sales shall be ―as-is‖ and sale instruments shall clearly indicate that (via this or similar language) “The Buyer should beware, this is an as-is sales transaction. No warranties expressed or implied, are provided by the seller pertaining to this sale.” g) Equipment left over from the District-wide auction/sale shall be properly disposed of, including, but not limited to: scrap, salvage, and throwing away.

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4770 Selection of an Architect 4770 The Superintendent shall select the architect for school building projects. A contract for architectural services shall be approved by the Board of Education.

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 388.851-855a

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4800 Facility Development Specifications 4800 The Superintendent shall assume the responsibility of working with staff to determine specifications for all new or renovated construction.

Approved:

February 2, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4890 Supervision of Construction (Cf. 4770) 4890 Supervision of construction projects shall be primarily the responsibility of the architect and the Superintendent, or a staff administrator assigned by the Superintendent as project Director, who shall be responsible to follow closely the progress of the construction project and report periodically to the Board.

Approved:

December 1, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 4000 - Business Management
4950 Board Inspection of New or Remodeled Facilities 4950 A building project shall be accepted by the Board only after all details are complete and the architect and project Director have certified to the Board that the project has been completed, along with a written approval by the architect for occupancy certifying the approval of all state and local authorities where required. The architect and representatives of the administrative staff shall

complete a preliminary inspection, after which the Board shall inspect the building and give its formal approval and acceptance, based upon the recommendation of the administration, and this clause is limited only to those projects costing in excess of $100,000.00. No new or renovated building or addition shall be occupied by students until so authorized by those state and local authorities where approvals for occupancy are required. Final payments to contractors will be withheld until such a time as the requirements of this policy have been met.

Approved:

December 1, 2003

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
TC-5000-1 5000—PERSONNEL 5010 5020 5030 5035 5040 5160 5175 5180 5185 5190 5200 5203 5205 5210 5220 5230 5235 5245 5250 5300 5310 5340 5345 5350 5355 5357 5358 5370 5410 5430 5500 5520 5521 5540 5640 5645 5695 5710 5725 5780 5800 Goals and Objectives Equal Employment Opportunity and Multiracial Understanding Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure Discriminatory Harassment of Employees or Applicants Retaliation and Whistle Blowing Qualifications and Duties Criminal History and Background Checks Unauthorized Release of Information Social Security Number Confidentiality Staff Development Opportunities Staff Conduct Use of District Equipment, Supplies and Materials Possessing, Transporting or Transmitting Dangerous Weapons Staff Complaints (Cf. 5030, 5040) Staff-Student Relations Conflict of Interest (Cf. 5695) Nepotism Political Activities Employee Use of Electronic Communication Devices Personnel Records HIPPA Staff Health and Safety Staff Smoking and Tobacco Products Drug-Free Workplace Employee Assistance Program Family and Medical Leave Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing Communicable Diseases – Staff and Students Professional Staff Contracts Hiring and Terminating Employment of Staff Administrative Tenure Evaluation Compensation for Non-Union Staff Suspension and/or Dismissal of Professional Staff Non-School Employment/Outside Activities of Staff Consulting Ethics (Cf. 5230) Compensation Guides and Contracts Qualifications and Duties Non-Certified Staff Probation Evaluation of Non-Certified Staff

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
TC-5000-2 5830 5860 5930 5935 Suspension and Dismissal of Non-Certified Staff At-Will Employees Reduction of Non-Certified Staff Leaves and Absences Military Leave

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5010 Goals and Objectives 5010 Since each child is the reason the Lenawee Intermediate School District exists (District’s Vision) and since the Board desires to make this a good place for people to work, the goals of the personnel policies set forth in this section are to further the District’s Vision and to create the best possible educational climate for the students of the District. To this end, these personnel policies are

designed to prevent misunderstanding by District personnel about their duties and privileges.

Approved:

February 2, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5020 Equal Employment Opportunity and Multiracial Understanding 5020 The Board shall be an equal opportunity employer. The objective of the Board is to attract and retain individuals qualified and/or trainable for the positions in the system by virtue of job-related standards of education, training, experience, and personal qualifications. The District recognizes that it is desirable to deepen the understanding of the different cultures, races, and religions of its students, staff and communities, and therefore, shall strive to create and maintain an atmosphere of mutual understanding and respect among students, employees, and the public. The Superintendent is responsible for ensuring compliance and continued implementation of this policy.

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: 42 USCA 2000e-8, 2000e-12; 44 USCA 3501 et seq.; 42 USCA 12117 (The Equal Employment Opportunities Act); 29 USCA §§627, 630 (Age Discrimination in Employment Act); 42 USCA §1981 et seq. (Civil Rights Act); 28 FCR §4241; 28 CFR §42.405 (Title VI of the Civil Rights Act); 42 USCA §2000e, et seq. (Title VII of the Civil Rights Act); 20 USCA §1681; 34 CFR §106.8; 24 CFR §106.9 (Title IX of the Education Amendments); MCL 37.1101-1607 (Michigan Handicappers’ Civil Rights Act); 37.2101-2804 (ElliottLarsen Civil Rights Act); Michigan Constitution Article I, §2

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5030 Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure (Cf. 2450, 8015) 5030 It is the policy of the Board of Education that the District will not discriminate against any person based on sex, race, color, national origin, religion, height, weight, marital status, handicap, age, sexual orientation, or disability. The District reaffirms its long-standing policy of compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination including, but not limited to, Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d. et seq.; and 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e, et seq.; Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. §§ 1681, et seq.; Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 794; The Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1210, et seq.; the Handicappers’ Civil Rights Act, MCL §§ 37.1101, et seq.; and the Elliott-Larsen Civil Rights Act, MCL §§ 37.2101, et seq. The Coordinator of Compliance, Monitoring, and School Safety is appointed the Civil Rights Coordinator regarding complaints of

disability/handicap discrimination involving educational services, programs and activities. The Coordinator of Compliance and Legal Services is appointed the Civil Rights Coordinator regarding discrimination complaints made by students (grades Pre-K through 12) and/or their parent(s)/guardian(s), and involving sex, race, color, national origin, religion, height, weight, age, sexual orientation, or marital status. The Executive Director of Staff Resources is appointed the Civil Rights Coordinator regarding all other complaints of discrimination. In the event the complaint is against the Superintendent, the President of the Board of Education is appointed the Civil Rights Coordinator. Inquiries or complaints by students and/or their parent(s)/guardian(s) related to discrimination based on disability/handicap should be directed to: Coordinator of Compliance, Monitoring, and School Safety Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 N. Adrian Highway Adrian, MI 49221 (517) 265-1682

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5030 Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure (Cf. 2450, 8015) Inquiries or complaints made by students and/or 5030-2 their

parent(s)/guardian(s) related to discrimination based on sex, race, color, national origin, religion, height, weight, age, sexual orientation, or marital status should be directed to: Coordinator of Compliance, Monitoring, and School Safety Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 N. Adrian Highway Adrian, MI 49221 (517) 265-1682 In the event a complaint is against the Superintendent, the complaint should be directed to: The Vice-President of the Board of Education Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 N. Adrian Highway Adrian, MI 49221 (517) 265-1627 All other inquiries related to discrimination should be directed to: Executive Director of Staff Resources Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 N. Adrian Highway Adrian, MI 49221 (517) 265-1608 The Civil Rights Coordinators, as specified herein, are designated to receive and resolve complaints from any person who believes that he/she may have been discriminated against in violation of this policy. Any person who

believes he/she has been discriminated against in violation of this policy should file a written complaint with the Civil Rights Coordinator within ten (10) calendar days of the alleged violation. The Civil Rights Coordinator will take, then, the following action: First, cause an investigation of the complaint to be commenced. Second, arrange for a meeting to occur with the complainant, which may include school District staff who are knowledgeable of the facts and circumstances of the particular complaint or who have particular expertise that will assist in resolving

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5030 Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure (Cf. 2450, 8015) 5030-3 the complaint. Third, complete the investigation of the complaint and provide, in writing, a reply to the complainant. If the Civil Rights Coordinator determines that a violation has occurred, he/she shall propose a fair resolution of the complaint and deliver the determination to the complainant and the Superintendent. In the event the

complaint is against the Superintendent, a copy of the determination shall be delivered to the President of the Board of Education. The complainant may

appeal the Civil Rights Coordinator’s determination to the Superintendent, or, in the case of a complaint against the Superintendent, to the President of the Board, by so notifying the Superintendent or Board President in writing within the (10) calendar days of the Civil Rights Coordinator’s determination. The

Superintendent or Board President may conduct additional investigation of the facts and circumstances surrounding the complaint. The Board President may elect to secure the services of an outside party to investigate the facts and circumstances surrounding any complaint against the Superintendent. The Superintendent, or Board President in the case of a complaint against the Superintendent, shall affirm or reverse the Civil Rights Coordinator’s decision and, if warranted, implement the Civil Rights Coordinator’s proposed resolution or a modification thereof. The Superintendent or Board President's decision shall be final. Upon completion of, or at any point in, the grievance process, complainants have the right to file a complaint with the Office for Civil Rights, US Department of Education, Washington, D.C. 20201. The complainant should first be directed to the following address:

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5030 Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure (Cf. 2450, 8015) Office for Civil Rights 600 Superior Avenue, Suite 750 Cleveland, OH 44114 (216) 522-4970 phone (216) 522-2573 fax 5030-4

Approved: Adopted February 2, 2004; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007 LEGAL REF: Included in Text

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5035 Discriminatory Harassment of Employees or Applicants 5035 Discriminatory harassment of District elected officials, employees, or applicants for employment by Board of Education Members, District employees, vendors, contractors or other doing business with the District, students, parent(s)/guardian(s), invitees, volunteers or guests will not be tolerated. Discriminatory harassment includes unwelcome sexual advances,

requests for sexual favors or other verbal or physical conduct relating to an individuals’ sex, race, color, national origin, age, religion, height, sexual orientation, weight, marital status or handicap/disability when: Submission to such conduct or communication is made a term or condition, either explicitly or implicitly, to obtain employment; Submission to, or rejection of, such conduct or communication by an employee/applicant is used as a factor in decisions affecting such employee/applicant’s employment; or Such conduct or communication has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an employee’s employment, or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive employment environment, or otherwise adversely affects an employee’s employment opportunities. Any employee or applicant who believes that he or she has suffered harassment shall immediately report the incident(s) to: Superintendent of Schools Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 N. Adrian Highway Adrian, MI 49221 Phone: (517) 265-1628

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5035 Discriminatory Harassment of Employees or Applicants 5035-2 The District intends that an employee or applicant for employment, reporting an incident of discriminatory harassment will not suffer any form of reprisal. In determining whether the alleged conduct constitutes discrimination or harassment, the totality of the circumstances, the nature of the harassment and the context in which the alleged incident(s) occurred will be investigated. The Superintendent has the responsibility of investigating complaints of discriminatory harassment of employees or applicants. In cases where the alleged harassment involves a member of the Board of Education, the District will appoint outside legal counsel to investigate the complaint. The results of an investigation and any action taken thereon will be communicated to the complaining person. In the event the complaint is against the Superintendent, the VicePresident of the Board shall be automatically designated as the investigator for such complaints. The Vice-President of the Board may, at his/her sole

discretion, elect to employ District legal counsel or other qualified, independent investigators to assist him/her in the investigation. Results of the Vice-President’s investigation will be turned over to the President of the Board. The District considers discriminatory harassment on the basis of religion, race, color, national origin, age, sex, height, weight, sexual orientation, marital status, handicap or disability to be a major offense, which will result in disciplinary action of the offender. Disciplinary action against a District employee may include termination of employment. Disciplinary action against a student may include expulsion. Disciplinary action against a Board of Education member may range from Board of Education public censure to removal of the Board Member from an officer position he/she may hold.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5035 Discriminatory Harassment of Employees or Applicants Notification Notice of this policy will be periodically circulated to all school buildings and departments within the District, and incorporated in teacher, student and parent/guardian handbooks. All new hires of the District will be required to 5035-3

signify receipt of this policy and its related complaint procedure. Training sessions on this policy and the prevention of sexual harassment shall be held periodically for all Board members, administrators, teachers and employees of the District. In addition, students will have available as part of their curriculum and instructional program, sessions on this policy and the prevention of student-to-student sexual harassment. EXAMPLES OF SEXUAL HARASSMENT Sexual harassment, may include, but is not limited to, the following: Verbal harassment or abuse; Pressure for sexual activity including unwelcome touching; Repeated remarks with sexual or demeaning implications; Sexual jokes, posters, cartoons, etc.; and/or Suggesting or demanding sexual involvement, accompanied by implied or explicit threats concerning one’s grades, safety, job, or performance of public duties. In addition, any form of retaliation against the complainant or witness is in itself a form of sexual harassment.

Approved: Adopted February 2, 2004; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007 LEGAL REF: MCL 37.2101 et seq., (Elliott-Larsen Civil Rights Act); 380.11a; 20 USCA §1681; 34 CFR §106.8; 34 CFR §106.9 (Title IX of the Education Amendments)

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5035-R Discriminatory Harassment of Employees or Applicants 5035-R Federal Title Programs If any person believes the District or an employee of the District has inadequately applied the principles and/or regulations of a federal Title program or believe they have been discriminated against, that person may make a complaint to the local Title coordinator at the following address: Executive Director of Staff Resources Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 N. Adrian Highway Adrian, MI 49221 (517) 265-1628 The person who believes they have a valid basis for the complaint shall discuss the matter informally and verbally with the local Title coordinator, who shall investigate the complaint and answer the complaint within two business days. (See procedure under 5030)

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5040 Retaliation and Whistle-Blowing 5040 Employees are expected to report suspected illegal activity to appropriate District administrators, or the Board of Education. The Board of Education will not tolerate any form of reprisal, retaliation or discrimination against: Any employee, or applicant for employment, because he/she opposed any practice that he/she reasonably believed to be made unlawful by federal or state laws prohibiting employment discrimination on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, age, religion, height, sexual orientation, weight, marital status, handicap or disability. Any employee, or applicant for employment, because he/she filed a charge, testified, assisted or participated, in any manner, in an investigation, proceeding or hearing under federal or state laws prohibiting employment discrimination on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, age, religion, height, sexual orientation, weight, marital status, handicap or disability or because he/she reported a suspected violation of such laws according to this policy. Any employee or applicant because he/she reported, or was about to report, a suspected violation of any federal, state or local law or regulation to a public body (unless the employee knew that the report was false) or because he/she was requested by a public body to participate in an investigation, hearing or inquiry held by that public body or a court. An employee or applicant for employment who believes that he/she has suffered reprisal, retaliation or discrimination in violation of this policy shall report the incident(s) to the Director of Staff Resources. The Board of Education

assures that no employee or applicant for employment who makes such a report will suffer any form of reprisal, retaliation or discrimination for making the report. Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.361 - 369, ―The Whistleblowers' Protection Act.‖
Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5160 Qualifications and Duties 5160 A job description for each classification of employees shall be developed by the Superintendent. Such job description shall be on file in the central office and not incorporated within the Board policy handbook.

Approved:

February 2, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5175 Criminal History and Background Checks Criminal History Checks Upon an offer of initial employment by the Board, all persons, in either certified or support positions, and any volunteers working directly with students in any capacity shall have undergone both a criminal history and records check performed by the State Police and FBI. The results shall have been received before the individual is employed unless, under the guidelines in current law, the person may be employed prior to the results being received. No later than July 1, 2008, the Board shall have requested both a criminal history and records check through the State Police and the FBI for all individuals, as of January 1, 2006, employed by the District or assigned to work under contract regularly and continuously in any of the District’s schools. Only those persons who have been offered a position or contract by the Board and/or Superintendent must undergo a criminal history check, not all applicants. No individual shall be employed, in any capacity, who has been convicted of a listed offense under the Michigan Sex Offenders Registration Act.30
30

5175

A listed offense includes any of the following: 1) Accosting or soliciting a child for immoral purposes (MCL 750.145a-c); 2) Sodomy if the victim is an individual less than 18 years of age (MCL 750.158); 3) A third or subsequent violation of any combination of the following: a. Being engaged in indecent or obscene conduct in a public place (MCL 750.167(1)(f)) b. Indecent exposure (MCL 750.335a) c. A local ordinance of a municipality substantially corresponding to the above; 4) Except for a juvenile disposition or adjudication, gross indecency between males, females, or between a male and female, if the victim was under 18 years of age (MCL 750.338-338b); 5) Kidnapping (MCL 750.349); 6) Kidnapping under age 14 (MCL 750.350); 7) Soliciting and accosting (MCL 750.448); 8) Pandering (MCL 750.455); 9) 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th degree criminal sexual assault, and second or subsequent offenses (MCL 520be); 10) Assault with intent to commit criminal sexual assault (MCL 750.520g); 11) Sexually delinquent persons (MCL 750.10a); 12) The attempt or conspiracy to commit any of the above offenses; 13) Any other violation of a law of this state or a local ordinance of a municipality that by its nature constitutes a sexual offense against an individual who is less than 18 years of age; and (Continued next page) 14) Any offense substantially similar to the above offenses under a law of the United States, any state, or any country or under tribal or military law.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5175 Criminal History and Background Checks 5175-2

An individual shall not be employed, in any capacity, who has been convicted of a felony, unless the Superintendent and the Board specifically approve the work assignment in writing. If the District obtains notice from an authoritative source that an individual has been convicted of a listed offense, the individual shall not be employed, in any capacity, or allowed to work under contract regularly and continuously in any of the District’s schools. If the District is notified or learns that a teacher employed with the district has been convicted of a crime listed in MCL 380.1535a(1)-(2), the Superintendent or Board President shall notify the superintendent of public instruction within 15 days after learning of the conviction.31
31

MCL 380.1535a(1) includes a conviction for any felony and any of the following misdemeanors: 1) criminal sexual conduct in the fourth degree or an attempt to commit criminal sexual conduct in the fourth degree; 2) child abuse in the third or fourth degree, or any attempt to commit child abuse in the third or fourth degree; 3) a misdemeanor involving cruelty, torture, or indecent exposure involving a child; 4) a misdemeanor violation of Section 7410 of the Public Health Code (concerning distribution of marijuana to minors near school property); 5) a violation of section 115, 141a, 145a, 335a, or 359 of the Michigan Penal Code (concerning breaking and entering; consumption or possession of alcohol by minors, or controlled substances at social gatherings; soliciting a child for immoral purposes; indecent exposure; and damage to vacant buildings); or a misdemeanor violation of section 81, 81a, or 145d of the Michigan Penal Code (including assault and battery; domestic assault; assault and infliction of serious injury; and using the Internet to commit a crime against a minor); 6) a misdemeanor violation of Section 701 of the Michigan Liquor Control Act (concerning the prohibition of liquor sales to minors); 7) any misdemeanor that is a listed offense; and 8) a violation of a substantially similar law of another state, of a political subdivision of this state or another state, or of the United States – as amended by 2005 PA 130. MCL 380.1535a(2) includes the following offenses: a) Criminal sexual conduct in any degree, assault with the intent to commit criminal sexual conduct, or an attempt to commit criminal sexual conduct in any degree; b) Felonious assault on a child31, child abuse in the first degree, or an attempt to commit child abuse in the first degree; c) Cruelty, torture, or indecent exposure involving a child; d) A violation of section 7401(2)(a)(i), 7403(2)(a)(i), 7410, or 7416 of the Public Health Code (concerning unlawful manufacture, delivery, or possession of controlled substances or controlled substance analogues; distribution of marijuana to minors near school property; and recruiting or inducing a minor to commit a felony); e) A violation of section 83, 89, 91, 145a-c, 316-17, 350, 448, 455, or 529 of the Michigan Penal Code (concerning assault with intent to commit murder or to steal while armed; attempt to murder; consumption or possession of alcohol by minors, or controlled substances at social gatherings; first and second degree murder; armed robbery; and using the Internet when committing a crime against a minor); f) A violation of section 158 of the Michigan Penal Code if the victim was an individual less than 18 years of age (concerning crimes against nature or sodomy);

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5175 Criminal History and Background Checks 5175-3 Criminal history and records checks shall be used for employment purposes only. No Board member or employee shall disclose the report or its content, except a felony conviction or a misdemeanor conviction involving sexual or physical abuse, to any person other than those directly involved in evaluating the applicant’s qualifications for employment.32 Background Checks - Employment History - Unprofessional Conduct Upon an offer of initial employment by the Board, all persons shall have undergone an unprofessional conduct background check. A staff person may be hired prior to the results of the unprofessional conduct background check following the guidelines in current law.

Approved:

Adopted February 2, 2004, Revisions adopted January 8, 2007

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1230a; 380.1230b; 380.1230c; 380.1535a(9)

g) Except for a juvenile disposition or adjudication, a violation of section 338, 338a, or 338b of the

32

Michigan Penal Code if the victim was an individual less than 18 years of age (concerning gross indecency between males, females, and between males and females); h) A violation of section 349 of the Michigan Penal Code if the victim was an individual less than 18 years of age (concerning kidnapping); i) An offense committed by a person who was, at the time of the offense, a sexually delinquent person – any person whose sexual behavior is characterized by repetitive or compulsive acts which indicate a disregard of consequences or the recognized rights of others, or by the use of force upon another person in attempting sex relations of either a heterosexual or homosexual nature, or by the commission of sexual aggressions against children under the age of 16; j) An attempt or conspiracy to commit an offense listed in (a) or (e-i); k) A violation of a substantially similar law of another state, of a political subdivision of this state or another state, or of the United States; Any crime listed in 1535(1), if the superintendent of public instruction determines the public health, safety or welfare requires emergency action based on the circumstances underlying the conviction. Any person that violates this policy may be found guilty of a crime.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5180 Unauthorized Release of Information 5180 Employees of the District may have ongoing opportunities to access confidential information or records that are only available to the general public on a limited review basis. Much of the information processed by District employees is confidential, and law governs its release; for example, driver record and vehicle registration information, confidential student records, criminal history background check information, information obtained pursuant to Family Independence Agency intervention, and professional misconduct background checks. It is the policy of the Board that employees are prohibited from divulging information contained in the records and files of the District, except to other, authorized, employees who may need such information in connection with their duties and to authorized persons in accordance with law, District policies, and administrative rules. If an employee is approached to provide information inappropriately, the employee must refuse to release the requested information unless authorized by his/her supervisor or otherwise required to release the information under law or court order. In all cases, the employee’s immediate supervisor shall be informed, immediately, of any requests. Any employee who inappropriately releases information, or uses confidential information obtained in the course of his/her employment with the District for personal reasons or private gain, will be disciplined in accordance with Board policies, collective bargaining agreements, and District procedures. Disciplinary action may include severe penalties, up to, and including, discharge. The District shall apply the requirements set forth in this policy, equally, to any data processing subcontractor employed. Data processing subcontractors shall, as a condition of their contractual agreement with the District, be required to adopt this, or a similar policy, regarding their own employees.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5180 Unauthorized Release of Information 5180-2 The Superintendent shall promulgate appropriate administrative rules to help assure the confidentiality of records and, particularly, those records obtained through electronic means. Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: Federal Driver Privacy Protection Act of 1994 (18 USC 2721 et seq.); MCL 257.208c - 208d; MCL 257.903; MCL 380.1230

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5180-R Unauthorized Release of Information 5180-R Employee Competence 1. The District will take steps, through the interview, selection, assignment, and hiring process, to see that any employee, or data processing subcontractor employee, if any, who is authorized to access driver, vehicle and related records, or who has access to information regarding criminal background checks or unprofessional conduct checks and related records will: 1.) 2.) 3.) Be adequately trained to access such records, Be competent to perform that task, and Conduct each record inquiry in accordance with the standards of technical competency that are generally recognized in the data service industry. Security of Data The District will implement the following security requirements whenever and wherever records and/or information obtained through any means, electronic or otherwise, is accessed, stored or disseminated: 1. Use software and hardware that is technologically adequate to prevent unauthorized access to the information. 2. Establish operational programs to prohibit unauthorized inquiries from any terminal or other access site. 3. Institute operational programs to detect unauthorized attempts to penetrate the District’s system of electronic records. 4. Provide for the physical security of the District’s computer system, with procedures and devices designed to protect against the theft of records and information. 5. Secure from each employee (or Subcontractor employee) a signed and approved System Access Request form (or other equivalent form) that grants authority and permission to directly access driver, vehicle, criminal, or related records.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5185 Social Security Number Confidentiality (Cf. 5180) 5185 Pursuant to both state and federal law, it is the policy of this school District to protect the confidentiality of social security numbers. No person shall

knowingly disclose, transfer, or unlawfully use the social security number of any employee, student, or other individual. The Superintendent shall establish rules and regulations to implement this policy. The Superintendent shall ensure that: 1. The confidentiality of social security numbers is maintained to the extent practicable; 2. 3. The unlawful disclosure of social security numbers is prohibited; Access to information or documents containing social security numbers is limited; and 4. Documents containing social security numbers are disposed of properly. This policy and its rules shall be published in the appropriate handbooks, manuals, and other similar documents. The published document(s) may also be made available electronically. Persons who violate this policy, or the rules that implement it, may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including suspension or expulsion for students and termination for employees.

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 445.81 et seq.; 18 USC 1028; 5 USC 552a (The Privacy Act of 1974)

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5185-R Social Security Number Confidentiality (Cf. 5180) 5185-R Public Records Where a social security number is contained within a document subject to FOIA release, the social security number shall be redacted. Information Collected Social security numbers should only be collected where required by federal or state law. If a unique personal identifier is needed, then a substitute for the social security number shall be used such as a District-created student identification number not using the social security number. Whenever the District collects a social security number, the District shall inform the individual of the purpose for the collection, the intended use, whether the law requires the number to be provided, and the consequences of not providing the number. Public Display Social security numbers shall not be placed on identification cards, badges, time cards, employee rosters, bulletin boards, or any other materials or documents seen by others widely. Documents, materials, or computer screens that display social security numbers or other sensitive information shall be kept out of public view at all times. Social security numbers shall not be required for a District employee, student, or staff member to gain access to the Internet or network. Mailed or Transmitted Documents Documents containing social security numbers shall only be sent where permitted by state law.33
33

A social security number may be included in a mailed document where: 1) It is sent as part of an application or enrollment process initiated by the individual. 2) It is sent to establish, confirm the status of, service, amend, or terminate an account, contract, employee, or health insurance benefit - or to confirm the accuracy of a social security number of an individual who has a account, contract, policy, or employee or health insurance benefit. 3) It is contained in a public record and is mailed in compliance with the freedom of information act. 4) It is a copy of a vital record, which was recorded according to law, and is mailed to a

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5185-R Social Security Number Confidentiality 5185-R-2 Documents containing social security numbers, that are sent through the mail, shall not reveal the number through the envelope window or otherwise be visible from outside the envelope or package. Social security numbers shall not be sent through email unless the connection is secure or the number is encrypted. No individual shall be required to send his or her social security number through email unless the connection is secure or the number is encrypted. Telephonic Communications District employees shall not disclose any social security number over the telephone or leave a voice mail message disclosing any social security number. If a social security number must be faxed, the Fax message shall be accompanied by a transmittal sheet, which includes the District's name, a ―Confidential Notice‖ stating that the information included is intended to be privileged and confidential, and that it is only intended for the use of the individual or entity named on the transmittal sheet.34 Access to Social Security Numbers Only those persons authorized by the Superintendent shall have access to social security numbers or other sensitive information. Under no circumstances will any student have access to social security number information for either students or staff unless they are a paid employee of the District. Storage and Disposal All documents or files that contain social security numbers or other sensitive material shall be stored in a physically secure manner. Social security numbers shall not be stored on computers or other electronic devices that are not secured against unauthorized access.

person entitled to receive that record. 5) It is mailed by, or at the request of, an individual whose social security number appears in the document or information or his or her parent or legal guardian. 34 Cf. 4260

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5185-R Social Security Number Confidentiality 5185-R-3 Documents or other materials that contain social security numbers or other sensitive information shall not be thrown away in the trash; they shall be discarded or destroyed only in a manner that protects their confidentiality, such as shredding. When erasing social security numbers or sensitive information from computers, it shall be ensured that the information is erased completely. The Superintendent shall establish regular intervals when unneeded sensitive information is disposed of properly. Improper Disclosures Any individual who suspects that an improper disclosure of a social security number has been made shall inform the Superintendent. If the Superintendent suspects that an improper disclosure has been made, he/she shall contact the appropriate authorities. Policy Availability All current and future District employees shall be given a copy of the above rules. The District Privacy Policy shall be published in an employee

handbook, procedural manual, or another similar document, that may be made available electronically. Accountability Any person who fails to comply with the District’s Privacy Policy shall be subject to appropriate discipline as determined by the Superintendent. The Executive Director of Staff Resources shall be responsible for the administration of these regulations and any trainings that may be required or advisable.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5190 Staff Development Opportunities 5190 As a student-centered learning organization, the LISD continually adopts new learnings and anticipates future conditions. All members of the staff should continue to grow and learn while employed at the District. Through providing learning opportunities for local educators the District promotes quality learning for everyone in Lenawee County. Representatives of all staff and the administration will work cooperatively to promote and establish programs and activities which support growth and learning.

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1254; 380.1525; 380.1526; 388.1695

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5200 Staff Conduct 5200 All staff members have the responsibility to become familiar with, and abide by, the laws of the state of Michigan as they affect their work, the policies of the Board, and the administrative regulations designed to implement them. All staff members shall be expected to carry out their assigned duties, support and enforce Board policies and administrative regulations, submit required reports, protect District property, oversee students, and contribute to the education and development of the District's students. All employees will be provided with an explanation of both their responsibilities and their rights under law in terms of the actions they may take to maintain order, discipline, and an appropriate educational environment. Training will be provided that defines approved actions, and informs employees that they may be liable for harm when they engage in criminal, grossly negligent or reckless conduct, or act with flagrant indifference to the rights and safety of another person who suffers harm as a result. The Superintendent will develop rules that prescribe the circumstances under which the District administration and/or parent(s)/guardian(s) are to be notified of actions taken, any written documentation of actions taken that is necessary, and other appropriate procedures including staff training. Staff Appearance Staff dress and grooming must not disrupt the educational process, interfere with the maintenance of a positive teaching/learning climate, or compromise reasonable standards of health, safety, and decency.

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: NCLB

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5203 Use of District Equipment, Supplies and Materials (Cf. 9250) 5203 Permission must be gained from the appropriate supervisor before any District equipment, supplies or materials may be removed from District grounds. The supervisor may authorize staff members to utilize District-owned equipment, supplies and materials provided that use is in the best interests of the District. Staff using District equipment, supplies, materials and software shall be in compliance with all copyright laws. Staff members authorized to use District equipment assigned to them for use off school grounds (such as, but not limited to, laptop computers, cellular telephones, printers or the like) shall assume responsibility for said equipment. Unless specifically authorized otherwise, all such equipment issued to teachers or administrators shall be returned to the District at the end of their annual work year. In no case shall employees be authorized to borrow, remove or utilize District equipment, materials or supplies in connection with any outside employment or any other personal interest beyond incidental tolerance. Violations of this policy will result in disciplinary action up to and including discharge and/or the filing of criminal charges.35 Recognized bargaining units may use District equipment as provided for in the current negotiated master contract.

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 19.141; MCL 750.362

35

MCL 19.141 Care, preservation, and protection of state buildings and property. The Department of Education, among others named in the act, may prescribe rules and regulations for the care, preservation, and protection of buildings and property dedicated and appropriated to the public use and the control and conduct of those coming upon the property. The act authorizes those having control over property and buildings to file a misdemeanor complaint against those who misuse the property. MCL 750.362 - Larceny by conversion. Any person to whom any money, goods or other property, which may be the subject of larceny, shall have been delivered, who shall embezzle or fraudulently convert to his own use, or shall secrete with the intent to embezzle, or fraudulently use such goods, money or other property, or any part thereof, shall be deemed by so doing to have committed the crime of larceny and shall be punished as provided under the Michigan Penal Code. (Underlining added.)

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5205 Possessing, Transporting or Transmitting Dangerous Weapons 5205 No person shall possess, transport or transmit a dangerous weapon on District property, property used by the District for a school-related purpose, or in a motor vehicle used for a District-related purpose unless: (a) Prior permission has been granted by the Superintendent; (b) The person in an on-duty law enforcement officer or, if off duty, the officer is otherwise required by the law enforcement agency to carry a weapon or; (c) or as otherwise allowed by law.36 A dangerous weapon is defined in the law. Pursuant to federal law, the term firearm includes, but is not limited to, any weapon designed to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such weapon, a muffler or silencer for such a weapon, or destructive device.37 Any person, including a student, who violates this Policy, will be reported to law enforcement authorities. Employees who violate this policy will be severely

disciplined, up to and including discharge. The Board policy prohibiting students from possessing dangerous weapons is contained in the Student Code of Conduct. The Board, pursuant to state law, shall expel students who violate the weapons laws and rules unless one of the statutory exceptions is established.38 To comply with federal law, any such exception shall be reduced to writing.

Approved:

Adopted February 2, 2004; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1311; 750.237a; 18 USCA 921; 20 USCA 7151 (No Child Left Behind Act)
36

28.425o. added Premises on which carrying concealed weapon prohibited; violation. Sec. 5o. (1) An individual licensed under this act to carry a concealed pistol, or who is exempt from licensure under section 12a(f), shall not carry a concealed pistol on the premises of any of the following: (a) A school or school property except that a parent or legal guardian of a student of the school is not precluded from carrying a concealed pistol while in a vehicle on school property, if he or she is dropping the student off at the school or picking up the child from the school. As used in this section, ―school‖ and ―school property‖ mean those terms as defined in section 237a of the Michigan penal code, 1931 PA 328, MCL 750.237a. 37 Pursuant to federal law, the term destructive device means: any explosive, incendiary, or poison gas: bomb, grenade, rocket having a propellant charge of more than four ounces, missile having an explosive or incendiary charge of more than one-quarter ounce, mine, or device similar to any or the devices described in the preceding clauses. 38 To establish a statutory exception, state law requires clear and convincing evidence that: 1) The object or instrument possessed by the pupil was not possessed by the pupil for use as a weapon, or for direct or indirect delivery to another person for use as a weapon, or 2) the weapon was not knowingly possessed by the pupil, or 3) the pupil did not know or have reason to know that the object or instrument possessed by the pupil constituted a dangerous weapon, or 4) the weapon was possessed by the pupil at the suggestion, request, or direction of, or with the express permission of, school or police authorities.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5210 Staff Complaints and Grievances (Cf. 5030, 5040) 5210 The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education recognizes the need to provide for orderly resolution of any grievance arising from an alleged violation or inappropriate application of District policies or administrative procedures. Any non-union school employee shall have the right of access to the following grievance procedures adopted by this District. (Master contract employees should refer to applicable language in their master agreement.) The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board believes that maintaining a high level of staff morale is important for the smooth operation of the organization. Therefore, all LISD employees are strongly encouraged to keep lines of communication open between themselves and their supervisors and subordinates. However, in the event of an alleged violation, misinterpretation, or inappropriate application of District policies or administrative rules or procedures that directly affect the employee, the complaint or request shall be processed thorough the administrative rules established by the Superintendent.

Approved:

February 2, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5210-R Staff Complaints and Grievances (Cf. 5030, 5040) 5210-R In the event of a staff complaint or grievance concerning Board of Education policies or administrative rules or procedures, the following steps will be taken: Informal - Step I - Supervisor: The employee shall discuss the grievance with his/her immediate supervisor within three days of the alleged occurrence. If no satisfactory resolution is obtained within three days, the employee shall write an account of the grievance on the LISD Grievance Form. This written account shall include: a. b. c. d. e. f. A summary of the facts giving rise to the alleged occurrence. The date of the alleged occurrence. The specific LISD policy or administrative procedure violated, if pertinent. The specific relief requested by the grievant. The signature of the grievant. If the grievant is not satisfied with the decision made at any level, he/she must state in writing why the disposition by the supervisor at the previous level was unsatisfactory. This written-statement must be attached to the grievance form. The immediate supervisor shall provide a copy of the grievance form upon request. Formal - Step II - Supervisor: A copy of the written grievance form shall be filed with the employee's immediate supervisor within three days after receiving notification of his/her supervisor's decision. Within five days after receiving the written grievance form, the employee's immediate supervisor shall arrange a meeting with the grievant if necessary (see Step I). Within five days following that meeting, the immediate supervisor shall render his/her decision in writing, giving a copy to the grievant.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5210-R Staff Complaints and Grievances (Cf. 5030, 5040) 5210-R-2 Step III - Assistant Superintendent: If no decision is rendered or the decision is unsatisfactory to the grievant, he/she may file a copy of the written grievance with the supervisor directly above the grievant’s immediate supervisor within three days after the immediate supervisor's written response has been received or should have been received. Within five days after receiving the written grievance form, the supervisor shall arrange a meeting with the grievant. Within five days following that meeting, the supervisor shall render his/her decision in writing, giving a copy to the grievant. The grievance may proceed to the Assistant Superintendent through the establish levels of supervision. Step IV - Superintendent: If no decision is rendered by the Assistant Superintendent, or the decision is unsatisfactory to the grievant, he/she may file a copy of the written grievance with the Superintendent within three days after the Assistant Superintendent's written response has been received or should have been received. Within five days after receiving the written grievance form, the Superintendent shall arrange a meeting with the grievant. Within five days following that meeting, the Superintendent shall render his/her decision in writing, giving a copy to the grievant. The grievance may proceed to the Superintendent through the established levels of supervision. Step V - Board of Education: If no decision is rendered or if the decision of the Superintendent is unsatisfactory to the grievant, the grievant may appeal to the Board of Education by filing the written grievance form with the Superintendent not less than five days prior to the next regularly scheduled Board meeting.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5210-R Staff Complaints and Grievances (Cf. 5030, 5040) 5210-R-3 The Board shall allow the employee an opportunity to be heard at the meeting. Within one month from the hearing of the grievance, the Board shall render its decision in writing. The decision of the Board is final. The term "days" as used herein shall mean any days in which the District is in operation. The contents of an employee's evaluation shall not be grievable under this procedure. Time elements in the grievance steps may be shortened or extended upon mutual agreement between the parties. A written grievance not substantially in accordance with the above requirements may-be rejected as improper. Should the grievant fail to meet the timelines' specified, the grievance shall be automatically dropped and deemed settled as per the last supervisor's response. The Board guarantees that there shall be no reprisals by the Board or any LISD employee against a staff member who uses this grievance procedure. These procedures will in no way negate existing negotiated contracts with groups or individuals or supersede applicable laws or regulations.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5220 Staff-Student Relations 5220 All District employees are expected to maintain relationships with students that are conducive to an effective educational environment. The District’s Vision provides: ―Each student is the reason the LISD exists. The dignity and well-being of each student is our impassioned dream.‖ All District employees are responsible for the regulation of student conduct consistent with this Vision. Threats to Students Any District employee who threatens to inflict, inflicts, or causes to be inflicted, deliberate physical pain by any means to any student, may be disciplined according to provisions which may be found in the current negotiated master contract or as prescribed by the Board. Student Supervision and Welfare Teachers and other direct service providers, because of their proximity to students, are frequently confronted with situations which, if handled incorrectly, could result in liability to the District and personal liability to the staff members. To minimize that possibility, it is the responsibility of the Superintendent to prepare regulations to insure maintenance of the following standards: A. Each staff member must maintain a standard of care for supervision, control and protection of students commensurate with assigned duties and responsibilities. B. Each staff member must provide proper safety instruction in assigned curriculum/area. C. Each staff member must immediately report to the Supervisor; an accident or a safety hazard he/she detects. D. E. Each staff member must not send students on any personal errands. A staff member must not transport students in a personal vehicle without the prior approval of the Supervisor.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5220 Staff-Student Relations F. 5220-2 A student shall not be required or allowed to perform work or services that may be detrimental to his/her health. Pursuant to the laws of the state, each teacher and other ―mandatory reporter‖ must report to the proper authorities, immediately, any reasonable sign of suspected child abuse, child sex abuse or drug abuse. Employees found to be in violation of this policy by the Board may be subject to disciplinary action.

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1312; 722.621 et seq.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5230 Conflict of Interest 5230 District employees are prohibited from engaging in activities which may be construed as a conflict of interest and detract from the effective performance of their duties. No employee shall attempt, during the school day or on school property, to sell or endeavor to influence any employee or student to buy any product, article, instrument, service or other such item, which would directly or indirectly benefit said school employee. In any 1 month period, any Intermediate School District employee shall not accept from a person who does business or seeks to do business of any kind with the Intermediate School District any money, goods, or services with a value in excess of $44.00
39

if the employee does not provide goods or services of

equal value in exchange. This subsection does not apply to a gift or reward already prohibited under section 1805.40 Employees shall not serve privately for profit, those students whom they are assigned to serve publicly in the same capacity. Any District employee shall report alleged violations of the conflict of interest policy to the Superintendent. The Superintendent shall make an initial investigation to determine whether said policy has been violated. Approved: June 6, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321 – 323; MCL 380.634
39

Adjusted annually via CPI. The Board of Education deliberately extends this statutory requirement listed below to be an ethical standard for all employees. As established at MCL 380.634(4): (4) Subject to subsection (8), in any 1-month period, an intermediate school board member or intermediate school district administrator shall not accept from a person who does business or seeks to do business of any kind with the intermediate school district any money, goods, or services with a value in excess of $44.00 if the board member or administrator does not provide goods or services of equal value in exchange. This subsection does not apply to a gift or reward already prohibited under section 1805. See also, policy 1155, Board Member could be included in ―school officer‖ term below: 380.1805 Acting as agent; receiving gift or reward; penalty. Sec. 1805. (1) A superintendent of public instruction, intermediate superintendent, school officer, superintendent, principal, or teacher of schools shall not act as agent for an author, publisher, or seller of schoolbooks or school apparatus, or receive a gift or reward for his or her influence in recommending the purchase or use of a schoolbook, apparatus, or furniture in this state. (2) A person who violates this section is guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by a fine of not more than $500.00 or imprisonment for not more than 3 months, or both. History: 1976, Act 451, Imd. Eff. Jan. 13, 1977
40

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5230-R Conflict of Interest 5230-R Annually, the Superintendent and any other District employee deemed by the Superintendent to be in a position to influence the purchase of any goods or services shall sign and file the "Conflict of Interest Disclosure Form" shown below. CONFLICT OF INTEREST DISCLOSURE FORM APPROPRIATE EMPLOYEES Employees in a position to influence decisions on purchases or contracts shall not have a personal financial interest either directly or indirectly in any contract or purchase of the District or benefit directly or indirectly from any financial transaction or contract of the District unless that interest has been fully disclosed and the person involved has removed himself from the decisionmaking process. Purchases of or use of District property, materials and manpower by employees shall be accomplished in accordance with good business practices and within the framework of applicable laws and regulations. The Superintendent, and any other District employee deemed by the Superintendent to be in a position to influence the purchase of any goods or services, shall sign and file the following information: For purposes of this document, the following definitions are used: ―DISTRICT‖: Lenawee Intermediate School District ―SUPPLIER‖: any person, partnership, trust, corporation, or other business entity that supplies materials, equipment, real estate or services to the District.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5230-R Conflict of Interest 5230-R-2 means any stock, bond, or other debt, obligation, ―FINANCIAL INTEREST‖:

option or right to purchase stock, share in profits, investment, partnership interest, or other interest of any nature. Ownership in securities in a corporation shall not be considered to constitute a FINANCIAL INTEREST therein for this purpose provided all the following conditions are met: (1) the securities are traded on a national securities exchange, or regularly reported in over-thecounter quotations in the financial press, (2) the securities owned by you and to your knowledge or belief, owned by your near relatives do not exceed 1% of the outstanding securities of such corporation of the same class, and (3) the market value of the securities of such corporation so owned does not exceed 50% of your gross annual income. ―NEAR RELATIVE‖: means your spouse and children, the parent(s)/guardian(s), sisters and brothers of yourself and your spouse, and the spouses of your brothers and sisters. It is not necessary to interrogate the members of your family. It is sufficient to give the facts as you know them or believe them to be. Complete honesty and candor is required of all employees asked to submit this form. Section 2 or Public Act 317, 1968 (MCL 15.321 - 323) makes it a misdemeanor for any public servant to: "…..directly or indirectly solicit any contract between the public entity of which he/she is an officer or employee and (a) him/herself; (b) any firm (meaning a co-partnership or other unincorporated association) of which he/she is a partner, member or employee; (c) any private corporation in which he/she is a stockholder owning more than 1% of the total outstanding stock of any class where such stock is not listed on a stock exchange or stock with a present total market value in excess of $25,000.00 where stock is listed on a stock exchange or of which he/she is a Director, officer, or employee; or (d) any trust of which he/she is a beneficiary or trustee; nor shall he/she take any part in the negotiations for such a contract or the renegotiations

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5230-R Conflict of Interest 5230-R-3 thereof or amendment thereto or in the approval thereof; nor shall he/she represent either party in the transaction; except as provided in section 3. Should you have inadvertently omitted a company in your statement and at a later time there is a transaction involving that company to come before the Board, you have a clear obligation to make your interest in that company known. If after the statement is signed you acquire an interest in a company doing business with the Board, that interest should be made public at or before such time as a transaction involving that company comes before the Board." Failure to reveal a conflict of interest as outlined in this policy and in the law is subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal. 1. At any time since January 1, , have you, or to your knowledge and belief

has any NEAR RELATIVE of yours had any direct of indirect FINANCIAL INTEREST in any SUPPLIER of the District? Yes _____ No_____

If the answer is "yes", attach a statement giving full details. 2. At any time since January 1, , have you or any member of your household

had a direct or indirect ownership of any business in which your ownership in such business exceeds 10% of the business' capital or the income from which represents more than 10% of your gross income? Yes _____ No ______

If the answer is "yes", attach a statement giving full details. 3. At any time, since January 1, , have you been a Director, officer, sole

proprietor, partner, agent, representative, employee, or the paid consultant or advisor to, or the recipient of any fee or commission from any business enterprise other than your principle employer? Yes ______ No _______ If the answer is "yes", attach a statement giving full details.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5230-R Conflict of Interest 5230-R-4 It is important to the District that you make accurate and complete answers to the above questions. It is not satisfactory to answer questions "same as last report", instead, any questions that cannot be answered "yes" or 'no" should be completed in whatever detail is necessary wither elsewhere on this form or by attachment. Please sign and date below. I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, the answers I have given and the statements attached are true and correct.

Legal Signature

Please Type or Print Name Date _________________________

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5235 Nepotism 5235 The Board discourages the employment of relatives. School officials must conduct employment practices that do not give the appearance of, or result in favoritism of related persons. Such discouraged practices result in harm to the integrity of the District. No District employee shall be placed in a position in which he/she would be in a direct supervisory relationship with a member of his/her immediate family as of the date this policy is adopted, without the approval of the Superintendent. Members of the immediate family shall be defined as father, mother, brother, sister, son, daughter, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, sister-in-law, or brother-in-law and, for purposes of supervision, husband and wife.

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 37.2102

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5245 Political Activities 5245 Staff members who intend to become candidates for elected or appointed political office must notify the Superintendent no less than five days prior to the date on which the declaration of candidacy is filed or before the acceptance of an appointment to discuss the compatibility of the office regarding continued employment with the District.

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.401-407

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5250 Employee Use of Electronic Communications Devices The Board recognizes that employees may carry 5250 electronic

communications devices either District-issued or personally owned and hereby adopts this policy. District-Issued Communications Devices The District may elect to issue certain communications devices to employees in order to increase the efficiency of District operations. Issuance and use of District equipment shall be subject to rules promulgated by the Superintendent. Personally Owned Communications Devices Employees may carry and use personally owned cellular telephones or pagers/beepers on school property subject to rules and regulations promulgated by the Superintendent.

Approved:

April 12, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5250-R Employee Use of Electronic Communications Devices employees are allowed to possess and carry 5250-R electronic While

communications devices on school property, such possession and use are subject to the following administrative rules: District-Issued Communications Devices Communication devices issued by the District may include, for example, cellular telephones, walkie-talkies, personal digital assistants (PDA’s) or laptop computers with ―beaming capabilities,‖ citizens band radios, either installed in vehicles or hand-held, and pagers/beepers. Employees in receipt of District-issued equipment shall be held responsible for the safekeeping of the equipment and exercise reasonable efforts to see that the equipment is not lost, stolen, or damaged. Reckless or irresponsible use of District equipment, resulting in loss or damage may result in the employee having to reimburse the District for any associated costs of replacement or repair. Any such devices issued shall be with the expectation that they are to be used for District-related business purposes and are not intended for personal use except for incidental personal use and in emergencies involving employee health or safety. District-issued equipment shall be used in a manner that does not disrupt instruction and should not be used during school-sponsored programs, meetings, in-services, or other events where there exists a reasonable expectation of quiet attentiveness unless there is a reason of personal health or safety involved. Any District-issued equipment is to be surrendered back to the District immediately upon request.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5250-R Employee Use of Electronic Communications Devices 5250-R-2 Personally Owned Electronic Communications Devices Employees may possess and carry cellular telephones, pagers/beepers, and PDA’s or laptops with ―beaming capabilities‖ during the school day on school property. Personally owned hand-held citizens band radios, portable police scanners, and long or short-range walkie-talkies should not be used or carried by employees on school property during the school day unless by specific permission of their immediate supervisor based on a personal health or safety need. Cellular telephones and pagers/beepers should not be used during the employee’s normal duty times to send or receive messages of a personal nature, but such use is allowable during normal break times, lunch times, and preparation times. Use of cellular telephones or audible pagers/beepers should be curtailed during instructional time or at school-sponsored programs, meetings, in-services, parent/guardian conferences, or any other time when there would be a reasonable expectation of quiet attentiveness. Any employee violating the above rules may be subject to disciplinary action.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5300 Personnel Records 5300 An official personnel file shall be maintained by the District for each employee. This file is the property of the District not the employee. Personnel files kept by the District concerning employees shall be kept in a secured location and under the custodianship of the appropriate supervisor. Personnel records of employees who have left the District shall be similarly kept either as a complete file or by other means, but in an inactive file, for not less than seven years. A permanent record of the employee's years of work, assignments and salary/wage paid shall be kept in perpetuity. No complaint, letter of reprimand, or evaluation may be placed in a personnel file unless the employee has had the opportunity to review the material. A copy provided to the employee shall be sufficient for providing this opportunity to review. A separate medical file shall be maintained as required by law. This file shall be retained for a minimum of the duration of employment plus thirty years. General Access to Personnel Files Access to an employee's personnel file may be given to the following persons without the consent of the employee: the Superintendent and administrators specifically designated by the Superintendent or a Board member if it relates to his/her duties or responsibilities as a Board member. No other person may have access to an employee's personnel file except under the following circumstances: A. When an employee gives written consent to the release of his/her records. The written consent must specify the records to be released and to whom they are to be released. B. C. When subpoenaed or under court order. When required under state law.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5300 Personnel Records 5300-2 The Director of Staff Resources shall notify the employee when a request to access records has been made. Such notice may be provided before or after the access has been granted. Employee's Access to His/Her File An employee may have access to his/her personnel file at all reasonable times, i.e., during regular office hours. The Director of Staff Resources will be given notice prior to such review and must be present during such review. Records Management The Director of Staff Resources shall have the overall responsibility for maintaining and preserving the confidentiality of the personnel files. The Director of Staff Resources has the responsibility for granting or denying access to records on the basis of these responsibilities.

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.231 et seq.; 423.501-512

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5310 HIPAA Health Care Flexible Spending Account Plan I. General Statement of Policy The Lenawee Intermediate School District is the sponsor of a Health Care Flexible Spending Account Plan (the ―Plan‖). Certain employees of the District’s business office may have access to the individually identifiable health information of Plan participants for administrative functions of the plan. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) and its implementing regulations restrict the Plans ability to use and disclose protected health information (PHI): Protected Health Information. Protected health information means information that is created or received by the Plan and relates to the past, present, or future physical or mental health or condition of a participant; the provision of health care to a participant; or the past, present, or future payment for the provision of health care to a participant; and that identifies the participant or for which there is a reasonable basis to believe the information can be used to identify the participant. Protected health information includes information of persons living or deceased. It is the District’s policy to comply fully with HIPAA’s requirements. To that end, the District hereby designates itself as a Hybrid Entity, within the meaning of HIPAA. Hybrid entity. Under HIPAA, ―Hybrid Entity‖ means a single legal entity: (1) that is a Covered Entity; (2) whose business activities include both covered and non-covered functions; and (3) that designates its health care components. All members of the District workforce who have access to PHI must comply with this Privacy Policy and Procedures. For purposes of this Policy and Procedures, the health care components of the District with access to PHI include: 5310

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5310 HIPAA District Payroll Department District Staff Resources Department For purposes of this policy, the workforce members in the department referenced above may also be referred to herein as the ―Plan’s Operational Structure.‖ No third party rights (including but not limited to rights of Plan participants, beneficiaries, covered dependents, or business associates) are intended to be created by this Policy and Procedures. The District reserves the right to amend or change this policy and procedures at any time (and even retroactively) without notice. To the extent this policy and procedures establishes requirements and obligations above and beyond those required by HIPAA, the policy and procedures shall be aspirational and shall not be binding upon the District. This policy and procedures do not address requirements under other federal laws or state laws. II. Purpose This policy is established to comply with the regulatory provisions promulgated under HIPAA, and to provide guidance for the Plan’s Operational Structure. III. Policy It is the policy of the District that reasonable steps shall be taken to safeguard PHI in connection with the Plan subject to the regulations, standards, implementation specifications or other requirements of HIPAA. In that regard, the Plan shall take reasonable steps to (1) protect health information in its possession, so as to assure the privacy and confidentiality of the information, in whatever form, whether written, oral or electronic; and (2) meet or exceed the standards for protecting health information set forth in the HIPAA rules to the extent that the same are applicable to the Plan. The Plan shall comply with 5310-2

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5310 HIPAA 5310-3 HIPAA regulations with respect to safeguarding the privacy and confidentiality of health information in its possession. The Director of the Staff Resources Department shall direct District staff in the establishment of procedures and standards and in implementing this policy for compliance with the HIPAA rules. IV. Individual Rights and Notice. Consistent with the provisions of HIPAA, the Plan shall assure the rights of individuals, including the rights to: Access their health information; Receive a written, meaningful notice regarding the ways in which their health information is used and disclosed; Request restrictions to the use and disclosure of their PHI; Request corrections or amendments to their health information; Receive an accounting of the disclosures made of their health information; File complaints regarding the Plan’s use or disclosure of health information; and Be free from retaliation for filing complaints. V. Minimum Necessary Standard. The Plan shall restrict its uses and disclosures of and requests for PHI to the ―minimum necessary‖ to accomplish the purpose of the use or disclosure. The terms ―use‖ and ―disclosure‖ are defined as follows: Use. The sharing, utilization, examination, or analysis of individually identifiable health information by any person working for or within the Plan’s operational structure, or by a Business Associate (defined below) of the Plan. Disclosure. For information that is PHI, disclosure means any release, transfer, provision of access to, or divulging in any other manner of individually

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5310 HIPAA 5310-4 identifiable health information to persons not employed or working within the Plan’s operational structure. Members of the Plan Operational Structure shall have access to PHI only to the extent minimally necessary for them to perform their functions on behalf of the Plan. VI. Training. District employees who are part of the Plan’s Operational Structure shall receive training enabling them to understand and fulfill their duties and obligations with respect to privacy and confidentiality of health information in their possession. Initial training shall be completed no later than April 14, 2004, and persons hired after April 14, 2004 shall receive appropriate training as soon as possible after hire. All training shall be documented in each workforce member’s personnel file. Training shall be on-going as required by developments under HIPAA occur. VII. Reporting Violations; Compliance. Employees shall report violations of the HIPAA regulations, or the District’s HIPAA policies, to their supervisor or to the Privacy Officer. There shall be no retaliation against any employee who reports a violation. VIII. Privacy Officer. The Director of Staff Resources is hereby designated as the District’s Privacy Officer and the contact person for participants and beneficiaries under the Plan. IX. Business Associates. The Plan shall implement the Business Associate standards established under HIPAA. Employees may disclose PHI to the Plan’s business associates and allow the Plan’s business associates to create or receive PHI on its behalf. However, prior to doing so, the Plan must first obtain assurances from the

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5310 HIPAA 5310-5 business associate that it will appropriately safeguard the information. Before sharing PHI with outside consultants or contractors who meet the definition of a ―business associate,‖ employees must contact the Privacy Officer and verify that a business associate contract is in place. Disclosures must be consistent with the terms of the business associate contract. For purposes of this policy, a “Business Associate” is an entity or person who: Performs or assists in performing a Plan function or activity involving the use and disclosure of PHI (including claims processing or administration, data analysis, underwriting, etc.); or Provides legal, accounting, actuarial, consulting, data aggregation, management, accreditation, or financial services, where the performance of such services involves giving the service provider access to PHI. X. Technical and Physical Safeguards The Plan Operational Structure shall establish appropriate technical and physical safeguards to prevent PHI from intentionally or unintentionally being used or disclosed in violation of HIPAA’s requirements. Technical safeguards may include methods for preventing unauthorized access to electronically stored health information. Physical safeguards may include locking doors and file cabinets. XI. Privacy Notice The Privacy Officer shall develop and maintain a notice of the Plan’s privacy practices. The privacy notice will inform participants that the District office will have access to PHI in connection with its plan administrative functions. The privacy notice will also provide a description of the Plan’s complaint procedures, the name and telephone number of the contact person for further information, and the date of the notice. The notice of privacy practices will be individually

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5310 HIPAA 5310-6 delivered to all participants. The Plan will also provide notice of availability of the privacy notice at least as often as is required by the HIPAA rules. If a change in law impacts the privacy notice, it shall promptly be revised and made available to participants. Any such change shall only be effective with respect to PHI created or received after the effective date of the revised notice. XII. Documentation Requirement It is the policy of the District that the members of the Plan’s Operational Structure will document all actions (including authorizations, requests for information, sanctions, and complaints) relating to individuals’ privacy rights. While documentation may be maintained in either written or electronic form, it shall be maintained for a period of at least six years from the date of creation or last effect, whichever is later. XIII. Manual of Policies and Procedures A manual of policies and procedures will be established and maintained to implement this policy. This policy and the manual of policies and procedures may be changed as necessary or appropriate to comply with changes in the law, standards, requirements and implementation specifications (including changes and modifications in the HIPAA regulations). Any changes in policies or procedures will be promptly documented. If a change in law impacts the privacy notice the privacy policy and procedures will promptly be revised and made available to participants. Such change is effective only with respect to PHI created or received after the effective date of the notice. XIV. Plan Document If the Plan may disclose any PHI to the District, as the Plan Sponsor, other than Summary Health Information, or enrollment and disenrollment information regarding Plan participants, then the Plan document shall be amended to include

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5310 HIPAA 5310-7 provisions to describe the limitations and the permitted and required uses and disclosures of PHI by the Plan. XV. Complaints The Privacy Officer shall be the Plan’s contact person for purposes of receiving complaints. The Privacy Officer shall develop a process for individuals to submit complaints about the Plan’s Privacy policy and procedures and for handling such complaints in a manner that is consistent with the HIPAA rules. XVI. Sanctions for Violations of Privacy Policy Sanctions for using or disclosing PHI in violation of this policy will be imposed in accordance with applicable law, collective bargaining agreements and the District’s personnel policies, up to and including termination. XVII. No Intimidating or Retaliatory Acts; No Waiver of HIPAA Privacy No employee may intimidate, threaten, coerce, discriminate against, or take other retaliatory action against individuals for exercising their rights, filing a complaint, participating in an investigation, or opposing any improper practice under HIPAA. No individual shall be required to waive his or her privacy rights under HIPAA as a condition of eligibility, enrollment or payment of benefits under the Plan.

Approved:

May 3, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5340 Staff Health and Safety (Cf. 5370) 5340 The Board shall promote staff health, safety, and protection during working hours.

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: Michigan Constitution Article VIII, §3; MCL 380.1247b; 408.10011094 (Michigan Occupational Safety and Health Act)

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5345 Staff Smoking and Tobacco Products (Cf. 8230, 9300) 5345 District employees shall not smoke or use tobacco products in any building or on school grounds at any time. District employees shall not smoke or use tobacco products at any time when they are involved with students or when supervising student activities whether on or off school property.

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 750.473

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5350 Drug-Free Workplace 5350 The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education is concerned about the health and productivity of its employees, and the education and welfare of its students. Criminal drug abuse in the workplace cannot be tolerated. Accordingly, the Board of Education hereby establishes a policy to maintain a drug-free workplace. The Superintendent is directed to make a good faith effort to maintain a drug-free workplace in the Lenawee Intermediate School District's buildings, programs, and activities. Other Board of Education policies support the voluntary referral of employees to community agencies for assistance with substance abuse and mental health problems (see policy 5355 - Employee Assistance Program). Illegal student activities are governed under the Board of Education Policy on Student Conduct (policy 8100). The unlawful possession, use (including being under the influence of), distribution, dispensation, and/or manufacture of controlled substances, as defined by state and federal law, by District employees on District grounds, in District buildings and/or in connection with any sponsored activity, is prohibited. As a condition of employment, the employee will: 1. 2. Abide by the terms of this policy; and, Notify the Superintendent of his/her conviction for violating a criminal drug statute occurring in the workplace within five days after such conviction. Within thirty days of receiving notice of a criminal drug statute conviction of an employee for a violation occurring in the workplace, the Superintendent shall: 1. Take appropriate disciplinary action against said employee, up to and including termination of employment; and/or, 2. The employee may be required to satisfactorily participate in a drug assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the Board.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5350 Drug-Free Workplace 5350-2 The Superintendent shall notify the appropriate federal grant-making District within ten days after receiving notice of a workplace related drug conviction of an employee in a federally funded position. District employees who request assistance for drug counseling and/or rehabilitation shall direct their request to the Superintendent or Director of Staff Resources. The Superintendent shall develop a drug-free awareness program for District employees. Annually, the Board of Education may allocate funds to support the drug-free awareness program. The District's drug-free awareness programs shall include the following information: 1. 2. 3. The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace; The District's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace; Available drug counseling, rehabilitation and employee assistance programs; and, 4. The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. In developing the drug-free awareness program, the Superintendent may utilize the services and assistance of the District's insurance carrier, local or county health departments, local or regional medical health center or other substance abuse agencies. This policy shall be published in the District's faculty and staff handbooks.

Approved:

Adopted February 2, 2004, Revisions adopted January 8, 2007

LEGAL REF: 49 CFR 382.601 (Anti-Substance Abuse Act); "Controlled substances" as defined in Schedules I through V of Section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 USC Sec. 812)

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5350-R Drug-Free Workplace 5350-R Draft Certification Drug Free Workplace A. The Lenawee Intermediate School District ("Grantee") hereby certifies that it will provide a drug-free workplace by: (a) Publishing a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the Grantee's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violation of such prohibition; (b) Establishing a drug-free awareness program to inform employees about: 1. 2. 3. The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace; The Grantee's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace; Any available drug counseling, rehabilitation and employee assistance programs; and 4. The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace. (c) Making it a requirement that each employee to be engaged in the performance of the grant be given a copy of the statement required by paragraph (a); (d) Notifying the employee in the statement required by paragraph (a) that, as a condition of employment under the grant, the employee will: 1. 2. Abide by the terms of the statement; and Notify the employer of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5350-R Drug-Free Workplace (e) 5350-R-2 Notifying the District within ten days after receiving notice under subparagraph (d) (2) from an employee or otherwise receiving actual notice of such conviction; (f) Taking one of the following actions within thirty (30) days of receiving notice under subparagraph (d) (2), with respect to any employee who is so convicted: 1. Taking appropriate personnel action against such an employee, up to and including termination; or 2. Requiring such employee to participate satisfactorily in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a Federal, State or local health, law

enforcement or other appropriate District. (g) Making a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f). B. The performance of work done in connection with the specific federal grants of which the Lenawee Intermediate School District is currently a grantee will be performed within any LISD program site.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5355 Employee Assistance Program 5355 The Lenawee Intermediate School District recognizes that an employee's personal problems can affect his/her job. Alcoholism, drug abuse, physical or mental illness; financial, marital, or family distress; legal problems, etc., can all contribute to an employee's declining work performance. The Board believes that each employee should be offered the opportunity to seek appropriate assistance in solving personal problems. Through the Employee Assistance Program (E.A.P.), a confidential referral system designed to assist employers and employees, any LISD staff member can seek diagnosis or treatment before substandard work performance jeopardizes his/her job. E.A.P. services are designed to help working people and their families with their personal problems through referral to other community treatment agencies. The E.A.P. referral service is available as part of the Lenawee ISD personnel program. E.A.P. services are also available to the spouse and family of any Lenawee ISD employee on a self-referral basis. This policy should not be interpreted as a waiver of the Board's and the administration's right to take disciplinary action against an employee. It does not limit the employee's right to the grievance procedure described in Board Policy 5210 "Staff Complaints,‖ or the master contract. Information about E.A.P. services can be obtained through the LISD Staff Resources, 4107 N. Adrian Highway, Adrian, Michigan, (517) 265-1608.

Approved:

February 2, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5357 Family and Medical Leave The Board shall comply with the 1993 Family and Medical Leave Act. Employees with at least 1,250 hours of work and 12 months are entitled to unpaid leave of up to 12 weeks in any one year period for the birth/adoption of a child or for serious personal or family health reasons. Leaves may be continuous or intermittent with the agreement of the employee and the Superintendent. Benefits shall continue during the leave upon payment of appropriate contributions. Upon conclusion of the leave, the employee shall be returned to the same position or an equivalent position. If the employee does not return as scheduled, termination from the position may result. The Superintendent reserves all rights to require proper documentation of all leaves under the Act and this policy. 5357

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1230; 380.1539(b)

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358 Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358

The Superintendent shall be responsible for implementing an alcohol and drug-testing program for school employees performing safety-sensitive functions. The Board may enter into partnership agreements with other Agencies to comply with federal law. The purposes of the testing program are 1) to preserve the safety and wellbeing of students; 2) to help prevent accidents and injuries resulting from the misuse of alcohol and controlled substances by employees performing safetysensitive functions; and 3) to comply with federal law. Employees performing safety-sensitive functions are prohibited from any alcohol use, which could affect on-the-job performance. Such use includes: use of alcohol on the job; alcohol use during the four hours before driving; having prohibited concentrations of alcohol in his/her system; and alcohol use during eight hours following an accident. Employees shall not report for duty or remain on duty which requires the performance of safety-sensitive functions when the employee uses any controlled substances except when such use is pursuant to the instructions of a physician who has advised the employee that the controlled substance does not adversely affect his/her ability to safely operate a motor vehicle. Such alcohol and drug testing shall be performed on employees performing safety-sensitive functions for: pre-employment (drugs only), pre-duty, reasonable suspicion, random, post-accident, return-to-duty, and follow-up alcohol and drug testing pursuant to procedures set out in the federal regulations. An employee covered by the federal regulations may not refuse to take a required test. See also the District’s Policy on a Drug-free Workplace.

Approved: June 7, 2004 LEGAL REF: 49 CFR §40.1 (Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act)

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R

Contracts to Implement Policy The Superintendent shall submit, for Board of Education approval, contracts with the following entities/individuals for the services outlined herein: Certified laboratory to provide: a) b) Testing of all first and second test urine samples. Clear and consistent communication with the District's designated Medical Review Officer (MRO), who shall be employed by an independent contractor, regarding all appropriate matters. c) Methodology and procedures for conducting random tests for alcohol and controlled substances. d) Preparation and submission of all required reports to the District, the MRO, and to federal and state agencies. Agencies/persons to: a) b) c) d) Conduct the alcohol breathalyzer tests. Supervise urine specimen collection. Perform Medical Review Officer (MRO) duties. Conduct training for covered employees and supervisors.

Each aforementioned contract is incorporated into this policy by reference, and will be reviewed on a periodic basis Standards of Conduct All employees, including those who perform safety-sensitive functions, are expected to comply with the Board of Education Policy on A Drug-Free Workplace and standards for keeping a drug free school contained in the Policy on Student Conduct, which, in part, strictly prohibit the possession, use, distribution or being under the influence of illicit drugs and alcohol by all employees on school premises or as part of any school business, activity or function.
Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-2

In addition, a covered employee shall not report to duty or remain on duty requiring the performance of a safety-sensitive function: 1. While having an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater as indicated by alcohol breath test; 2. 3. 4. Within four hours after using alcohol; While possessing alcohol or any controlled substances; While using or under the influence (in any degree) of alcohol or any controlled substances; 5. While using an over-the-counter medication which impairs her or his ability to safely perform her or his duties or while using a controlled substance pursuant to a prescription from a licensed medical practitioner unless the licensed medical practitioner has advised the employee in writing that the substance does not adversely affect the individual's ability to safely perform her or his duties; 6. 7. If the employee tests positive for controlled substances; or If the employee refuses to submit to, comply with, or obstructs required alcohol or controlled substances testing. Compliance with the standards of conduct as well as with the alcohol and controlled substances testing procedures in this policy is mandatory and shall not be construed to be voluntary. Disciplinary sanctions, up to and including termination of employment, shall be imposed on a covered employee who violates these standards of conduct or who fails to submit to and/or comply with the alcohol and controlled substances testing procedures. Disciplinary sanctions against employees shall be in accordance with the prescribed procedural and substantive requirements of applicable statute(s), District policies, administrative procedures, collective bargaining agreements, and/or individual contracts.
Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-3

Failure to comply with testing procedures includes, but is not limited to: 1. 2. Refusing to take a test; Refusing or failing (without valid medical explanation) to provide a

specimen; 3. 4. Refusing to sign a test consent form; Refusing to refrain from ingesting alcohol or controlled substances after an accident or when requested to be tested on a reasonable suspicion basis; 5. Engaging in evasive testing actions intended to obstruct or compromise the validity of the test results, including but not limited to switching or adulterating test samples; and/or 6. Refusing to remain readily available for post-accident testing. Authorized Use of Prescription and Over-the-Counter Medication Covered employees using prescription or over-the-counter medication are responsible for being aware of any potential effects such medications may have on their ability to safely perform their duties. A covered employee shall not report for duty or remain on duty requiring the performance of a safety-sensitive function while using a prescription or over-the-counter medication which impairs the individual's ability to safely perform her/his duties or when the employee uses a controlled substance pursuant to a prescription from a licensed medical practitioner unless the licensed medical practitioner has advised the employee that the substance does not adversely affect the individual's ability to perform her/his duties. Upon request of the program supervisor, the covered employee shall provide a written opinion as to whether the medication will adversely affect the individual's ability to safely perform her/his duties. This written opinion must

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
be from a licensed medical practitioner who is familiar with the employee's medical history and assigned duties. 5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-4

The Lenawee Intermediate School District reserves its right to obtain an independent medical opinion to determine if the medication produces hazardous effects to impede the employee's ability to safely perform his/her duties. If such a determination is made, the employee's duties may be temporarily subject to restriction or reassignment, as appropriate, during the period of medication. The Lenawee Intermediate School District or the contractor, as appropriate, if required, shall pay the cost of such independent medical opinion or examination. A covered employee who uses a controlled substance (except methadone) pursuant to a prescription from a licensed medical practitioner must provide appropriate verification to the Medical Review Officer upon determination of the employee's positive test for controlled substances. This verification shall be provided to the Medical Review Officer in a confidential manner. Consequences for Violating Standards of Conduct Following a determination that a covered employee has violated one or more of the standards of conduct relative to alcohol and controlled substances, the covered employee shall be: 1. Immediately removed from any duty, without pay, which involves the performance of safety-sensitive function; 2. Subject to further disciplinary action, up to and including discharge, in accordance with the prescribed procedural and substantive requirements

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
of applicable statute(s), District policies, administrative procedures, collective bargaining agreements, and/or individual contracts.;

5358-R 3.

Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing

5358-R-5

Advised of available resources (including the Employee Assistance Program) for evaluating and resolving problems associated with the misuse of alcohol and use of controlled substances; a) This shall include the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of substance abuse professionals and counseling and treatment programs; b) This shall include referral to a substance abuse professional for evaluation; c) Provision of this information to the employee does not obligate the District to pay for any evaluation, counseling, treatment, or other professional services which the employee might obtain.

4.

Returned to duty involving the performance of a safety-sensitive function only if the employee's conduct does not result in discharge and if the employee submits a negative test result in compliance with the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated regulations;

5.

Required to undergo return-to-duty testing as well as unannounced follow-up tests after the employee's return to duty as determined by the substance abuse professional and in compliance with the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
regulations. Subsequent positive tests will result in further disciplinary action, including the employee's discharge. Voluntary Requests for Alcohol or Substance Abuse counseling treatment Any covered employee who voluntarily requests alcohol or substance abuse counseling or treatment through the Lenawee Intermediate School District before being requested to be tested shall be referred to a substance abuse

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-6

professional to determine what assistance, if any, the employee needs in resolving problems associated with alcohol misuse and/or controlled substances use. The covered employee will not be disciplined as a result or consequence of self referral but must: 1. Immediately be removed from all duties involving the performance of a safety-sensitive function until a licensed medical practitioner who is familiar with the employee's medical history and assigned duties provides a written opinion that the employee's condition does not adversely affect the individual's ability to safely perform her/his duties. The Board of Education reserves the right to obtain an independent medical opinion to determine if the employee can safely perform assigned duties; 2. 3. Immediately cease alcohol misuse and/or controlled substances use; Consent to unannounced testing in compliance with the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated regulations; 4 Comply with all other conditions of the alcohol or substance abuse counseling or treatment program. Referral, Evaluation and Treatment Through the District's Employee Assistance Program (see policy 5355), covered employees will be provided with an opportunity for evaluation and treatment. The availability of such services (substance abuse referral, evaluation and treatment), however, does not obligate the Lenawee Intermediate School District to provide or pay for rehabilitation, treatment, or other professional services. Testing for Alcohol and Controlled Substances Covered employees will be required to submit to testing for alcohol and/or

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-7

controlled substances. All alcohol and/or controlled substances testing will follow the protocols and requirements mandated by the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated regulations. The Lenawee Intermediate School District shall provide for or arrange for the provision of such testing services as are required in this policy. Reasonable efforts will be made to secure testing in a timely manner; however, the District will not guarantee that no loss of time, wages, or benefits will occur while timely testing is sought. 1. Pre-employment/Pre-duty testing: Prior to employment or prior to the first time an employee performs a safety-sensitive function, the employee shall receive from a medical review officer a controlled substances test result verified as negative. If a pre-employment controlled substances test is positive, the applicant will not be hired. This testing is not required if it is determined that: a) The covered employee has participated in a testing program that satisfies the requirements of the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated regulations within the previous 30 days; and b) While participating in that program, the covered employee was tested within the past six months (from the date of application for employment) or participated in random controlled substances testing program for the previous 12 months (from the date of application for employment); and c) No prior employer has knowledge or records of a violation of the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated regulations or the controlled substances use rule of

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-8

another Department of Transportation District within the previous six months. 2. Post-accident testing: As soon as practicable following an accident, but no later than 8 hours (alcohol test) or 32 hours (controlled substances test), testing is conducted on each involved covered employee if the accident involved loss of human life or a citation was issued to the covered employee for a moving traffic violation arising from the accident. The

Lenawee Intermediate School District will provide all involved covered employees with necessary post-accident information, procedures and instructions, prior to the employee performing a safety-sensitive function. A covered employee who is subject to post-accident testing shall remain readily available for such testing or shall be deemed to have refused to submit to testing. Both Drug and Alcohol test are required and test must be administered within 2 hours or documentation required. 3. Return-to-duty testing: Any time after engaging in prohibited conduct relative to alcohol and/or controlled substances, a covered employee shall undergo appropriate testing, with an alcohol test result of less than 0.02 or (as is applicable) a verified negative result for controlled substances prior to returning to duty that requires the performance of a safety-sensitive function. Any employee who has violated the prohibited drug standards, after being evaluated by a substance abuse professional and prior to returning to safety sensitive functions, must submit to a DOT Five Panel Drug Test and the test results must be negative. 4. Follow-up testing: A covered employee identified by a substance abuse professional as needing assistance associated with alcohol misuse and/or use of controlled substances, and who has returned to duty involving the

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-9

performance of a safety-sensitive function, is subject to unannounced testing (consisting of at least six tests) over the first 12 months following his/her return to duty, as directed by a substance abuse professional. Follow-up testing may be extended for up to sixty (60) months following the employee's return to duty. 5. Reasonable suspicion testing: A covered employee shall undergo testing as a result of reasonable suspicion that the employee has violated the standards of conduct relative to alcohol and/or controlled substances based on specific, contemporaneous, articulable observations concerning the appearance, behavior, speech or body odors of the covered employee while, just before, or just after performing a safety-sensitive function. The observations may include indications of the chronic and withdrawal effects of controlled substances. The required observations for reasonable suspicion testing shall be made by an individual trained in accordance with the requirements of the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated regulations. a) Alcohol: Reasonable suspicion alcohol testing is authorized only if the observations are made during, just before, or just after performing a safety sensitive function. The employee should be transported to the collection site. The supervisor or person who makes the reasonable suspicion determination shall not conduct the test on the employee. If a reasonable suspicion alcohol test is not administered within two hours following the determination, the supervisor shall file a written report stating the reasons the alcohol test was not administered. No alcohol test shall be performed after eight hours of the determination.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R b) Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-10

Controlled Substances: A written record of the observations leading to a controlled substances reasonable suspicion test must be made and signed-by the supervisor or person who made the

observations. The employee shall be transported to the collection site. Test should be performed within two hours of observation. This record must be made within 24 hours of the observed behavior or before the results of the test are released, whichever is earlier. 6. Random testing: Each year, random testing will be used at the rate of at least 25% (alcohol) and 50% (controlled substances) of the average number of active covered employees subject to testing. a) Covered employees shall be selected for testing through use of a scientifically valid method provided by the Lenawee Intermediate School District's testing contractor and each covered employee shall have an equal chance of being tested each time selections are made. b) Random testing dates shall be unannounced and distributed throughout the calendar year. c) Each covered employee selected for random testing shall be relieved of any job responsibilities as soon as possible and shall proceed to the test site immediately. Recordkeeping Pursuant to the procedures articulated by the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated regulations, the Lenawee Intermediate School District or its designee will maintain all records related to the testing program in a secure location with access restricted to members of the District's Management Team, including:

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R 1. Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-11

Records of negative controlled substances tests and alcohol tests of less than 0.02 alcohol concentrations must be maintained for at least one (1) year.

2.

Records relating to training and the alcohol and controlled substances collection process must be maintained for two (2) years.

3.

Equipment calibration documents, employee evaluations and referrals, documentation of refusals to take required tests, records of positive tests, and records indicating an alcohol level of 0.02 or greater must be kept for five years.

4.

An annual summary of the results of the Lenawee Intermediate School District's testing program will be submitted to the U.S. Department of Transportation by the date specified in law of each year. Training On an annual basis, all covered employees will receive educational

materials that explain the requirements of the alcohol and controlled substances testing rules, as well as the Board of Education's policy and procedures with respect to meeting those requirements. Each covered employee shall be required to sign a statement verifying receipt of the educational materials. The Lenawee Intermediate School District shall maintain the original of the signed statement. Those materials, minimally, will include the following information: 1. The identity of the designated person to answer employee questions about the materials; 2. The categories of employees who are subject to the alcohol and controlled substances testing rules; 3. Sufficient information about the safety-sensitive functions performed by those employees to make clear what period of the work day the employee is required to be in compliance with the rules;
Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R 4. 5. Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-12

Specific information about prohibited conduct; The circumstances under which a covered employee will be tested for alcohol and/or controlled substances;

6.

The procedures that will be used to test for the presence of alcohol and controlled substances, protect the employee and the integrity of the testing process, safeguard the validity of the test results, and ensure that those results are attribute to the correct employee;

7.

The requirement that a covered employee will submit to alcohol and controlled substances tests administered according to this policy;

8.

An explanation of what constitutes a refusal to submit to an alcohol or controlled substances test and the attendant consequences;

9.

The consequences for covered employees found to have violated the standards of conduct, including the requirement that the employee be removed immediately from safety sensitive functions and the procedures for such removal;

10.

The consequences for covered employees found to have an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04;

11.

Information concerning the effects of alcohol and controlled substances use on an individual's health, work, and personal life; signs and symptoms of an alcohol or a controlled substances problem; and available methods of intervening when an alcohol or a controlled substances problem is suspected, including confrontation, referral to any employee assistance program and/or referral to supervisory personnel;

12.

Information concerning additional Board of Education policies regarding the use or possession of alcohol or controlled substances, including any consequences for a covered employee found to have a specified alcohol or controlled substances level.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-13

In addition to training for covered employees, the Lenawee Intermediate School District will ensure that education and training programs for supervisors will minimally include: 1. 2. At least sixty (60) minutes of training on alcohol misuse; At least an additional sixty (60) minutes for training on controlled substances; 3. The physical, behavioral, speech, and performance indicators of probable alcohol misuse and use of controlled substances. Confidentiality (Cf. 5180) Except as expressly authorized by law or federal regulation, neither the Lenawee Intermediate School District nor any person/entity contracting with it for alcohol and/or controlled substances testing, shall not release information regarding an employee's test results without the employee's written consent. The Medical Review Officer will communicate all information to the designated officials of the Lenawee Intermediate School District as required by the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated regulations. As part of the hiring process, the District shall obtain written consent from all applicants seeking employment involving safety-sensitive functions, for the disclosure of: alcohol tests resulting in concentrations of 0.04 or greater; positive controlled substances tests; and refusals to be tested from the applicant's previous employer(s) within the preceding two (2) years. The District shall maintain a written confidential record of previous employers so contacted. Definitions For purposes of this policy and any administrative regulations associated with this policy, the following definitions shall apply: Alcohol: means the intoxicating agent in beverage alcohol, ethyl alcohol or other low molecular weight alcohols including methyl and isopropyl alcohol.
Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-14

Alcohol Use: means the consumption or ingestion of any beverage, mixture or preparation (including medication) containing alcohol. Controlled Substance: means any illegal drug and any drug that is being used illegally (e.g., a prescription drug that was not legally obtained or not used for its intended purposes or in its prescribed quantity). Covered Employee: means any employee (including a substitute) of the District or of the entity with whom the District contracts for transportation services who operates or maintains a commercial motor vehicle in interstate or intrastate commerce and is subject to the commercial driver's license requirements. For purposes of this policy, all references to "employee" include individuals who are employed by the Board of Education, as well as individuals who are employed by an entity which is an agent or contractor of the District. Illegal Drug: means any drug or substance, the possession or use of which is unlawful pursuant to federal, state and local statute, regulation and/or ordinance. Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991: means the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, as signed into law on October 28, 1991, and its promulgated regulations, and as may be amended from time to time or may be superseded or replaced by legislation having a substantially comparable purpose. Safely-Sensitive Function: means all tasks associated with the operation or maintenance of school vehicles. An individual is "performing a safety-sensitive function" when doing these tasks, when ready to perform them; or, when immediately available to perform them. Safety-sensitive functions include all on-duty functions performed from the time a covered employee begins work or is required to be ready to work until he/she is relieved from work and all responsibility for performing work. It includes driving; waiting to be dispatched;

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-15

inspecting and servicing equipment; supervising, performing or assisting in loading and unloading; repairing or obtaining and waiting for help with a disabled vehicle; performing driver requirements relating to accidents; and performing any other work for the Lenawee Intermediate School District or paid work for any other entity. While on Duty: means the time from which the covered employee begins to work or is required to be in readiness for work until the time the covered employee is relieved from work and all responsibility for performing work. Implementation and Compliance Implementation of this policy will be effective January 1, 1996. Compliance with this policy is mandatory.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and Alcohol and Drug Testing 5358-R-16

LENAWEE INTERMEDIATE SCHOOL DISTRICT ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CONSENT TO TEST ALCOHOL AND CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES TESTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES FOR SAFETY-SENSITIVE EMPLOYEES EMPLOYEE NAME: ________________________________________________ The Lenawee Intermediate School District of Adrian, Michigan, is committed to the safety of pupils, employees, and to the public, and it adheres to the requirements of the Drug-Free and Communities Act, the Drug-Free Workplace Act, and the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act. Please carefully read and check-off the following statements, as applicable: I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education Policies listed below: Drug-Free Workplace; Employee Assistance Program; and, Alcohol and Controlled Substances Testing Policy for Safety-Sensitive Employees. I acknowledge that I have participated in training required by the Lenawee Intermediate School District's Alcohol and Controlled Substances Testing Policy for Safety-Sensitive Employees, and have received educational materials which explain the requirements of the testing program, as well as the District's policy and procedures. I consent to testing for alcohol and controlled substances pursuant to the Lenawee Intermediate School District's Alcohol and Controlled Substances Testing Policy for Safety-Sensitive Employees and understand that such consent is a condition of my employment. I understand that my violation of any of the above referenced policies may result in disciplinary action, up to and including discharge, as may be consistent with applicable employment agreements and practices. I understand that my continued employment may be contingent upon the results of my alcohol and controlled substances tests pursuant to the District's Alcohol and Controlled Substances Testing Policy for Safety-Sensitive Employees. Employee Signature: ______________________________ Date: __________ Witness Signature: ________________________________ Date: __________

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5370 Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff (Cf. 5370) 5370 A student or staff member with or carrying a communicable and/or chronic infectious disease has all rights, privileges, and services provided by law and the district’s policies.1 An individual communicable disease that is considered to be a serious concern to the school community and/or to the afflicted individual will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The student’s/staff member’s 1) current status of communicable disease, 2) current health condition, 3) ability to communicate, 4) ability to perform self care routines, 5) ability to follow directions/instructions, 6) manage own behavior, and 7) typical educational/work setting will all be considered as part of the case-by-case review. Some case-bycase reviews may require consultation with the Lenawee County Health Department medical staff and/or a formal review panel called a Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP). A CDRP would not routinely be convened for a student or staff infected with HIV, HBV or other Bloodborne pathogens unless it is determined by the Superintendent that additional consultation and/or guidance is needed from the Lenawee County Health Department and/or the students/staff’s physician. ―Universal Precautions‖ is a method of practicing infection control that treats all human blood and other potentially infectious materials as capable of transmitting HIV, HBV and other Bloodborne pathogens. All LISD staff must utilize work practices using Universal Precautions to control the likelihood of exposure to Bloodborne pathogens.

A student with a contagious disease is probably a ―handicapped individual‖ under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act (29 U.S.C. § 794(a). See Thomas v Atascadero Unified School district, 662 F. Supp.376 (C.D. Cal 1986) (a child with Aids was a ―handicapped person‖ under Section 504. Students with contagious diseases may also qualify for special education under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20. U.S.C. § 1400 et seq.) Decisions to place a student in a class outside regular classes due to infectious disease must be based on medical evaluations indicating a need to protect the health and safety of others. Community High School district 155 v Denz, 463 N.E.2nd 998 (2nd Dist. 1984). Cases involving contagious diseases are highly fact-specific. Generally, the appropriate treatment of a student depends on the severity of the disease and the risk of infecting others, but in all cases, legal counsel should be consulted.
1

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5370 Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff (Cf. 5370) 5370 - 2 In order to minimize the spread of contagious diseases among students and staff, the district will cooperate with the Lenawee County Health Department to enforce adherence to the Michigan Public Health Code for the prevention, control, and containment of communicable diseases. A decision to close schools due to communicable disease outbreaks shall be made by the Superintendent after consultation with the Lenawee County Health Department medical staff.

Approved: Adopted February 2, 2004; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007 LEGAL REF: MCL 333.5111; 333.5131; Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, MDE Bulletin, September 23, 1999

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5370-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 5370-R A student or staff member with a communicable and/or chronic infectious disease has all rights, privileges, and services provided by law and the district’s policies.1 All persons involved in these regulations are required to treat all proceedings, information, deliberations, and documents in compliance with the provisions of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), the Freedom of Information Act, and the Employees Right to Know Act. Information regarding an afflicted individual and individual communicable disease that is considered to be a serious concern to the school community will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. A. All reportable communicable diseases will be referred to the Lenawee County Health Department in accordance with Michigan statutory and administrative guidelines. B. The decision to close schools due to communicable disease outbreaks is at the discretion of the Superintendent. Consultation for the Superintendent on such decisions is available from the Lenawee County Health Department. C. Mandatory screening for communicable diseases as a condition of attending school or as a condition for employment shall not be required. D. An LISD Program Supervisor will not permit a student to enter school who is out of compliance with the required immunization schedule, unless waived for a student that is homeless or the family completes the State approved waiver process. School personnel shall cooperate and assist in completing and coordinating all immunization dates, waivers, and exclusions, including the necessary Immunization Assessment forms, to provide for preventable communicable disease control. 41

1

A student with a contagious disease is probably a ―handicapped individual‖ under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act (29 U.S.C. § 794(a). See Thomas v Atascadero Unified School district, 662 F. Supp.376 (C.D. Cal 1986) (a child with Aids was a ―handicapped person‖ under Section 504. Students with contagious diseases may also qualify for special education under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20. U.S.C. § 1400 et seq.) Decisions to place a student in a class outside regular classes due to infectious disease must be based on medical evaluations indicating a need to protect the health and nd nd safety of others. Community High School district 155 v Denz, 463 N.E.2 998 (2 Dist. 1984). Cases involving contagious diseases are highly fact-specific. Generally, the appropriate treatment of a student depends on the severity of the disease and the risk of infecting others, but in all cases, legal counsel should be consulted. 41 See Board Policy 8480 and LEGAL REF: MCL 333.9208, 333.9209, 333.9215, et seq.; 380.1177

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5370-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff Examples of Some Current Communicable Diseases: The identification of communicable diseases is updated on an ongoing basis by the medical community. It should be expected that any list of communicable diseases will need periodic updating and editing in order to align with current medical information and/or intervention. A sample list of current communicable diseases that are serious in nature includes, but is not limited to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. HBV (Hepatitis) Vancomyacin-resistant Enterococci. Escherichia Coli (E. Coli) Methicillin Resistant Staphloccocus Aerus (MRSA) HIV Tuberculosis infection (both latent and active) Bacterial meningitis Other diseases that may be included by the Health Department that may present potentially serious health problems for those who are exposed to the disease and/or the disease carrier. E. When to Use the District’s Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP) Communicable diseases considered a serious concern to the community and/or the afflicted individual need to be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The student’s or staff member’s 1) current status of communicable disease, 2) current health condition, 3) ability to communicate, 4) ability to perform self care routines, 5) ability to follow directions/instructions, 6) ability to manage own behavior, and 7) typical education or work setting will all be considered as part of the case-by-case review. By the request of the Superintendent some of these case-by-case reviews may require specific consultation with the Lenawee County Health 5370-R-2

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5370-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 5370-R-3 Department medical staff and/or the use of the district’s formal Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP) review panel. The district’s CDRP may not routinely be convened for a student or staff infected with HIV, HBV or other Bloodborne pathogens unless it is determined by the Superintendent that additional consultation and/or guidance is needed from the Lenawee County Health Department and/or the students/staff’s physician. F. The Superintendent will inform the Board when a CDRP is formed to review the unique situation involving a person with a communicable disease in the district. The Board shall be notified initially that the CDRP is meeting and of the recommendation of the CDRP when a recommendation is made concerning the person with a communicable disease. The Purpose and Membership of the District’s CDRP A. Purpose: The CDRP shall serve as a resource to the Superintendent for specific communicable disease instruction, protocol, procedures, and to make recommendations concerning: 1. 2. B. A specific serious communicable disease case Epidemic control regarding any communicable disease occurrence

CDRP Membership The CDRP shall have a membership that will be limited to the following representatives: 1. 2. The Superintendent’s designee who will serve as the CDRP chairperson A physician who is treating the individual and/or a physician with expertise in the related disease. 3. A physician from the Lenawee County Health Department

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5370-R 4. Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 5370-R-4 The parent/guardian (if this involves an individual student case) or the staff person affected (or his/her representative) or the affected student who is 18 years of age or older (or his/her representative). It would be permissible for both parents/guardians to attend or for a person to bring a representative as long as it is with the understanding that they only have one vote. 5. The school nurse (if such a staff person is available.)

Operational Guidelines for the District’s CDRP A. The Superintendent within three (3) business days upon his/her notification of the existence or suspicion of an affected student or staff communicable disease status shall consult with the LISD school nurse and/or a physician from the Lenawee County Health Department and then determine if the district’s CDRP is needed. If it is determined to use the district’s CDRP, then within two (2) business days of that decision the Superintendent informs in writing the affected staff person, parent/guardian of an affected student or an affected student who is 18 years of age or older,1) of that decision and 2) if the affected person may or may not attend work/school or any school sponsored activity until the CDRP’s recommendation and Superintendent’s consideration of the CDRP’s recommendation have been received and determined. A possible alternative delivery of school programs/services shall be made available to the affected student during this process. The Superintendent shall request an Interagency Release of Information be completed by the affected staff person, the parent/guardian of the affected student or an affected student who is 18 years of age or older. A copy of this board policy shall be provided to the affected person or his/her representative. B. With the completed Interagency Release of Information, the CDRP shall have access to any relevant material or testimony concerning the affected

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5370-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 5370-R-5 individual as it relates to the communicability of the disease. The student’s/staff member’s 1) current status of communicable disease, 2) current health condition, 3) ability to communicate, 4) ability to perform self care routines, 5) ability to follow directions/instructions, 6) manage own behavior, and 7) typical education or work setting will all be considered as part of the case-by-case review. The CDRP shall consider existing federal, state, and local guidelines and have the authority to consult any experts, as they deem necessary. C. The CDRP shall make a written recommendation to the Superintendent as to whether the affected person should continue to be or be involved in the public school setting or service. D. The CDRP’s recommendation for an individual student will include information about the student’s behavior, skills, neurological development, and the physical condition of the child, educational setting, and the risks and benefits to both the affected student and others in the educational setting. The CDRP’s recommendation for an affected staff will consider: 1. 2. 3. E. The physical/psychological status of the school staff; The expected type of interaction with others in the school setting; and The impact on both the affected school staff and others in that setting.

When the CDRP recommendation is to allow the person to continue or to begin in the public school setting or service, the CDRP shall make a detailed written recommendation to the Superintendent regarding precautions that should be considered within the school environment.

F.

If the recommendation is to exclude the person from the public school setting or service, the CDRP shall make a written statement as to the conditions under which they would reconsider their recommendation of denial.

G.

The CDRP shall make a recommendation regarding when to review the case and the timeline for such a review.
Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5370-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 5370-R-6 CDRP Case Review Process A. The Superintendent shall obtain a ―release of information‖ from the parent/guardian, affected staff person, or student who is 18 years of age or older so that the CDRP may review the needed information. B. The Superintendent shall obtain the name of the physician treating the affected person and shall request that the physician be a part of the CDRP. The affected staff, student, or parent/guardian may choose to make this request of the physician to attend the CDRP. C. The Superintendent shall call, within five (5) business days, a meeting of the CDRP, at which time the case shall be reviewed. The affected staff person, parent/guardian of an affected student, or an affected student 18 years of

age or older will have an opportunity to present written reports and verbal testimony to the CDRP. D. When the CDRP’s recommendation is unanimous, the CDRP chairperson shall, within three (3) business days of the recommendation, inform in writing of that recommendation to the Superintendent, and the affected staff person, parents/guardian of an affected student, or an affected student who is 18 years of age or older. E. When the CDRP’s recommendation is not unanimous, the CDRP chairperson shall within two (2) business days of the conclusion of the CDRP meeting, provide the Superintendent with a written summary of each CDRP member’s position. The Superintendent shall after receipt of the CDRP’s summaries within three (3) business days 1) make his/her final determination and 2) send a written copy of the Superintendent’s decision to the affected staff person, parent/guardian of an affected student, or the affected student who is 18 years of age or older; the LISD Board and the CDRP members. F. If the affected person/student’s parent or guardian does not accept the decision of the CDRP and/or Superintendent, such persons may file, within

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5370-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 5370-R-7 five (5) business days, a written request to the LISD Board asking it to hear their appeal. The LISD Board shall establish a date for such a hearing within three (3) business days upon receipt of said appeal and the LISD Board level hearing shall be held no later than 25 business days upon receipt of said appeal. Upon the conclusion of the hearing, the LISD Board shall render its decision within five (5) business days and send copies of their decision to the affected staff member, the parents/guardian of the affected student or to an affected student 18 years of age or older. G. If the recommendation of the CDRP is not unanimous and if a majority of the members of the CDRP does not agree with the decision of the Superintendent, they may appeal the Superintendent’s decision on their own behalf to the LISD Board. All timelines for such an appeal will be the same as outlined in the appeal process in paragraph F above. H. If the student is a special education student, a copy of the CDRP’s recommendation shall be sent to the LISD Director of Special Education. The LISD Director of Special Education shall then convene an Individualized Education Program Team (IEPT) within five (5) business days of the receipt of the CDRP report. The IEPT shall consider the recommendation of the CDRP in determining the program and services. If the parent or guardian requests a hearing because of the IEPT recommendation, a placement of the student in the interim will consider the recommendation of the CDRP. I. All persons involved in these procedures will be required to treat all proceedings, deliberations, and documents in compliance with the provisions of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), the Freedom of Information Act, and the Employees Right to Know Act. J. Any LISD employee found to have violated the confidentiality of any proceedings connected with policy 5370, or the 5370R regulations, will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5370-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff Communicable Diseases Checklist
All persons involved in these procedures will be required to treat all proceedings, deliberation, and documents in compliance with the provisions of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), the Freedom of Information Act, and the Employees Right to Know Act. Confirm suspicion of a communicable disease serious in nature: HBV (Hepatitis) AVancomyacin-resistant Enterococci Escherichia Coli (E. Coli) Methicillin Resistant Staphloccocus Aerus (MRSA) HIV Tuberculosis infection (both latent and active) Bacterial meningitis Other like diseases that may be included by the Health Department that may present potentially serious health problems for those who are exposed to the disease and/or the disease carrier. Special Education Student? General Education Student? Staff Person?

5370-R-8

Inform Superintendent immediately. If applicable, Superintendent contacts the Lenawee County Health Department (Susan Dice, Health Educator - 264-5209), and consults with the county health department physician (Mike Kight, Health Officer - 264-5205) within 24 hours. If applicable, Superintendent, at their discretion makes the decision to close schools due to communicable disease outbreaks. Superintendent informs in writing affected staff person/student that they may or may not attend work/school or any school sponsored activity until the Communicable Disease Review Panel’s (C.D.R.P) or Superintendent’s written recommendations are received. Enclosure: Interagency Release of Information form and copy of Policy 8510. Possible alternative delivery of school programs shall be made to available to the affected student. Superintendent informs LISD Board of Education when a Communicable Disease Review Panel (C.D.R.P.) is formed. Membership is limited to: The Superintendent’s designee who will serve as chairperson Physician with expertise in the related disease or physician treating the individual Physician from the Lenawee County Health Department School Nurse (if such a staff person is available) Staff person affected (or his/her representative), or Parent/guardian (if individual student case), or Affected student at 18 years of age or older (or his/her representative)
It would be permissible for both parents/guardians to attend or for a person to bring a representative as long as it is with the understanding that they only have one vote.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5370-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 5370-R-9
Superintendent shall obtain the name of the physician treating the affected person and shall request the physician be part of the C.D.R.P. The parent/guardian or affected person shall provide the district with a signed Release of Information Form so that the C.D.R.P. may review the needed information. The Superintendent shall call a meeting within five business days to review the case. If C.D.R.P. recommendation is unanimous: Within three business days inform in writing that decision to the affected staff person, or parent/guardian of an affected student, or an affected student 18 years or older. Continue school/work with precautions Exclude from school with conditions needed to reconsider Recommendations as to the need to review the case on a periodic basis and the timelines for such review. If the C.D.R.P. recommedation is not unanimous: Superintendent receives summary of each member’s position within three days. Superintendent makes the final determination within three business days of receipt C.D.R.P summaries. The Superintendent’s decision will be sent to: Affected person, or parent/guardian of affected student, or an affected student 18 years of age or older Board C.D.R.P. If Special Education Student Copy of the C.D.R.P.’s decision sent to the LISD Director of Special Education. IEPT (Individualized Education Program Team) convened by LISD Assistant Superintendent of Instruction within five business days of receipt of report. IEPT Team shall consider the recommendation of the C.D.R.P. in determining programs/services If parent/guardian of student requests a hearing, a placement of the student in the interim will be based on the recommendation of the C.D.R.P.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5370-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff Interagency Release of Information
To: _____________________________ (Agency to release information) ______________________________ (Agency’s address) _______________________________ Re: _____________________________ (Client’s name) ______________________________ (SS# or birth date) ______________________________ (Client’s address ______________________________ I, _______________________, authorize release of the following specific information: ________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________to: _________________________________________(agency to receive information) located at:____________________________________________________________ and ________________________________of that agency for the specific purpose of: ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ This release will be valid only until __________________________ (date up to a year hence) or until its purpose has been met, whichever occurs first. I understand that only the requested information will be made available, and it will be used only for the purpose stated and will be treated confidentiality. This consent is subject to revocation at any time except to the extent that action authorized by it has been already taken. _______________________________ (Date signed) _________________________________ (Client’s Signature)

5370-R-10

_________________________________ Parents or Legal Guardian’s signature (Check one if applicable) Note: Persons or agencies receiving information released by this form may not further release it without the informed written consent of the client. _________________________ (Date) ________________________________ (Request Worker’s signature)

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5370-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff Sample Letter (Date) (Name & address) Dear name), (Introductory paragraph. Include status of attending work/school or possible alternative delivery of school programs available.) This letter is to inform you that based on information the Lenawee Intermediate School District (LISD) received with regards to your health condition, and accordance with LISD board policy 5370—Communicable Diseases—Students and Staff (copy enclosed), you and/or your representative are requested to attend a meeting of the LISD Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP) on: (date) (time) (location) (address) The purpose of the Communicable Disease Review Panel is to review your medical and health condition and determine what, if any, special precautions will be needed. This panel will consist of (list titles and names). You are welcome to invite your parents and/or other representatives, as well as your physician. We ask that you complete the enclosed ―Interagency Release of Information‖ form and bring a signed copy with you to this meeting. You will also have the opportunity at the meeting to provide written reports and/or oral testimony. Please contact Alan Burg at 517-265-1610 if you have any questions or need additional information. Sincerely, 5370-R-11

Steve Krusich, Superintendent Enclosure: LISD Policy 5370 Interagency Release of Information Form

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5410 Professional Staff Contracts (Cf. 2400) 5410 The employment of professional staff shall be secured through written contracts. The Superintendent is authorized to sign employment contracts on behalf of the Board.

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1224; 380.1231

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5430 Hiring and Terminating Employment of Staff (Cf. 5020) 5430 The Board of Education shall hire for employment or terminate the employment of the Superintendent and, upon written recommendation of the Superintendent shall hire for employment or terminate the employment of any Assistant Superintendents. Once the Board through the budget adoption process has approved staffing levels, the Board delegates to the Superintendent the authority to recruit, screen, select, offer, and hire for the employment of all staff members to fill the positions approved in the budget, and to sign employment contracts on the Board’s behalf. The Superintendent is given the authority to terminate the employment of all other employees, and accept staff resignations on behalf of the Board of Education. The Superintendent shall report each hiring, any terminations and resignations at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Board. Any non-union staff member desiring to resign from his/her position with the District shall submit a written resignation to the Superintendent at least twenty working days prior to the effective date of the resignation. Failure to give at least twenty working days notice will void any potential benefits that might accrue to the employee following separation from the District. Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601(a) (1) (d), MCL 380.1229 and MCL 380.1231

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5500 Administrative Staff Tenure Administrative Tenure Administrators shall be employed without tenure in their position, but will retain tenure status in their teaching position. 5500

Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 38.71 et seq.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5520 Evaluation 5520 The Board delegates to the Superintendent the function of establishing and implementing a program of personnel evaluation. It is the purpose of the program of personnel evaluation to: A. Continuously strive for furtherance of the District’s Vision for the improvement of the total instructional program. B. Stress the importance of personal improvement of staff so that each student may be provided a quality education. C. Insure the continuous improvement of administrative and

supervisory services provided to staff. D. Establish a process of continuous and systematic personnel evaluation. The personnel evaluation program shall aim at the early identification of specific areas in which the individual staff member needs help so that appropriate assistance can be provided. Availability of Evaluation Documents Copies of all District personnel evaluations shall be available to the Board, Superintendent, evaluating administrator, or supervisor under whose direct supervision the teacher will work and others authorized by law. Approved: February 2, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 38.71 et seq.; 15.268

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5521 Compensation for Non-Union Staff 5521 The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education recognizes that a clearly defined compensation policy can provide stability, integrity and credibility to the compensation practices of the District. The Board also views its compensation program as an important component in the development of the organization as a whole. The Board perceives compensation as a component of an employment exchange between the District and its employees and takes the position that the objectives of its compensation program should further the goals of the organization as well as of the individuals within it. The overall goal of the

program is the attainment of maximum organizational effectiveness achieved in a climate where the District's mission and expectations of its employees are communicated, and where contributions of employees are rewarded equitably. Therefore, the Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education recognizes the following standards as being essential to the District's compensation program: 1. The standard of Internal Equity: Employees are compensated similarly for similar jobs within the organization. 2. The standard of External Equity: Employees are compensated similarly for similar jobs in comparable organizations. 3. The standard of Control: The compensation program will operate efficiently within the budgetary constraints of the District.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5521 Compensation for Non-Union Staff 4. The standard of Security: The compensation program will attempt to protect employees from the risks and other contingencies of life via provision for disability, retirement, due process, etc. 5. The standard of Incentive: The compensation program will encourage employees to be productive and contributing members of the organization. 6. The standard of Acceptability: The compensation program should be perceived by employees as being fair, reasonable, and manageable. 5521-2

Approved:

February 2, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5521-R Compensation for Non-Union Staff 5521-R In meeting the six (6) standards identified in the Board policy, the following procedures will be used. STANDARD #1 - INTERNAL EQUITY To ensure that employees are compensated similarly for similar jobs, a point-factoring system has been selected which will compare all non-union positions on a methodical and objective basis. The Superintendent shall appoint representatives of the Intermediate School District staff to a ―Classification Committee‖ for the purpose of regularly administering the point-factoring system and developing related recommendations for his/her approval. The Classification Committee shall be responsible for making recommendations to the

Superintendent on the classification of new positions, reclassification of existing positions, and shall consider, upon request of an employee or his/her supervisor, a review of an employee’s position classification and make a recommendation to the Superintendent concerning such review. Ultimately, the Board of Education must approve position classifications and reclassifications, upon the

Superintendent’s recommendation and request for board action. factoring system will use a combination of factors: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. SALARIED STAFF Knowledge Required Specialized Knowledge Work Experience Supervision Exercised Amount and Nature of Human Contact Independence of Action Creative Thinking and Decision Making Responsibility and Impact

The point-

HOURLY STAFF Education Work Experience Complexity of Duties Supervision Necessary Effect of Errors Contact with Others Environmental Factors (for supervisory jobs only): Type of Supervision Extent of Supervision

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5521-R Compensation for Non-Union Staff 5521-R-2 These positions will be assigned a level called "degree" for each factor, with each degree having predetermined number of points. The total points for each factor is the point score for that position. Positions are organized in classification groupings of similar positions. Compensation ranges are

established for each classification grouping. Placement within that range will depend on relevant years of experience, internal equity comparisons, qualifications, and employee performance. An employee or his/her supervisor may request a review of the classification of a position, in writing, to the Director of Staff Resources, before March 1 of the current school year. Reviews may be requested for any legitimate reason, but should be based upon a significant change in the job description or duties for that position. The Director of Staff Resources shall provide information regarding the documentation required to an employee expressing a request for review. Employees will be encouraged to seek written endorsement from their immediate supervisor of the request for a classification review. The Director of Staff Resources shall prepare materials relevant for the review of the position’s classification for the Classification Committee’s deliberation. The Classification Committee will consider the review request at one or more meetings, and may act to make a recommendation to the Superintendent for approval of changes to the classification, denial of requested changes, table the request for consideration at a later specified time, or request additional information. The Director of Staff Resources shall inform the employee of the Classification Committee’s recommendation to the Superintendent in a timely manner. The employee and/or his/her supervisor may appeal the Classification Committee’s recommendation to the Superintendent. If dissatisfied with the Superintendent’s decision on appeal, the employee may appear before the Board of Education for

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5521-R Compensation for Non-Union Staff 5521-R-3 an appeal of the Superintendent’s decision. The Board of Education may act upon the appeal in accordance with its policies and procedures. Position reclassifications usually take effect the first day of the next fiscal year, unless otherwise indicated by action of the Board of Education. STANDARD #2 - EXTERNAL EQUITY To ensure that employees are compensated similarly for similar jobs in comparable organizations, a comparison of jobs and compensation will be made. Each Lenawee Intermediate School District position will be compared to similar positions in at least four other appropriate organizations. Specific position (job) responsibilities will be compared. Attempts will be made to find positions with similar responsibilities in similar organizations. For example, the Supervisor for Young Children’s Services will be a position supervising the same programs with approximately the same number of staff and students in a comparable setting. STANDARD #3 - CONTROL To ensure that the compensation program will operate efficiently within the budgetary constraints of the district, proposed budgets for all three divisions including best estimates of income and expenditures will be presented to the Board of Education. Possible compensation adjustment costs and the effect on the budgets will be reviewed by a Board committee and/or total Board prior to setting compensation levels for the fiscal year. Compensation adjustments will not be made that will put the budgets in an unacceptable fund equity projection. STANDARD #4 - SECURITY To ensure that employees will be reasonably protected from the risks and contingencies of life in our society, the compensation program will make provisions for employee retirement, disability, illness, accidents and

unemployment.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5521-R Compensation for Non-Union Staff 5521-R-4 Full time employees will be part of the Michigan Public School Employee Retirement System when legally allowed; Employees will be provided the opportunity to have disability and health insurance; Employees will be provided with paid sick leave days; Employees will be eligible for unemployment payments when legally allowed; Employees will be covered by the Michigan Workers' Compensation system when legally allowed; Employees, at the Superintendent’s discretion and Board of Education’ approval, may from time-to-time cover specialized employees with special liability insurance and/or indemnification policies for certain work related items; and Employees will be covered by a general liability policy covering them for work performed as a Lenawee Intermediate School District employee. Where ever practicable, and as allowed by law, employees will be allowed to have certain payroll deductions such as tax sheltered annuities, credit union and other optional medical insurance deductions allowed by the insurance carrier. STANDARD #5 - INCENTIVE To encourage employees to be productive and contributing members of the organization, the compensation program may include, at the Superintendent’s discretion, opportunities to recognize exceptional performance through the rewarding of bonus pay awards. Satisfactory or better performance may be

recognized through the awarding of pay improvements in concert with the Standards of External Equity and Control.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5521-R Compensation for Non-Union Staff 5521-R-5 Non-accumulative bonuses may be implemented on a non-recurring basis and will be paid during the fiscal year. The payment of a bonus will be separate and distinct from the employee's base annual salary and will not be considered in the calculation of staff benefits and future salary increases, except as required by law. STANDARD #6 - ACCEPTABILITY To ensure that the standard of acceptability as part of the Board policy on compensation is fair and reasonable, the following shall occur: A. An Employee Representative Committee (ERC) will meet regularly to discuss issues and concerns in order to open avenues for communication. The Committee is composed of representatives from the following employee groups: Leadership Team, teacher assistants from the Vocational-Technical Center; maintenance/ custodial services; the Director of Staff Resources; salaried and hourly staff from across the service areas, and others as deemed necessary by the Committee or Superintendent. Representatives are volunteers and are asked to serve a three-year term on the Committee. Employee Representative Committee members will communicate regularly with their employee peers to give and receive feedback on information pertinent to the Committee’s work. Committee members will be encouraged to communicate with their peers regarding Committee business within reason during their regularly scheduled work day, so long as such efforts do not diminish the employee’s effectiveness on the job. B. Non-union employee(s), acting on his/her own behalf, may appeal their compensation by: 1. The first step for appeal shall be a written statement from the nonunion employee to his/her divisional Assistant Superintendent and the

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5521-R Compensation for Non-Union Staff Director of Staff Resources for a decision. satisfactory, then the employee may: 2. Write an appeal to the Superintendent and if the Superintendent's decision is not satisfactory, then the employee may: 3. C. Write an appeal to the Board of Education. 5521-R-6 If the decision is not

If a non-union position is being studied for change in the organizational structure, the Superintendent or his/her designee will communicate this information to the employee in the division where changes are being considered.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5540 Suspension and/or Dismissal of Staff 5540 The Superintendent may impose discipline, up to and including discharge, upon any staff member, with the exception of discipline which only the Board of Education has the non-delegated authority to impose under Michigan law (i.e., discharge or demotion of tenured staff pursuant to the Michigan Teachers Tenure Act and discharge or non-renewal of a non-tenured administrator). The Superintendent may proceed with charges filed with the Board to dismiss or demote any tenured teacher in accordance with the Michigan Teachers Tenure Act. All discipline imposed upon a staff member shall be consistent with the provisions of the applicable current Master Contract, if any, or individual employment contract, if any. Any action pertaining to the non-renewal of the contract of an administrator who does not have tenure in his/her position, including action for non-renewal of the Superintendent’s contract, shall be consistent with the pertinent provisions of Section 1229 of the Revised School Code (MCL 380.1229) and any provisions of the individual employment contract. The Superintendent is authorized by the Board to suspend from active duty any staff against whom formal charges are anticipated being filed or have already been filed, until a decision is rendered. Employee Convictions Unless the Board in its discretion determines otherwise, the following provisions pertaining to compensation or salary continuation shall be followed in the event of a conviction:

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5540 Suspension and/or Dismissal of Staff 5540-2 If an employee other than a tenured teacher is suspended, compensation or salary shall continue if the suspension is a nondisciplinary suspension with pay pending completion of an investigation. If an employee other than a tenured teacher is suspended, compensation or salary shall continue during the suspension unless the Superintendent discontinues compensation and salary after any due process right to which the employee may be entitled to is satisfied. If a tenured teacher is suspended pursuant to the Michigan Teachers Tenure Act, the teacher’s salary shall continue during the suspension, subject to the following exceptions: o If the teacher is convicted of a felony that is not a listed offense or of a misdemeanor that is a listed offense, the Board may discontinue the teacher’s salary effective the date of the conviction. o If the teacher is convicted of a felony that is a listed offense, the Board shall discontinue the teacher’s salary effective upon the date of conviction. An employee who holds a teaching certificate that is valid in this State who has entered a plea of guilt or no contest to, or who is the subject of a finding or guilt by a judge or jury, of a crime listed in MCL 380.1535a(2), that person’s compensation shall be discontinued during any suspension until the Superintendent of Public Instruction has made a final determination of whether to suspend or revoke the person’s teaching certificate.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5540 Suspension and/or Dismissal of Staff 5540-3 An employee who holds State Board approval that is valid in this State who has entered a plea of guilt or no contest to, or who is the subject of a finding of guilt by a judge or jury, of a crime listed in MCL 380.1539b, that person’s compensation shall be discontinued during any suspension until the Superintendent of Public Instruction has made a final determination of whether to suspend or revoke the person’s teaching certificate. Under the above provisions pertaining to MCL 180.1535a and MCL 380.1539b, all discontinued wages shall be held in an escrow account until the Superintendent of Public Instruction makes a final determination of whether to suspend or revoke the teaching certificate or State Board approval. If the teaching certificate or State Board approval is suspended or revoked, all wages will be forfeited. If the teaching certificate or State Board approval is not suspended or revoked, the individual shall be made whole for lost compensation without interest. Should the individual’s conviction be reversed on appeal, that individual shall be treated in a manner consistent with applicable law. Reporting Crimes and Convictions All District employees shall disclose criminal charges or convictions to the Superintendent as prescribed by law. Failure to report being charged or convicted of a crime may result in dismissal.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5540 Suspension and/or Dismissal of Staff 5540-4 The Superintendent will promulgate appropriate administrative rules regarding the procedures to be followed in the event of any complaints or criminal charges being filed against members of the professional staff. Teacher Convictions Generally, if a teacher is suspended, the teacher’s salary shall continue during the suspension. However, if a teacher is suspended and  The teacher is convicted of a felony that is not a listed offense or a misdemeanor that is a listed offense, upon the Board’s discretion, the teacher’s salary may be discontinued upon the date of conviction.42  The teacher is convicted of a felony that is a listed offense, the Board shall discontinue the teacher’s salary upon the date of conviction. 13

42

A listed offense includes any of the following: 1) Accosting or soliciting a child for immoral purposes (MCL 750.145a-c); 2) Sodomy if the victim is an individual less than 18 years of age (MCL 750.158); 3) A third or subsequent violation of any combination of the following: a. Being engaged in indecent or obscene conduct in a public place (MCL 750.167(1)(f)) b. Indecent exposure (MCL 750.335a) c. A local ordinance of a municipality substantially corresponding to the above; 4) Except for a juvenile disposition or adjudication, gross indecency between males, females, or between a male and female, if the victim was under 18 years of age (MCL 750.338-338b); 5) Kidnapping (MCL 750.349); 6) Kidnapping under age 14 (MCL 750.350);
7) Soliciting and accosting (MCL 750.448); 8) Pandering (MCL 750.455); 9) 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th degree criminal sexual assault, and second or subsequent offenses (MCL 520b-

e); Assault with intent to commit criminal sexual assault (MCL 750.520g); Sexually delinquent persons (MCL 750.10a); The attempt or conspiracy to commit any of the above offenses; Any other violation of a law of this state or a local ordinance of a municipality that by its nature constitutes a sexual offense against an individual who is less than 18 years of age; and (Continued next page) 14) Any offense substantially similar to the above offenses under a law of the United States, any state, or any country or under tribal or military law.
10) 11) 12) 13)

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5540 Suspension and/or Dismissal of Professional Staff  5540-5 The teacher pleads guilty, no contest, or is convicted of a crime listed in MCL 380.1535a(2), the Board shall discontinue the teacher’s salary.43 Under such circumstances, all discontinued wages shall be held in an escrow account until the Superintendent of Public Instruction makes a final determination of whether or not to suspend or revoke the individual’s teaching certificate. If the individual’s teaching

certificate is suspended or revoked, all wages will be forfeited. If the individual’s teaching certificate is not suspended or revoked, the individual shall be paid all withheld wages without interest. Should

43

MCL 380.1535a(2) includes the following offenses: a) Criminal sexual conduct in any degree, assault with the intent to commit criminal sexual conduct, or an attempt to commit criminal sexual conduct in any degree; b) Felonious assault on a child43, child abuse in the first degree, or an attempt to commit child abuse in the first degree; c) Cruelty, torture, or indecent exposure involving a child; d) A violation of section 7401(2)(a)(i), 7403(2)(a)(i), 7410, or 7416 of the Public Health Code (concerning unlawful manufacture, delivery, or possession of controlled substances or controlled substance analogues; distribution of marijuana to minors near school property; and recruiting or inducing a minor to commit a felony); e) A violation of section 83, 89, 91, 145a-c, 316-17, 350, 448, 455, or 529 of the Michigan Penal Code (concerning assault with intent to commit murder or to steal while armed; attempt to murder; consumption or possession of alcohol by minors, or controlled substances at social gatherings; first and second degree murder; armed robbery; and using the Internet when committing a crime against a minor); f) A violation of section 158 of the Michigan Penal Code if the victim was an individual less than 18 years of age (concerning crimes against nature or sodomy); g) Except for a juvenile disposition or adjudication, a violation of section 338, 338a, or 338b of the Michigan Penal Code if the victim was an individual less than 18 years of age (concerning gross indecency between males, females, and between males and females); h) A violation of section 349 of the Michigan Penal Code if the victim was an individual less than 18 years of age (concerning kidnapping); i) An offense committed by a person who was, at the time of the offense, a sexually delinquent person – any person whose sexual behavior is characterized by repetitive or compulsive acts which indicate a disregard of consequences or the recognized rights of others, or by the use of force upon another person in attempting sex relations of either a heterosexual or homosexual nature, or by the commission of sexual aggressions against children under the age of 16; j) An attempt or conspiracy to commit an offense listed in (a) or (e-i); k) A violation of a substantially similar law of another state, of a political subdivision of this state or another state, or of the United States; Any crime listed in 1535(1), if the superintendent of public instruction determines the public health, safety or welfare requires emergency action based on the circumstances underlying the conviction.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5540 Suspension and/or Dismissal of Professional Staff 5540-6 a person’s conviction be reversed on appeal, that person shall be treated in a manner consistent with applicable law. Reporting Crimes and Convictions All District employees shall disclose criminal charges or convictions to the Superintendent as prescribed by law. Failure to report being charged or convicted of a crime may result in dismissal. The Superintendent will promulgate appropriate administrative rules regarding the procedures to be followed in the event of any complaints or criminal charges being filed against members of the professional staff.

Approved:

Adopted April 12, 2004; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007

LEGAL REF: MCL 38.71-121; 380.1229; 380.1230d; 380.1535a; 380.1539b

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5640 Non-School Employment/Outside Activities of Staff Non-School Employment Employees shall not engage in outside employment which, by its character (nature or duration), will impair the effectiveness of their instructional service, adversely affect their occupational status, detrimentally effect the District, raises a question of conflict of interest or requires or implies the use of any District facilities or equipment. Outside Activities of Staff The Board directs the Superintendent to promulgate the following guidelines so that staff members may avoid situations in which their personal interests, activities and associations may conflict with the interests of the District. A. Staff members should not give school time to an outside activity without valid reason to be excused from assigned duties. B. Staff members shall not use school property or work time to solicit or accept customers for private enterprises without written administrative permission. C. Staff members shall not campaign on school property on behalf of any political issue or candidate for local, state or national office. D. Staff members may not accept fees for tutoring when such tutoring is conducted during the normal work day. E. Staff members may not accept fees for remedial tutoring of students currently enrolled in one or more of their classes/caseloads. If non-school activities threaten a staff member’s effectiveness within the District, the Board reserves the right to evaluate the impact of such activity upon the staff member’s responsibility to the students and to the Board. 5640

Approved: April 12, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.401 et seq.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5645 Consulting 5645 Employees may be excused from routine duties by the Superintendent to perform technical or instructional services as consultants to other noneducational agencies, government agencies or private industry. Requests for approval to serve as a consultant shall be submitted in writing to the Superintendent. This is not intended to change working conditions for employees who as a part of their assigned duties regularly consult with public and private school officials, staff, parent(s)/guardian(s) and teachers – they do not need special permission.

Approved:

April 12, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5695 Ethics 5695 Achievement of the District’s Vision requires the services of people of integrity, high ideals, and human understanding. To maintain and promote these essentials, all staff members of the District are expected to maintain high standards in their school relationships. Staff members in the performance of their duties will: A. Recognize that the dignity and well-being of each student is our impassioned dream. B. C. Represent, accurately, their qualifications. Exercise due care to protect the mental and physical safety of students, colleagues and subordinates. D. E. Utilize research and best practices in teaching/learning/assessment. Keep in confidence such information as they may secure, unless disclosure is authorized by the Superintendent or is required by law. F. Ensure that their actions or those of another on their behalf are not made with specific intent of advancing private economic interests. G. Refrain from using position or public property or permitting another person to use an employee’s position or public property for partisan political or sectarian religious purposes. This will in no way limit constitutionally or legally protected rights as a citizen. H. Avoid accepting anything of value offered by another for the purpose of influencing judgment. In any 1 month period, any Intermediate School District employee shall not accept from a person who does business or seeks to do business of any kind with the intermediate school District any money, goods, or services with a value in excess of $44.00 44 if the
44

Adjusted annually via CPI. The Board of Education deliberately extends this statutory requirement listed below to be an ethical standard for all employees. As established at MCL 380.634(4): (4) Subject to subsection (8), in any 1-month period, an intermediate school board member or intermediate school district administrator shall not accept from a person who does business or seeks to do business of any kind with the intermediate school district any money, goods, or services with a value in excess of $44.00 if the board member or administrator does not provide goods or services of equal value in exchange. This subsection does not apply to a gift or reward already prohibited under section 1805.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5695 Ethics 5695-2 employee does not provide goods or services of equal value in exchange. This subsection does not apply to a gift or reward already prohibited under section 1805.45

Approved:

June 6, 2005

See also, Board Member could be included in ―school officer‖ term below: 380.1805 Acting as agent; receiving gift or reward; penalty. Sec. 1805. (1) A superintendent of public instruction, intermediate superintendent, school officer, superintendent, principal, or teacher of schools shall not act as agent for an author, publisher, or seller of schoolbooks or school apparatus, or receive a gift or reward for his or her influence in recommending the purchase or use of a schoolbook, apparatus, or furniture in this state. (2) A person who violates this section is guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by a fine of not more than $500.00 or imprisonment for not more than 3 months, or both. History: 1976, Act 451, Imd. Eff. Jan. 13, 1977
45

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5710 Compensation Guides and Contracts 5710 No public funds will be spent by the Board in the form of wages or salary for any school employee to sponsor any religious activity.

Approved:

April 12, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5725 Qualifications and Duties 5725 A job description for each classification of employees shall be developed by the District’s administration in cooperation with the District’s employees.

Approved:

April 12, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5780 Staff Probation46 5780 All non-union hourly staff shall be considered to be on probation during the first 90 calendar days of employment. Salaried staff shall be on probation during the first two years of employment. Administrative staff shall be on probation for four years. The Superintendent shall provide for adequate supervision and evaluation of the employee prior to the end of said periods. If a person other than the Superintendent performs the evaluation, he/she shall make a recommendation to the Superintendent as to the continued employment of the probationary staff member. Probationary status does not affect the Boards rights concerning at-will employment status.

Approved:

April 12, 2004

―Non-union staff‖ includes hourly, salaried, and administrative personnel not included in the recognition clauses of any collectively bargained employment contract.
46

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5800 Non-Union Staff Evaluation47 5800 Evaluation shall be based on the achievement of results specified in the employee’s job description and on specific goals and objectives aimed at furthering the Vision of the District. Employees shall be evaluated during the probationary period. Salaried and administrative staff shall be evaluated on an annual, formal basis during their probationary period. After serving the probationary period, hourly staff shall be evaluated at least annually. Salaried staff shall be evaluated at least once every two years. Administrative staff shall be evaluated at least once every three years.

Approved: April 12, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.268; 380.1250

―Non-union staff‖ includes hourly, salaried, and administrative personnel not included in the recognition clauses of any collectively bargained employment contract.
47

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5800-R Evaluation of Non-Union Staff 5800-R The procedures for evaluation of non-union staff are as follows: 1. The applicable evaluation instrument will be given to and discussed with all new employees. 2. Each employee shall be notified of whom shall be conducting the evaluation. 3. Final evaluations for all personnel will be filed with the Superintendent no later than June 30.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5830 At-Will Employees 5830 Non-union hourly and salaried48 employees are considered to be at-will employees and may be terminated at any time. termination will be given to the employee A written notice of the

Approved:

April 12, 2004

48

Does not include persons employed under administrative contracts contemplated under the Revised School Code at Section 380.1229 and its successors.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5860 Reduction of Non-Union Staff49 5860 When reduction in staff is necessary for employees where provisions are not covered in a collective bargaining agreement, the Superintendent shall make recommendations, which will be aligned to the Vision of the District. Though length of service may be considered as a criterion for making such recommendations, it shall not be the sole determining factor considered.

Approved:

April 12, 2004

―Non-union staff‖ includes hourly, salaried, and administrative personnel not included in the recognition clauses of any collectively bargained employment contract.
49

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5860-R Reduction of Non-Union Staff 5860-R Whenever it becomes necessary in the judgment of the Board of Education to reduce the number of personnel on the staff of the Lenawee Intermediate School District because of insufficient funds, decreases in student enrollment, lack of work, changes in the administrative programs of the District, or for other reasons, the following, procedures will be implemented. These procedures do not apply to employees who are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Further, these procedures will in no way negate an existing administrative contract50 or violate applicable laws, rules, or regulations. 1. Determination of which positions shall be eliminated will be made by the Board of Education upon recommendations by the Superintendent. The Board shall also determine based upon the Superintendent’s

recommendations, which employees are laid-off. 2. Taking into account the work record and other factors regarding the employees involved, consideration will be given to retaining an individual whose position is eliminated by reassigning him/her to another position: for which he/she is qualified within the District. The Board of Education has the final discretion and authority to determine whether an employee will be laid off or reassigned. 3. Written notice of possible layoff will be given to an employee as soon as is feasible, but no later than two weeks prior to the established date of layoff. 4. If a vacancy (as determined by the Board) occurs for a position for which an employee slated for layoff or on layoff is qualified, an interview for the vacant position will be offered to that employee as soon as the vacancy (as determined by the Board) occurs. Staff on layoff status will be notified of all vacant non-union positions for which they are qualified for a period of 12 months after being laid off.
―Non-union staff‖ includes hourly, salaried, and administrative personnel not included in the recognition clauses of any collectively bargained employment contract.
50

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5930 Jury Duty and Witness Absence 5930 Jury duty leaves of absence shall be provided for employees. Time off of work, with or without pay, to testify at legal proceedings shall be governed by regulations developed by the Superintendent unless otherwise covered in a collective bargaining agreement.

Approved: April 12, 2004 LEGAL REF: 29 USCA §2619; 29 CFR §825.300; 29 CFR 825.301, 29 CFR §825.209 (Family Medical Leave Act)

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5930-R Jury Duty and Witness Absences 5930-R Employees shall be allowed absences from work when called to serve on a jury or when subpoenaed as a witness for a legal proceeding. If a staff member is subpoenaed or voluntarily appears to testify against the Lenawee Intermediate School District at a legal proceeding, including but not limited to a court hearing, deposition, administrative hearing, arbitration proceeding, and legislative committee hearing, it will be without pay unless the staff member chooses to charge it against vacation or personal time only. If a staff member is a plaintiff against the Lenawee Intermediate School District or subpoenaed to testify against the LISD in a matter involving labor-management relations, that employee shall not be paid for the time it takes to testify. Unless otherwise excluded from being paid while testifying against the district, the employee shall be paid the difference between the amount received for jury duty or a subpoenaed witness, and his/her full salary. This may be accomplished by the employee endorsing his/her jury duty pay or the amount received for testifying as a subpoenaed witness to the District and receiving his/her regular salary or the period of time spent in court. If mileage is paid to a subpoenaed witness for travel expenses, an employee shall turn over any additional monies paid above the Lenawee ISD's current mileage rate.

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5935 Military Leave 5935 Pursuant to the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act (USERRA), the Superintendent shall grant military leave to employees for voluntary or involuntary service in the uniformed services of the United States, upon receipt of the required notice. Benefits shall be maintained for these A

employees as required by law and/or collective bargaining agreements.

service member who returns to the District for work following a period of active military duty must be reinstated to the same or similar position and at the same rate of pay unless otherwise provided by law. Time spent in active military service shall be counted in the same manner as regular employment for purposes of seniority or District service unless otherwise provided in a collective bargaining agreement. The District will not discriminate in hiring, reemployment, promotion or benefits based upon membership or service in the uniformed services. Superintendent may enact rules to implement this policy.51 The

Approved: December 5, 2005 LEGAL REF: 38 U.S.C. §§ 4301-4333 (The Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Act of 1994); MCL 35.351 et. seq.; Borseth v City of Lansing, 338 Mich. 53, 61 N.W.2d 132 (1953); Wrigglesworth v Brumbaugh, 121 F. Supp. 2d 1126 (W.D. Mich. 2000).

For further guidance under USERRA, please see the Department of Defense’s USERRA regulations at http://www.dol.gov/vets.
51

Policy Manual

Section 5000 - Personnel
5935-R Military Leave 5935-R All requests for military leave will be submitted to the Superintendent in writing accompanied by copies of the proper documentation showing the necessity for the military leave request. Unless otherwise impossible, all requests for military leave will be submitted at least one full month in advance of the date military service is to begin. If at all possible, persons returning from military leave are asked to give notice of intent to return to the Superintendent, in writing, at least one full month in advance of the return date.

Policy Manual

Section 6000 - Negotiations
TC-6000-1 6000—NEGOTIATIONS (This section on negotiations is confined to professional employees negotiating under the Public Employment Relations Act, MCL 423.201 et seq.) 6001 6050 6100 6200 6400 Goals and Objectives Recognition of Bargaining Units Board Negotiating Agents Confidentiality of Negotiations Information Contract Approval

Policy Manual

Section 6000 - Negotiations
6001 Goals and Objectives 6001 It is the intent of the Board to participate in the negotiations process in order to further the Vision of the District. The process shall reflect that ―each student is the reason the LISD exists.‖ The Board recognizes its legal obligation to negotiate wages, hours, and terms and conditions of employment with duly and legally recognized employee groups. It is the intent of the Board and its authorized representatives to adhere to the confines of the law and to discharge its obligations in an orderly and positive manner within the restrictions of the Public Employment Relations Act.

Approved: April 12, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 423.201

Policy Manual

Section 6000 - Negotiations
6050 Recognition of Bargaining Units 6050 ―Human relationships, inside and outside the LISD, reflect trust, openness, risk-taking, respect, integrity, and collaboration.‖ The Board shall not recognize by stipulation any bargaining unit within the District. All units desiring recognition by the Board shall do so through an election conducted by the Michigan Employees Relations Commission as provided by statute.

Approved: April 12, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 423.212-214

Policy Manual

Section 6000 - Negotiations
6100 Board Negotiating Agents (Cf. 6400) 6100 The Board may designate the Superintendent or an outside agent as its bargaining agent for purposes of negotiating with the recognized bargaining units. The Superintendent may appoint other administrators to the negotiations team. The Board gives its negotiating agent the necessary power and authority to make proposals, consider proposals, and make concessions in the course of negotiations. The agent is expected to negotiate with the District’s Vision in mind. The Superintendent shall submit any tentative agreement to the Board for final approval.

Approved: April 12, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 423.211

Policy Manual

Section 6000 - Negotiations
6200 Confidentiality of Negotiations Information 6200 Board members are to keep information regarding the progress, status, or issues involved in negotiations confidential unless authorized by a majority vote of the full Board to serve as a spokesperson to release information to the staff, media representatives, or the public. The Superintendent is authorized to

release negotiations information at his or her discretion. Board members violating this policy are subject to discipline by the Board that may include removal from a Board officer role, removal from committee assignments, and/or public censure.

Approved:

June 6, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 6000 - Negotiations
6400 Contract approval 6400 The Superintendent shall forward the final draft of any substantive changes to the negotiated master contract, along with a written ―summary‖ outlining those contract articles that have been substantively changed, to each Board member before the Board’s scheduled meeting. In reviewing the

agreement, Board members are reminded of that portion of the Vision noting that the public’s trust is earned each day through truthfulness, competence, and accountability. Unless noted on the list of changes to the master agreement, or the summary sheet, the Board shall assume that other sections of the master contract remain unchanged, with the exception of non-substantive, minor spelling, grammatical, punctuation, or format corrections.

Approved:

April 12, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 7000 – Instructional Program
TC-7000-1 7000—INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAM 7050 7060 7115 7150 7160 7165 7175 7420 7463 7490 7770 7800 Curricula Development Student Outcomes, Curriculum Guides and Course Outlines Reproductive Health and Sex Education Alternative School Programs Special Education Program Development Student Involvement in Organized Non-LISD Sponsored Activities Parent(s) and Guardian(s) Involvement Plan Inspection by Parents or Guardians of Instructional Material Use of Audiovisual Resources Field Trips and Excursions Teaching about Religion (Cf. 9370) School Ceremonies and Observances Opening Exercises Recognition of Religious Beliefs and Customs Customs Federal Requirements Flag Displays

7880

Policy Manual

Section 7000 – Instructional Program
7050 Curricula Development 7050 The administration, with the cooperation of the staff, shall develop comprehensive curricula that is based on valid educational research and which encompasses a philosophy of education compatible with the needs of the student, the Vision and resources of the District, and the requirements of the State of Michigan. The Board recognizes the importance to have curricula aligned with appropriate standards and benchmarks. The administration shall evaluate curricula of the District in view of the District’s Vision on a periodic basis. The Superintendent shall have the

responsibility to organize the certified staff in appropriate committees to plan, study, modify, change, or develop curricula. The findings, conclusions, and recommendations of the staff shall be reviewed with the Board. Federal Compliance To comply with the provisions of the No Child Left Behind Act, the Superintendent will, in writing, inform the professional staff of the federal requirements concerning use of Title I funds for sex education and the prohibitions and restrictions concerning distribution of contraceptives or materials that encourage sexual activities. The District will comply with federal guidelines concerning age appropriate sex education. The Superintendent will ensure that any programs for limited-English proficient (LEP) students have a primary goal of mainstreaming those students into the regular classrooms, and that those programs emphasize English language instruction.

Approved: June 7, 2004 LEGAL REF: 20 USCA 7906 (NCLB); MCL 380.1282

Policy Manual

Section 7000 – Instructional Program
7050-R Curricula Development 7050-R The administration shall have the responsibility to seek out available resources for use by the certified staff in the development of curricula. The Superintendent may budget for educational research and evaluation of programs, accelerate implementation of such programs, encourage evaluation of technological advances in education, support the use of tools or techniques to enhance teachers’ effectiveness or productivity, that includes periodic reviews designed to assist the Board in policy planning and general oversight of the operation of curricula in the District.

Policy Manual

Section 7000 – Instructional Program
7060 Student Outcomes, Curriculum Guides and Course Outlines 7060 The Board approves curricula, which are designed to accomplish the Vision, mission and goals of the District. Every instructional program shall have written student outcomes identified and either a curriculum guide or course outline. The administration shall monitor the use and effectiveness of the District's curricula and recommend to the Board necessary revisions and modifications.

Approved: June 7, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1282

Policy Manual

Section 7000 – Instructional Program
7115 Reproductive Health and Sex Education 7115 Pursuant to Michigan State Laws, sex education information to LISD students will be provided by the LISD only through a Board of Education approved curriculum instruction. This information will be offered to students as elective instruction based on parent(s)/guardian(s) and/or adult students choice to participate. In order to offer this instruction, the LISD Board of Education will establish a LISD Reproductive Health/Sex Education Advisory Committee, approve membership for this committee, and the bylaws for its operation. The

Superintendent is directed to develop these bylaws for Board of Education approval. LISD students will not be permitted to receive this curriculum instruction unless the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) and/or adult age student is notified in advance of the course and its contents, is given an opportunity to review course materials, is allowed to observe the instruction, and is notified of the right to be excused from the instruction. The Superintendent shall develop a reproductive health and sex education curriculum that complies with the state’s statutory curriculum requirements. All instruction and materials shall be age and developmentally appropriate, as well as medically accurate. Prior to the adoption and/or revision of the materials and methods of instruction in reproductive health and sex education, the LISD Board shall hold public hearings pursuant to state law.

Approved: June 6, 2005 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1282; 380.1507; 380.1507b; 380.1169; 388.1506; 380.1766; 388.1766a; 20 USCA 7906 (NCLB); State Board of Education Policy to Promote Health and Prevent Disease and Pregnancy (September 2003.)

Policy Manual

Section 7000 – Instructional Program
7115-R Reproductive Health and Sex Education 7115-R Membership The Superintendent shall recommend persons for membership on advisory committee to the LISD Board of Education for their approval. These persons shall include students’ parent(s)/guardian(s), LISD students, LISD educators, local clergy, and community health professionals. The

Superintendent shall use a selection process that reasonably reflects the LISD student program population. Size and Term of Service The LISD Board shall appoint an advisory committee consisting of a total of nine (9) members. At least one half of the members shall be

parent(s)/guardian(s) who have at least one child attending a program operated by the LISD, and a majority of those parent/guardian members shall be individuals not employed by the LISD. Non-LISD members shall serve staggered terms of three (3) years. A second term of three (3) years is permitted with a maximum of six (years) total on the advisory committee. LISD staff shall be appointed annually to this advisory committee by the LISD Superintendent. LISD staff members shall serve without term limits with the annual recommendation of the Superintendent and approval of the LISD Board of Education. Bylaws The operation of this advisory committee shall be limited to the parameters of the approved LISD By-Laws and State Laws. Curriculum Recommendations The LISD Reproductive Health and Sex Education Advisory Committee shall review proposed curriculum materials and instructional methods, then make recommendations to the LISD Superintendent and LISD Board of Education. Policy Manual

Section 7000 – Instructional Program
7115-R Reproductive Health and Sex Education 7115-R-2 These recommendations shall include goals and objectives designed to reduce rates of student sex, pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases. The recommendations shall incorporate the mandates of state laws and such other material as the LISD Reproductive Health and Sex Education Advisory Committee finds to be instructionally sound. In order to comply with the provisions of the No Child Left Behind Act and Michigan statutes, the Superintendent will inform LISD staff of the federal requirements concerning reproductive health and sex education and the prohibitions and restrictions concerning distribution of contraceptives or materials that encourage sexual activities. The LISD will comply with federal and state guidelines concerning age appropriate sex education. In compliance with state laws, the LISD Reproductive Health and Sex Education Advisory Committee shall develop a report for the LISD

Superintendent and LISD Board of Education regarding the attainment of the goals and objectives of the sex education curriculum and instruction. This report shall be made available to the parent(s)/ guardian(s) in the school District.

Policy Manual

Section 7000 – Instructional Program
7150 Alternative School Programs 7150 When existing traditional school programs do not meet the learning needs of a group of students, the Board of Education may consider the establishment of alternative school programs. Proposals for alternative school programs shall be presented to the Board for its consideration and action.

Approved: June 7, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1282; 380.1596; 380.1301; OAG, 1985-1986, No 6271, p. 13 (February 7, 1985)

Policy Manual

Section 7000 – Instructional Program
7160 Special Education Program Development 7160 The Lenawee Intermediate School District (LISD) Board of Education believes it is important that proposed changes in LISD funded special education programs be systematically studied and reviewed before implementation. Further, the Board believes in the importance of involving local District staff, local District Superintendents, parent(s)/guardian(s) of students with disabilities, as well as LISD staff in such study and review. Therefore, the Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education authorizes the LISD Superintendent and his/her staff to develop written administrative regulations for implementation of an LISD Program Development Model (PDM).

Approved:

June 6, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 7000 – Instructional Program
7160-R Special Education Program Development 7160-R State of Purpose The purpose of implementing the LISD special education Program Development Model (PDM) is to provide advice and authority for orderly change in special education programs and services operated or supported by the Lenawee Intermediate School District (LISD). The PDM provides a regular forum for consumers and providers of special education programs and services to propose, debate, and review the merits of program developments that may have broad impact throughout the Lenawee education community. Administrative Regulations The implementation of the PDM requires the involvement of advisory groups, governmental policy making bodies and agency officials. This section identifies the PDM participants and their roles in the PDM process. Proposed changes (program developments) are to be forwarded in writing to the LISD Special Education Director and then to an LISD Assistant Superintendent. LISD Special Education Regional Supervisors and Principals are available to assist development sources in creating a written proposal. Upon receipt of any proposed changes from the LISD Special Education Director, an Assistant Superintendent must exercise broad discretionary powers in determining how the proposal should proceed. In the exercise of this

discretion, some proposals may be implemented without PDM review or sanction. Certain items may not require full review by all PDM participants.

State regulations, practical limitations, and the criteria in the attached materials may aid and influence this decision. From time to time a program proposal may be deemed untimely or inappropriate and proceed no further. The decision of an LISD Assistant Superintendent that a program development proposal should not proceed is subject to appeal to the LISD

Policy Manual

Section 7000 – Instructional Program
7160-R Special Education Program Development 7160-R-2 Superintendent. The appeal must be in writing and originated by program

development source. Furthermore, such appeal must be submitted to the LISD Superintendent within thirty calendar days from receipt of written notice of the LISD Assistant Superintendent’s action and must contain a brief description of the program development and reasons why the previous decision should be overruled. When a program development proposal is deemed appropriate to proceed through PDM, the LISD Special Education Director and LISD Assistant Superintendent must seek formal actions or endorsements. Before such action is requested, the LISD Special Education Director assisted by the program development source(s) will make their best efforts to inform the participants of the proposal and encourage open discussion of its merits. The LISD Special Education Director is responsible for placing the program development proposal on the agenda or before each PDM participant group or individual. This responsibility includes evaluating the effects of a

rejection by one or more of the participants and thus determining the need for further process. A rejection does not necessarily curtail further proceedings to other PDM advisory making group(s). A program development change is considered for inclusion in the annual LISD special education reimbursement claim only after the LISD Board of Education has given its approval.

Policy Manual

Section 7000 – Instructional Program
7160-R Special Education Program Development 7160-R-3

Special Education Program Development Model (PDM)
*Parent(s)/ Guardian(s) Advisory Committee Program Development Source(s) *LISD Special Education Director *LISD Assistant Superintendent *LISD Superintendent LISD Board of Education

*Superintendent’s Special Education Advisory Committee

*Lenawee County Superintendent’s Association

+----------------------------------------------+ * ADVISORY AUTHORITY

+---------------------------------------+ POLICY MAKING

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7160-R Special Education Program Development 7160-R-4 Participant Descriptions I. Program Development Resources A. Membership The LISD special education Program Development Model (PDM) sources consist of parent(s)/guardian(s), staff local and LISD

administrators, organizations,

professional State

members, personnel

parent/guardian and other

Department

organizations, committees and interested individuals.

The PDM

process is assisted by LISD Special Education administrators under the guidance of the LISD Special Education Director. B. Functions 1. To propose changes in special education programs/services already in operation in the LISD or local school Districts. 2. To propose programs/services that are new to the LISD or local Districts. 3. To present proposals to the appropriate administrative personnel. 4. C. To put the proposal into writing in preparation for PDM review.

Criteria to be considered 1. Does this proposal address a perceived need, and how was this need identified. 2. Will this proposal gain the kind of administrative support at the local District and LISD levels that is necessary in order for the proposal to be effective? 3. Does this proposal take into account the various legislative mandates and the LISD Mandatory Plan for the Delivery of Special Education Programs and Services? 4. Can a funding source be identified?

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7160-R Special Education Program Development 5. 7160-R-5 Can this proposal be expected to be supported by parent(s)/ guardian(s). 6. Is the proposal written in such a way as to outline procedures, goals and objectives, expected outcomes, needed personnel, administrative responsibilities, evaluation procedures and any other detail necessary to communicate effectively to the various groups, with varying levels of sophistication, that have to understand the proposal before giving or denying their support for it? II. LISD Assistant Superintendent Review Process A. Membership This advisory review process consists of the LISD Assistant Superintendents, LISD Special Education Director and LISD Special Education Supervisors and LISD Principals, as needed. B. Functions 1. The LISD Special Education Director, LISD Regional Supervisors, and Principals meet to discuss the merits of the program proposal. a) Read the written proposal and/or listen to its

presentation. b) Verify its accuracy. c) Modify, edit or coordinate format. d) Provide advice to the development source regarding where their proposal ―fits into‖ established priorities and timelines. e) Share the edited and accurate written program proposal with the LISD Assistant Superintendents. Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7160-R Special Education Program Development 2. 7160-R-6 The LISD Assistant Superintendents may refuse the proposal, giving reasons and possible suggestions as the decision relates to the criteria listed below. 3. The LISD Assistant Superintendents may elicit proposals generated by needs assessments and/or other instruments. 4. The LISD Assistant Superintendents determine whether or not a particular proposal must go through the entire PDM process. 5. The LISD Special Education Director facilitates the

movement of the written program proposal on to the next step and informs appropriate personnel to next steps of PDM. C. Criteria to be considered 1. 2. 3. 4. Is the program proposal operationally legal? Are the funding sources identified and realistic? Does the program proposal address itself to a critical need? Does this program proposal represent a progressive direction for LISD? 5. What are the expected outcomes and foreseeable

problems? 6. III. Are timelines established?

LISD Superintendent Review A. Membership This PDM review is completed by the LISD Superintendent. The program proposal is presented to the Superintendent by LISD administrative staff as needed.

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7160-R B. Special Education Program Development 7160-R-7 Functions 1. To read written program proposal and/or listen to a presentation of the proposed program development of special education. 2. To recommend action regarding this proposal. a) Acceptance with a recommendation to forward the program proposal to the next PDM advisory group. b) Rejection, as this decision relates to the criteria below. c) Request specific revision; suggest specific

clarification and/or modification of the program development proposal. C. Criteria to be considered 1. Have the LISD Special Education Director and LISD Assistant Superintendents and other groups given fair consideration to the program proposal and recommend any actions? 2. Is the proposed program action consistent with the goals and objections, priorities and plans, as well as budget of the LISD? 3. Is adequate support, fiscal and administrative identified in the program proposal? IV. Special Education Parent/Guardian Advisory Committee (PAC) Review Process

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7160-R A. Special Education Program Development 7160-R-8 Membership This PDM advisory review committee consists of the LISD Parent/ Guardian Advisory Committee (PAC) and the LISD Special Education Director as an ex-officio member. LISD administration will be available to assist the PAC with background information regarding the program proposal. B. Functions 1. To become familiar with the operation of special education programs and services, legislative mandates, the LISD Mandatory Plan for the Delivery of Special Education Programs and Services and other relevant policies,

regulations and needs, so that they may fairly represent the special education consumers. 2. To read written program proposal and/or listen to a presentation of the proposed program development. 3. 4. To discuss the program proposal. To recommend action regarding the program proposal. a) Acceptance with a recommendation to forward the program proposal to the next PDM advisory group. b) Rejection, as this decision relates to the criteria below. c) Request specific revision, clarification and/or other modifications of the program development proposal. C. Criteria to be considered 1. 7160-R Will this program proposal fulfill the expressed need (from 7160-R-9

the consumers’ point of view)? Special Education Program Development Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
2. Do the financial resources exist as illustrated in this proposal? 3. Does the program proposal, in anyway, seem to imply a loss of mandated rights of either the children or their

parent(s)/guardian(s)? 4. Are sufficient supportive services including administrative support built into the program proposal? V. Superintendents’ Special Education Advisory Committee Review Process A. Membership This PDM advisory review consists of members of the Lenawee County Superintendents’ Special Education Advisory Committee (membership set annually). B. Functions 1. To read written program proposal or listen to any presentation of the proposed development in special education. 2. To recommend action regarding the program proposal: a) Acceptance and forward their recommendation to the Lenawee County Superintendents’ Association. b) Rejection, and forward their recommendation to the Lenawee County Superintendents’ Association, as it relates to the criteria listed below. c) Request a specific clarification, revision, and/or modification of the program development proposal.

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7160-R C. Special Education Program Development 7160-R-10 Criteria to be considered 1. 2. Is the suggested funding appropriate? Does this program proposal make the most of the resources to be employed? 3. 4. Is there an appropriate evaluation component? Can this program proposal be supported and administered appropriately? VI. Lenawee County Superintendents’ Association Review Process A. Membership This PDM advisory review consists of the members of the Lenawee County Superintendents’ Association and the LISD Superintendent with LISD administrative staff as needed. B. Functions 1. To read the program proposal and/or listen to a presentation of the program proposal by the Superintendent’s Special Education Advisory Committee. 2. 3. To discuss the program proposal. To recommend action regarding the program proposal: a) Acceptance, forward recommendation to the LISD Board. b) Rejection, as the decision relates to the criteria listed below. c) Request specific revision, clarification and/or

modification of the program development proposal.

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7160-R C. Special Education Program Development 7160-R-11 Criteria to be considered 1. 2. Is the suggested funding appropriate? Does this program proposal seem to make the most of the resources that are to be employed? 3. 4. Does it appear to fulfill a need? Can this program proposal be supported and administered appropriately? VII. LISD Board of Education Approval Process A. Membership The PDM approval process consists of the members of the LISD Board of Education. Their review of the program proposal occurs at a public Board meeting. After the Board’s review they will be asked to take formal action on the special education program proposal. The LISD Superintendent and others are to be available to provide information about the program proposal. B. Functions 1. To read written program proposal and/or listen to a presentation of proposal(s). 2. 3. To discuss the proposal. To recommend formal action regarding the proposal: a) Acceptance (i.e., include in annual LISD special education reimbursement model). b) Rejection, as the decision relates to the criteria listed below. c) Request a specific revision, clarification and/or modification of the program development proposal.

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7160-R C. Special Education Program Development 7160-R-12 Criteria to be considered 1. Does the program proposal have a place in our projected budget? 2. Can the administration of the program proposal be done at a reasonable cost? 3. Does the program proposal have the support of the other groups involved in PDM? 4. Is the community willing to support this type of program proposal?

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7165 Student Involvement in Organized Non-LISD Sponsored Activities 7165 The Board of Education recognizes the benefits students may receive when they participate in organized non-LISD sponsored activities. These

student activities while valuable to participating students should not interfere with students’ primary goal of education and training. Given these parameters, prior to releasing students and staff from the school day to participate, the administration shall provide the Board with an annual calendar that identifies the parameters of student and staff involvement in the organized non-LISD events and activities.

Approved:

December 5, 2005

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7165-R Student Involvement in Organized Non-LISD Sponsored Activities 7165-R Special Olympics Special Olympics - LISD related activities shall be limited to those activities that: a) Do not impose unreasonable encroachment on the program curriculum, b) c) Do not decrease time spent on instruction, or Do not reduce the amount of money available for special education programs and services. Promotion of such special events by District employees must be limited to non-work time, unless specifically approved by the Superintendent. The Superintendent will appoint staff representatives who will meet with individuals and organizations that coordinate Special Olympics activities to review the upcoming planned student events. An annual plan of such activities that involve LISD students and staff needs to be approved by the Superintendent before LISD students and staff can be involved in that annual plan of activities.

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7175 Parent(s)/Guardian(s) Involvement Policy State of Michigan Parent and Guardian Involvement Initiative The Board strongly encourages and welcomes the involvement of parent(s)/ guardian(s) in all of the District’s educational programs. It is 7175

recognized and appreciated that parent(s)/guardian(s) are the ―first teachers‖ of their children, and that their interest and involvement in the education of their children should not diminish once their child enters the programs of the District. Accordingly, the Board directs, by the adoption of this policy, that the administration shall design a plan that will encourage parent(s)/guardian(s) participation that may include, but not be limited to the development and review of instructional materials; input on the ways that the District may better provide parent(s)/guardian(s) with information concerning current laws, regulations, and instructional programs; and District offerings of training programs to instruct parent(s)/guardian(s) how to become more involved in their child's educational programs. Pursuant to state law, the Superintendent shall provide a copy of the District’s Parental Involvement Plan to all parent(s)/guardian(s).52 Parent(s)/Guardian(s) Involvement in Title I Programs In accordance with the requirement of the No Child Left Behind Act, the Board of Education encourages parent(s)/guardian(s) participation in Title I programs, including, where feasible the Part D Neglected and Delinquent Youth programs operated under its auspices. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) shall be offered substantial and meaningful opportunities to participate in the education of their children by this policy.
52

MCL 380.1294 (1) No later than January 1, 2005, the board of a school district or intermediate school district, or the board of directors of a public school academy shall adopt and implement a parent involvement plan designed to encourage parental participation. (2) The board or board of directors shall provide a copy of the parent involvement plan to the parent or legal guardian of each pupil. The board of directors may provide the copy of the policy be including the policy in its student handbook or a similar publication that is distributed to all pupils and parents. (3) The board or board of directors shall provide a copy of the parent involvement plan to the department upon request by the department.

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7175 Parent(s) and Guardian(s) Involvement Policy 7175-2 The Board directs that the following actions be incorporated by the administration in its plans for parent(s)/guardian(s) involvement: Parent(s)/Guardian(s) must be involved in efforts to improve the educational achievement of their children, Assist in dropout prevention activities, and Prevent the involvement of their children in delinquent activities. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) Involvement in Migrant Education Programs (MEP) Parent(s)/Guardian(s) of students in the MEP will be involved in, and regularly consulted, about the development, implementation, operation, and evaluation of the program. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) Involvement in Limited English Proficiency (LEP) Programs In accordance with federal law, parent(s)/guardian(s) of LEP students will be provided notice regarding their child’s placement in and information about the District’s LEP program. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) will be notified about their rights regarding program content and participation including the right to choose among programs if alternatives are available. The notice must also include an

explanation of the value of the program in terms of academic development, mastery of English, and the achievement of promotion and graduation standards. The notice will also include an explanation of the right to remove the child from an LEP program and to place the child in the regular program. The notice must be in a format that families can comprehend and, if possible, in a language that is understood by the family.

Approved: December 6, 2004 LEGAL REF: 20 USCA 6318 (No Child Left Behind Act); MCL 380.1294 (PA 107 of 2004)

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7420 Inspection by Parent(s)/Guardian(s) of Instructional Material 7420 The parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be permitted to inspect all instructional materials used by the District for instructing and evaluating students in furtherance of an instructional program. Instructional materials shall include

teacher’s manuals and all other supplementary materials. The District shall give parent(s)/guardian(s) notice of their rights under this policy.

Approved: June 7, 2004 LEGAL REF: 20 USCA § 1232g (Family Educational Rights & Privacy Act of 1974 [FERPA])

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7463 Use of Audiovisual Resources 7463 Audiovisual resources shall be aligned with the Board approved curricula. Audiovisual resources shall be selected for their direct relevance to the instructional program. General selection criteria should include quality of the overall work and its individual parts, fair and accurate representation of the facts, the reputation, and significance of the writer, Director, and/or performer. Audiovisual resources shall not be used for recreation or entertainment, or for other than planned instructional purposes. Approved: June 7, 2004 LEGAL REF: 20 USCA §6811 (The Technology for Education Act of 1994)

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7463-R Use of Audiovisual Resources 7463-R The use of audiovisual resources in school is subject to the following regulations: 1. All audiovisual resources must be carefully previewed and evaluated by the teacher and be determined to meet identified learning objectives and student outcomes before they are used with students. 2. In general, copyright guidelines permit in-classroom use of copyrighted audiovisual resources when it is used for instructional purposes in a teaching situation, and is a lawfully made copy.53 a. The school setting has been defined as a ―semi-public performance.‖ Therefore, public performance rights are reserved for the copyright owner or those given permission. b. Audiovisual resources marketed for ―home use‖ do not have the rights granted for public performance. Films that include a notice that the film is intended for ―home use only‖ shall not be shown to a class for entertainment purposes. 3. Non-profit education institutions generally may use audiovisual resources in the course of ―face-to-face‖ teaching activities, without the need to obtain consent from the copyright owner if the following permissible guidelines are met: a. b. The audiovisual resource is a legally obtained lawful copy. The audiovisual resource must be used in the course of ―face-to-face‖ teaching activities. c. The audiovisual resource activity must be carried out by an instructor or student. d. The audiovisual resource activity must be carried out in a classroom or similar place devoted to instruction.

E.g. ―Grapes of Wrath‖ may be presented for literary value to a high school English class, but ―StarWars‖ which if being shown for entertainment, would not be permitted unless copyright clearance has been obtained
53

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7463-R e. Use of Audiovisual Resources 7463-R-2 All audiovisual resource programming obtained from commercial sources outside the school’s purchasing procedure through rental, lease or purchase must be approved for classroom use by the program administrator. 4. The program supervisor shall have advanced notice and approval for use of audiovisual resources described in this paragraph. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) shall receive one week advanced written notice when teachers plan to use commercial audiovisual resources that are rated PG with elementary students, PG-13 with middle school students or (if needed), R with high school students under the age of 18. Such notice shall include an accurate description of the contents of the video recording and where it may be obtained for parent(s)/guardian(s) review. Parent(s)/ Guardian(s) shall be given the opportunity to elect an alternative activity for their son or daughter. 5. Other media such as DVD, CD-ROM, laser disc and audiotapes, while not a part of the video rating system, should be selected and used applying the same criteria as videos. 6. Audiovisual resources may not be used for recreation or entertainment, or for other than planned instructional purposes.

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7463-R Use of Audiovisual Resources 7463-R-3 LENAWEE ISD PARENT(S)/GUARDIAN(S) NOTIFICATION FORM AUDIOVISUAL RESOURCES Date: ____________________________ Dear Parent(s)/Guardian(s): I am planning to show _____________________________ to my _______ grade Audiovisual Resource ________________________________________ Class. This audiovisual resource is rated ________. The rating is due to these factors:

The purpose of seeing this audiovisual resource is to:

_____ The audiovisual resource will be shown in its entirety. _____ Only the following portions of the audiovisual resource will be shown: If you wish to preview the audiovisual resource contact the program supervisor at: _______________________________________.

_____________________________________ Signature of Teacher & Administrator ################################################################ Please sign below and return this form with your child or mail it to the address indicated. Please return this form on or before: ________________ Film/Video: ___________________________ _____ My child has my approval to view this audiovisual resource. _____ I do not want my child to view this audiovisual resource. substitute a meaningful, related, alternative activity. Student: ___________________________ __________________________________________ Signature of Parent/Guardian School: Address: _________________________________________________________ Policy Manual Please

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7490 Field Trips and Excursions 7490 Field trips and excursions must be aligned with Board approved curricula. The Superintendent shall provide the Board with information concerning any overnight trip, in advance of the trip whenever possible. All overnight trips are to be approved in advance by the Superintendent. All trips to foreign countries shall be approved in advance by the Board of Education. The Superintendent’s and Board’s decisions shall take into account any travel warnings or cautions of the U. S. Department of State or Department of Homeland Security.

Approved: June 7, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1321-1332; R 340.241-243

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7770 Teaching about Religion 7770 Teachers may teach about religion, religious literature, and history when aligned with the approved curricula. Teachers are prohibited from indoctrination, proselytizing, expounding, criticizing, or ridiculing a particular religion. Religious texts may be used to teach about religion, but the use of religious texts is prohibited if used to endorse a particular religious doctrine or inculcate particular sectarian beliefs and values.

Approved: June 7, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1217

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7800 School Ceremonies and Observances (Cf. 7770) Opening Exercises Classrooms are strongly encouraged to open the school day with appropriate patriotic exercises. At a minimum, at least weekly, this will include the recitation of the pledge to the flag. Patriotic songs, and reading of excerpts of material intended to foster the development of moral values, patriotism, and high standards of conduct may supplement this activity. A student who expresses a personal objection to repeating the pledge to the flag shall not be required to participate. However, such students shall not cause a disturbance or interfere with the participation of others. Recognition of Religious Beliefs and Customs Employees of the District shall neither promote nor disparage any religious belief or non-belief. The Board encourages all students and staff members to appreciate and to be tolerant of each other’s religious views. Students and staff members may be excused from participating in practices that are contrary to their religious beliefs unless there are clear overriding concerns that would prevent it. The Board, through its instructional program, shall attempt to advance all students’ knowledge and appreciation of the role that religious heritage has played in the social, cultural and historical development of the United States and human civilization. Federal Requirements As required by the No Child Left Behind Act, the Superintendent will, by October 1 of each year, certify in writing to the state that students of the District are not prevented by policy or rule from participating in constitutionally protected prayer. The Superintendent will ensure that the staff, parent(s)/guardian(s), and students are made aware of the parameters of acceptable religious speech and actions. 7800

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7800 School Ceremonies and Observances (Cf. 7770) 7800-2 The Superintendent will also distribute guidelines to each school concerning religion in the schools, after the guidelines/regulations have been approved by the Board attorney and reviewed by the Board. In accordance with federal law54, the District shall offer an educational program(s) each year on Constitution Day to commemorate the September 17, 1787 signing of the United States Constitution.55

Approved:

Adopted June 7, 2004; Revisions Adopted January 8, 2007

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1175; 380.1217; Lee v. Weisman, 112 S. Ct. 2649 (1992); NCLB; Section 111 of Division J of Public Law 108-447 (2004).

54 55

Section 111 of Division J of Public Law 108-447 Constitution Day shall be held on September 17th of each year. However, if September 17th falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, then Constitution Day shall be held during the preceding or following week.

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7800-R School Ceremonies and Observances (Cf. 7770) 7800-R Through special ceremonies or through the instructional program, building administrators may arrange for proper commemoration of the following special days in the schools: Constitution Day (September 17); Columbus Day (Second Monday in October); Veteran’s Day (November 11); Martin Luther King’s Birthday (3rd Monday in January); Lincoln’s Birthday (February 12); and Washington’s Birthday (3rd Monday in February). Observance of Constitution Day The District shall offer a Constitution Day program(s) each September 17 to commemorate the signing of the United States Constitution. 56 Observance of Religious Holidays The practice of the District shall be as follows: The several holidays throughout the year that have a religious and secular basis may be observed in the public schools. The historical and contemporary values and the origin of religious holidays may be explained in an unbiased and objective manner without sectarian indoctrination. Music, art, literature and drama having a religious theme or basis are permitted as part of the curricula for school-sponsored activities and programs if presented in a prudent and objective manner and as a traditional part of the cultural and religious heritage of the particular holiday. The use of religious symbols such as a cross, Menorah, crescent, Star of David, crèche, symbol of Native America or other symbols that are a part of a religious holiday is permitted as a teaching aid or resource provided such

56

Constitution Day shall be held on September 17th of each year. However, if September 17th falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, then Constitution Day shall be held during the preceding or following week.

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7800-R School Ceremonies and Observances 7800-R-2 symbols are displayed as an example of the cultural and religious heritage of the holiday, are used in instruction, and are temporary in nature. Among these

holidays are Christmas, Easter, Passover, Hanukkah, Kwanza, and St. Valentine’s Day, St. Patrick’s Day, Thanksgiving, and Halloween. The District's calendar, through the collective bargaining process, may be prepared so as to minimize conflicts with religious holidays of all faiths. Religion in the Curriculum It is essential that teaching about religion —and not indoctrination of same—be conducted in a factual, objective and respectful manner. Therefore, the practice of the District shall be as follows: The Board supports the inclusion of religious literature, music, drama and the arts in the curricula and in school activities provided that it is intrinsic to the learning experience in the various fields of study and is presented objectively. The emphasis on religious themes in the arts, literature and history should be only as extensive as necessary for a balanced thorough study of these areas. Such studies should never foster any particular religious tenets or

demean any religious beliefs. Student-initiated expressions to questions or assignments, which reflect their beliefs or non-beliefs about a religious theme, shall be accommodated. Students are free to express religious belief or non-belief in non-disruptive composition, art forms, music, and speech. Dissemination of Religious Materials Materials that have a religious content may be made available to students during non-instructional time. The District shall impose content neutral, time, place, and manner restrictions on the dissemination of religious materials to ensure that students are aware that the materials are not being endorsed or sponsored by the District or its staff. Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7800-R School Ceremonies and Observances Dedications and Commencements Traditions are a cherished part of the community life and the District expresses an interest in maintaining those traditions, which have had significance to the community. While recognizing the significance of traditions, the Board recognizes that its dedication ceremonies and commencement exercises must be secular in nature. Inspirational addresses, which do not promote religion, may be permitted at such ceremonies. Because the baccalaureate service is traditionally religious in nature, it, if held, shall be sponsored by agencies separate from the District. School initiated invocations and benediction, inherent in commencement (graduation) 7800-R-3

ceremonies, are not allowed under current law. Federally Required Guidelines Students have the following rights pursuant to federal law: To engage in private, non-disruptive activity such as prayer or religious readings while at school; To participate in before or after school events that have a religious content; To study about religion when appropriate to the curricula; To produce written expressions of religious beliefs in home work, art work, and other assignments; To distribute in a non-disruptive manner, subject to reasonable restrictions as to time, place, and manner, religious literature; To be excused for religious reasons from participation in school programs or activities; To be granted release time to attend religious events;

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7800-R School Ceremonies and Observances 7800-R-4 To wear clothing that includes a non disruptive religious theme or message; To be given access to school media to announce religious events in the same manner as other organizations; To be granted access to school facilities for religious activities in the same manner as other organizations.

Policy Manual

Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
7880 Flag Displays 7880

Each District building where students are being taught, in accordance with law, shall display the United States and Michigan flags each day that the building is open for students. The flags shall be flown outside of the building according to accepted display procedures. Classrooms may display the United States and Michigan flags in a prominent place. Approved: June 7, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1347

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
TC-8000-1
8000—STUDENTS

8015 8020 8030 8035 8040 8045 8090 8100 8130 8140 8245 8255 8300 8320 8350 8355 8453 8480 8510 8515 8580 8590 8660 8665 8670 8710 8730 8760 8860 8940 8990

Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment, and Complaints Attendance Truancy Absences and Excuses School Admissions Homeless Children Release of a Student during the School Day Student Code of Conduct Searches of Motorized Vehicles, Lockers, and Students Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School Gangs Terroristic Threats or Acts Student Discipline Assaults Committed by Students Student Suspension and Expulsion Suspension/Expulsion of Students with Disabilities Student Wellness Immunizations Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff Head Lice Policy Child Abuse and Neglect – Duty to Report Student Safety and Accidents First Aid Automated External Defibrillators (AED’s) Administration of Medications by School Personnel Student Club, Organizations, and Access to School Facilities Student Publications Employment of Students Do-Not-Resuscitate (DNR) Orders Student Records Student Fees, Fines, Charges, and Deposits

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8015 Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment and Complaints 8015
It is the policy of the Board of Education that the District will not discriminate against any person based on sex, race, color, national origin/ancestry, religion, height, weight, marital status, age, limited English-speaking ability, sexual orientation, or disability. The District reaffirms its long-standing policy of compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination. The Board shall be an equal opportunity employer. The objective of the Board is to attract and retain individuals qualified and/or trainable for the positions in the system by virtue of jobrelated standards of education, training, experience, and personal qualifications. Every child, regardless of sex, race, color, national origin/ancestry, religion, height, weight, marital status, age, limited English-speaking ability, sexual orientation, or disability, is entitled to equal opportunity for educational development. No student57 will be excluded from participating in, denied the benefits of, or subjected to discrimination under any educational program or activity conducted by the District. The Board shall treat its students without discrimination as this pertains to course offerings, athletics, counseling, employment assistance, and extracurricular activities. The District recognizes that it is desirable to deepen the understanding of the different cultures, races, and religions of its students, staff and communities, and, therefore, shall strive to create and maintain an atmosphere of mutual understanding and respect among students, employees, and the public. Discriminatory harassment of students, District elected officials, employees, or applicants for employment by Board of Education members,

The word ―student‖ should be read to include the full range of individuals served by the Intermediate School District in its early childhood, preschool, school-aged, and adult education programs. It is the policy of the District to use this term in an inclusive manner, encompassing a wide range of learners.
57

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8015 Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment and Complaints 8015-2
District employees, vendors, contractors or other doing business with the District, students, parent(s)/guardian(s), invitees, volunteers or guests will not be tolerated. Discriminatory harassment includes unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors or other verbal or physical conduct relating to an individuals’ sex, race, color, national origin/ancestry, religion, height, weight, marital status, age, limited English-speaking ability, sexual orientation, or disability when: Submission to such conduct or communication is made a term or condition, either explicitly or implicitly, to obtain employment; Submission to, or rejection of, such conduct or communication by an employee/applicant is used as a factor in decisions affecting such

employee/applicant’s employment; Such conduct or communication has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an employee’s employment, or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive employment environment, or otherwise adversely affects an employee’s employment opportunities; Submission to such conduct or communication is made either an explicit or implicit condition of utilizing or benefiting from the services, activities, or programs of the District; Submission to, or rejection of, the conduct or communication is used as the basis for a decision to exclude, expel or limit the harassed student in the terms, conditions or privileges of the District; or The harassment substantially interferes with the student’s education, creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive environment, or otherwise adversely affects the student’s educational opportunities.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8015 Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment and Complaints 8015-3
Examples of sexual harassment, may include, but is not limited to, the following: Verbal harassment or abuse; Pressure for sexual activity including unwelcome touching; Repeated remarks with sexual or demeaning implications; Sexual jokes, posters, cartoons, etc.; Suggesting or demanding sexual involvement, accompanied by implied or explicit threats concerning one’s grades, safety, job, or performance of public duties. In addition, any form of retaliation against the complainant or witness is in itself a form of sexual harassment. The District intends that a student, employee, applicant for employment, or any other school official reporting an incident of discriminatory harassment will not suffer any form of reprisal for making such a report. Federal Title Programs If any person believes the District or an employee of the District has inadequately applied the principles and/or regulations of a federal Title program or believe they have been discriminated against, that person may make a complaint to the applicable Civil Rights Coordinator identified in the complaint section of this policy. Publication Notice The following statement shall be used in the official publications of the District:

"The Lenawee Intermediate School District does not discriminate in any of its educational programs and services, activities, or employment practices, on the basis of sex, race, color, national

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8015 Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment and Complaints 8015-4 origin/ancestry, religion, height, weight, marital status, age, limited English-speaking ability, sexual orientation, or disability.” Direct inquires to: Executive Director of Staff Resources
Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 North Adrian Highway Adrian, Michigan, 49221-9354; Phone: (517) 265-1608 For hearing impaired, please call the Michigan Relay Center at 800-649-3777 (TDD). Designation of Civil Rights Coordinators The following positions are designated Civil Rights Coordinators, including Title IX Coordinators, and charged with complaint investigation duties under this policy:

As pertains to students making inquires or filing a complaint: Assistant Superintendent for Instruction Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 N. Adrian Hwy. Adrian, MI 49221 (517) 265-1610

As pertains to employees and applicants making inquires or filing a complaint: Executive Director of Staff Resources Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 N. Adrian Hwy. Adrian, MI 49221 (517) 265-1608

Any other inquires and complaints

Superintendent Lenawee Intermediate District 4107 N. Adrian Hwy. Adrian, MI 49221 (517) 265-1628

School

In the event that the complaint is against the Superintendent, the Board Vice-President shall be the Civil Rights Coordinator and inquires and/or a written complaint letter should be sent to: Vice-President, Board of Education Lenawee Intermediate School District 4107 N. Adrian Hwy. Adrian, MI 49221

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8015 Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment and Complaints 8015-5
The Superintendent, and if the allegation is against the Superintendent, the Board VicePresident, reserves the right, on a case-by-case basis, to contract for an independent Civil Rights Coordinator’s investigation. Complaint, Grievance, and Investigation Process The Civil Rights Coordinators, as specified herein, are designated to receive, investigate, and wherever possible, satisfactorily resolve complaints from any person who believes that he/she may have been discriminated against in violation of this policy. Any person who believes he/she has been discriminated against in violation of this policy should file a written complaint with the applicable Civil Rights Coordinator within ten (10) calendar days of the alleged violation. The Civil Rights Coordinator will take the following action: First, cause an investigation of the complaint to be commenced, opening a file, informing the complainant, and providing a designation to the case for record-keeping purposes. Second, gather information pertinent to the complaint. The Civil Rights Coordinator shall arrange for a meeting with the complainant. Usually this meeting should occur before appointments with other people who are knowledgeable of the facts and circumstances of the particular complaint. The Civil Rights Coordinator shall have access to any public, educational, and personnel records held by the District pertinent to the complaint. In determining whether the alleged conduct constitutes discrimination or harassment, the totality of the circumstances, the nature of the discrimination/harassment and the context in which the alleged incident(s) occurred will be investigated. The Civil Rights Coordinator may confer with individuals who have particular expertise in order to assist in understanding and/or resolving the complaint.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8015 Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment and Complaints 8015-6
Third, complete the investigation of the complaint and provide, in writing, a written report to the complainant and Superintendent. If the Civil Rights Coordinator determines that a violation has occurred, he/she shall propose a fair resolution of the complaint within that report. If no violation is found, or if the determination is inconclusive, the report shall include a right to appeal that finding. The District considers discrimination and harassment based on sex, race, color, national origin/ancestry, religion, height, weight, marital status, age, limited English-speaking ability, sexual orientation, or disability to be a major offense, which will result in disciplinary action of the offender. Disciplinary action depends upon the status of the offender. Action against a District employee, including the Superintendent, may range from reprimand to termination of employment. Disciplinary action against a student shall be administered under the applicable student discipline policies and may range from reprimand to expulsion. Disciplinary action

against a Board of Education member may range from Board of Education public censure to removal of the Board member from an officer position he/she may hold. In cases where the alleged discrimination/harassment involves a member of the Board of Education, the Superintendent will appoint outside legal counsel to investigate the complaint. The results of an investigation and any action taken thereon will be communicated to the Superintendent and the complaining person. In the event the complaint is against the Superintendent, the Vice-President of the Board shall be designated as the Civil Rights Coordinator and investigator for such complaints. The Vice-President of the Board may elect to employ District legal counsel or other qualified, independent investigators at his/her sole discretion to assist him/her in the investigation.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8015 Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment and Complaints 8015-7
The complainant may appeal the Civil Rights Coordinator’s determination to the Superintendent, or, in the case of a complaint against the Superintendent, to the full Board of Education, by so notifying the Superintendent or Board President in writing within the (10) calendar days of the Civil Rights Coordinator’s determination. The Superintendent or Board of Education may conduct additional investigation of the facts and circumstances surrounding the complaint.

The Board of Education may assign, by resolution, an independent legal counsel to conduct its appeal process.
The Superintendent, or Board of Education in the case of a complaint against the Superintendent, shall affirm or reverse the Civil Rights Coordinator’s decision and, if warranted, implement the Civil Rights Coordinator’s proposed resolution or a modification thereof. Superintendent or Board's decision shall be final. Upon completion of, or at any point in, the grievance process, complainants have the right to file a complaint with the Office for Civil Rights, US Department of Education, Washington, D.C. 20201. The complainant should first be directed to the following address: Office for Civil Rights 600 Superior Avenue, Suite 750 Cleveland, OH 44114 (216) 522-4970 phone (216) 522-2573 fax The

Approved:

Adopted October 4, 2004; Revisions Adopted January 8, 2007

LEGAL REF: Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d. et seq.; and 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e, et seq.; Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. §§ 1681, et seq.; Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 794; The Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1210, et seq.; the Handicappers’ Civil Rights Act, MCL §§ 37.1101, et seq.; and the Elliott-Larsen Civil Rights Act, MCL §§ 37.2101, et seq.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8015-R Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment
and Complaints Intimate Personal Hygiene These administrative procedures are provided to ensure that students with disabilities, who need assistance with intimate personal hygiene have ―same-sex staff‖ give this assistance unless excepted, waived, or otherwise determined at the regularly scheduled Individualized Education Program Team meeting, and agreed to by the parent(s)/guardian(s) in writing, that such assistance with the use of a same-sex staff member is not required and/or necessary to provide educational benefits to the student. The special education placement decision of the IEP Team shall be based upon the committee's determination of the student's needs and his/her placement in the least restrictive environment and shall not be overly influenced by the sex of the staff member providing assistance. Definitions Emergencies: Unexpected and/or unavoidable events which prevent assistance with intimate personal hygiene by regularly scheduled same-sex staff, including staff absences. Intimate Personal Hygiene: Toileting, bathing, dressing, and other activities ordinarily conducted in private. Standard Operating Procedures 1. Unless exempted, waived, or otherwise deemed unnecessary by the IEP Team, all disabled students who need assistance with intimate personal hygiene shall have such assistance by staff of the same sex as the student.

8015-R

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8015-R Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment 8015-R-2
and Complaints 2. Exceptions: a. Students who need services from the school nurse are exempt from the requirement of same-sex assistance; b. During an emergency, as determined by school officials, provided by a person of the opposite sex. 3. The IEP Team for students with disabilities who need assistance with intimate personal hygiene shall document this need on the IEP Team report. 4. An IEP Team noting the need for assistance with intimate personal hygiene shall specify how this need shall be met in the student’s placement. The IEP Team must consider the necessity of providing this assistance with a staff member of the same sex as the student. If the IEP Team determines the sex of the service provider is inconsequential to acquiring educational benefits, services may be provided by any qualified staff member, identified on the IEP by title or position, so long as the parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the form agreeing to the IEP recommendations. 5. If the IEP Team determines same sex assistance is necessary for a successful educational experience, a student 18 years or older, a student's parent(s)/ guardian(s), may waive, if they desire, the requirement of same sex assistance with intimate personal hygiene, upon request of the school's administrative representative, by signing the appropriate form. The school personnel representing the administration at the IEP Team meeting seeking such a waiver shall provide the person with information about how the service may be provided, prior to requesting the signature.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8015-R Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment and Complaints 8015-R-3

6.

If a student or parent(s)/guardian(s) do not waive provision of same-sex assistance with intimate personal hygiene or does not approve the IEP Team recommendation finding sex of service provider to be inconsequential, the administration will schedule, assign, or reassign staff to meet the needs of the students, within a reasonable period. The same action shall be made if the parent(s)/guardian(s) request a due process hearing in disagreement with the IEP Team recommendations.

7.

When good faith efforts at scheduling or assignment of staff cannot provide the necessary same-sex assistance with intimate personal hygiene, volunteers, replacement, or temporary personnel may be used to provide the service. At no time, will the unavailability of same-sex assistance warrant exclusion of the involved students(s) from the classroom.

8.

During a reduction in force, voluntary reassignment, hiring, or mandatory reassignment of staff, care will be taken to ensure the provision of same-sex assistance. When hiring is the only means to provide the necessary same-sex assistance with intimate personal hygiene, a ―bona fide occupational qualification exemption‖ will be sought from the Michigan Department of Civil Rights, upon approval of the Superintendent.

9.

At all times when assistance with intimate personal hygiene is being provided by staff and other service providers, the utmost discretion shall be used to ensure that student’s privacy rights are secured and maintained, including use of screens and other privacy barriers when changing diapers or making transfers from wheelchairs to toilet seats. When

appropriate, or when otherwise directed by the program supervisor, the staff will consult with the student or parent(s)/guardian(s) to ensure that services are provided with the least amount of embarrassment, fear, and inconvenience.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8015-R Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment
and Complaints PROVISION OF INTIMATE PERSONAL HYGIENE ASSISTANCE IEP TEAM REPORT ATTACHMENT

8015-R-4

Involved Student: ____________________

Today's Date: ________________

Student's Special Education Teacher: __________________________________

School District Providing Services:

___________________________________

DECLARATION: I understand that by signing this form, a member of the opposite sex may provide assistance with toileting, showering, dressing, and other intimate personal hygiene activities that are necessary for a successful school experience. I have received an explanation of how the above named student will receive the necessary assistance. This waiver is good until the next

regularly scheduled meeting of the Individualized Education Program Team convened for the above named student.

SIGNATURES:

_________________________________ Parent/Guardian/Student

____________________________ Date of Signature

__________________________________ IEP Team Administrative Representative

___________________________ Date of Signature

Copies:

White-LISD Student records Pink-Local Superintendent Yellow-Parent/Guardian Goldenrod-CA file

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8020 Attendance 8020 The Board expects regular attendance at school by all students, including those enrolled in any virtual programs. Daily attendance records shall be

maintained for each student in each school. Regular attendance contributes not only to the probability of scholastic success but also to the development of attitudes of consistent performance, which will carry over into adult life.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1231; 380.1571; 380.1577; 380.1586-1589; R 340.71; OAG, 1977-1978, No 5414, p 738 (December 20, 1978); OAG, 1987-1988, No 6467, p 196 (September 16, 1987)

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8020-R Attendance 8020-R The primary responsibility for recording attendance shall be assigned to the classroom teacher under the supervision of the program supervisor and upon forms prescribed by the Superintendent and State Department of Education. District personnel are to follow the state guidelines regarding student attendance accounting and reporting. The District’s staff is to cooperate with attendance officers and law enforcement personnel when enforcing the compulsory attendance laws.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8030 Truancy 8030 The Board will provide attendance officer services in accordance with current law. The Superintendent shall enlist the support and cooperation of local authorities in dealing with school problems created by students not attending school.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1571; 380.1586-1596

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8035 Absences and Excuses 8035 It is necessary that a student attend throughout the school day/year in order to benefit fully from the educational program, including those enrolled in virtual classes. The Board recognizes, however, that from time to time compelling circumstances will require that a student be late to school or dismissed before the end of the school day. The Board requires that the school be notified of such absences by written or oral notice from the student's parent(s)/guardian(s), which shall state the reason for the tardiness or early dismissal. Justifiable reasons shall be determined by the building administrator. The Board, other than for illness or other reasons specifically referenced in Board policy, discourages any absence from school. All absences shall be either excused or unexcused. Appropriate rules and regulations regarding

student absences shall be developed by the administrative staff, reviewed by the Board, and incorporated into the appropriate staff and student handbooks.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1571, 380.1578, 380.1586

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8040 School Admissions 8040 Since schools are maintained for the primary benefit of the residents of the District, non-resident students may be admitted only to the extent that staff, facilities, equipment, and supplies are available. Schools of Choice students enrolled in constituent Districts may participate in District programs and services in accordance with law as if they were a resident student. A student will not normally be admitted to the District who is under expulsion from another District or who has voluntarily withdrawn from school in another District for disciplinary reasons. Eligibility of Resident/Non-Resident Students The Board establishes the following residency policy for the determining eligibility to attend the schools of the District. (Cf. 8045 for homeless students) The Board will educate only those students who are legal residents of the District and those admitted under Schools of Choice laws. Proof of residency will be required for registration in the District. Students enrolled in the special education program of the District whose parent(s)/guardian(s) do not reside within the District may attend in accordance with specific contractual arrangements including Schools of Choice contracts (§105c) governmental agreements. Tuition may be charged to nonresident students resident Districts at a rate established by the Board. Nonresident students with disabilities attending District and local special education programs may have their resident District charged for tuition. Non-resident students admitted pursuant to the following exceptions will not be required to pay tuition or seek approval from their District of residence if: and other inter-

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8040 School Admissions 8040-2

1. The student was a victim of a criminal sexual assault or other serious assault, that (1) occurred ―at school‖58 in the student’s District of residence, or (2) that was committed by one or more students from the student’s District of residence, or (3) that was committed by employee of the student’s District of residence. 2. The student was enrolled as a resident in the District at the beginning of the school year and became a non-resident after the pupil membership count day (fourth Wednesday in September). 3. The student is the child of an employee who is under a full-time or part-time employment during the current school year. This

exception shall cease to exist when the parent(s)/guardian(s) ceases to be an employee of the District. However, under such circumstances, a student may finish the school year without payment of tuition or approval from his/her resident District if the parent(s)/guardian(s) discontinues employment with the District after the pupil membership count day. Unless as otherwise required by law, transportation for enrolled nonresident students shall be furnished by their parent(s)/guardian(s). Assignments The program supervisor shall be responsible for assignment of all students within the programs. In the event that the parent(s)/guardian(s) are dissatisfied with a student assignment, he/she shall confer with the administrator,

―At school‖ means in a classroom, elsewhere on school premises, on a school bus or other school-related vehicle, or at a school-sponsored activity or event whether or not it is held on school premises. MCL 388.1606(6)(g)(i).
58

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
and, if not satisfied with the administrator’s explanation for the assignment, the parent(s)/guardian(s) may confer with the Superintendent. 8040 School Admissions 8040-3

In the event that the parent(s)/guardian(s) are still dissatisfied, the assignment may be appealed in writing to the Board for a final determination. In the case of special education students, parent(s)/guardian(s) would request an IEP Team meeting. Any right to challenge assignments for students with disabilities would be governed under applicable state and federal special education laws and regulations. Transfers and Withdrawals All students who plan to withdraw entirely from the programs of the District are encouraged to give advance notice, insofar as this is possible, in order that the school rolls may accurately reflect the current student enrollment of the District.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1134-1135; 380.1147-1148; 380.1204a; 380.1282; 380.1324; 380.1401; 380.1416; 388.1517-1518; 388.1606; OAG, 1979-1980, No 5642, p 587 (February 4. 1980); OAG, 1981-1982, No 5925, p 234 (June 23, 1981); OAG, 1981-1982, No 5995, p 412 (October 12, 1981); OAG, 1987-1988, No 6467, p 196 (September 16, 1987)

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8045 Homeless Children59 8045 Programs and services routinely provided to resident students shall be available to identified homeless children and youth on an equal basis. The Superintendent shall waive fees, charges, and enrollment

documentation that may act as barriers and prevent homeless children from enrolling in school and/or acquiring an appropriate education.60 (Cf. 8040, 8480)

Approved:

October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: 42 USCA §11433 (McKinney Homeless Assistance Act); 20 USCA 6311 (No Child Left Behind Act)

59

Under the McKinney Act, the terms homeless children and youths mean “individuals who lack a fixed, regular, and adequate nighttime residence … and includes: (i) children and youths who are sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason; are living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds due to the lack of alternative adequate accommodations; are living in emergency or transitional shelters; are abandoned in hospitals; or are awaiting foster care placement; (ii) children and youths who have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for or ordinarily used as a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings…; (iii) children and youths who are living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings; and (iv) migratory children … who qualify as homeless for the purposes of this part because the children are living in circumstances described [above].”
60

To be eligible for federal funds for programs assisting the education of homeless children, a District must provide written notice to the parents/guardians of each child enrolled in a separate school for homeless children of the choice of schools that homeless children are eligible to attend, that no homeless child is required to attend a separate school, and that homeless children must be provided transportation services, educational services and meals through school meal programs comparable to those offered to other children in the school attended. The notice must also include contact information for the local liaison for homeless children and the state coordinator for education of homeless children. If the District sends a homeless child to a school other than the school of origin or the school requested by the parent/guardian, the District must provide the parents/guardians a written explanation for, including notice of the right to appeal, the decision. This information must also be provided whenever a dispute arises over school selection. 42 U.S.C. § 11432 (e) (3) ©, (E); 11432 (g) (2) (B), (E)

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8045-R Homeless Children 8045-R
In coordination with the constituent Districts, the District will emphasize the rights of homeless students to: Equal access to all educational programs and services including transportation; Continue to attend school in their school of origin for the duration of homelessness; Attend regular public school with non-homeless students; Continue to receive all services for which they are eligible, such as special education, gifted and talented, or LEP.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8090 Release of a Student during the School Day 8090 In recognition of the District’s obligation to parent(s)/guardian(s) for the health, welfare, and safety of students, program supervisors shall not release a student during the school day except in emergencies or to a student’s lawful custodian as defined by Michigan law. The identification of the student’s lawful custodian shall be verified to the satisfaction of the program supervisor. The name, address and telephone number of the lawful custodian shall be entered on the permanent record of the student. If one parent/guardian has been awarded custody of the student in a divorce settlement, the parent/guardian in custody as defined in statute shall inform the school, in writing, of any limitations in the right of the non-custodial parent/guardian. The minimum standard for verification in this regard is the latest relevant court order. Absent such notice, the school will presume that the student may be released into the care of either parent/guardian. No student who has a medical condition that is presently incapacitating may be released from school without a person to accompany him/her. No student shall be released from school to anyone whose signature authorizing such custody is not on file in the building.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1561(e); R 340.71-75; OAG, 1989-1990, No 6596, p 195 (August 9, 1989)

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8100 Student Code of Conduct 8100 Respect for law and for those persons in authority shall be required of all students. This includes conformity to school rules as well as general provisions of law regarding minors. Respect for the rights of others, consideration of their privileges, and cooperative citizenship shall be maintained in the schools of the District. The Superintendent shall establish procedures known as the Student Code of Conduct to carry out Board policy and philosophy, and shall hold all school personnel, students, and parent(s)/guardian(s) responsible for the conduct of students in schools and on school vehicles.
Programs that physically share students with a local public school (i.e. the Vocational Technical Center, special education programs located in local public school buildings and others) may follow the lead of the local District when taking disciplinary action. This concept shall also apply to students shared with Jackson Community College and other post-secondary institutions. Unless special circumstances are considered by that local District and made part of its official action taken to discipline the student, the local District’s disciplinary action shall be deemed applicable to that student's participation in the Intermediate School District’s program(s) as well. This relationship may be addressed in written contracts, memorandums of understanding, joint operating procedures and other documents

Discipline on the buses shall be the responsibility of the transportation staff in cooperation with program administration. If a student presents a bus discipline problem, a meeting with the parent(s)/guardian(s), driver,

transportation supervisor, and program administration may be held to consider the need for a functional behavior assessment and behavior intervention plan.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8100 Student Code of Conduct 8100-2 No student is to be detained after the close of the regular school day unless the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student have been contacted and informed that their child is to be detained.
Approved: October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601a; 380.1311; 380.1312; 750.411t (PA 11 of 2004, AKA ―Garret’s Law‖)

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8100-R Student Code of Conduct 8100-R The Superintendent is authorized by the Board to designate specific administrators (Assistant Superintendents and program supervisors) to have the power to suspend and as noted below, to implement certain short-term expulsions of students. (Cf. 8350, 8355). Grade reductions, suspension of privileges, and other disciplinary sanctions are also authorized. Infractions Constituting a Violation of the Student Code of Conduct Criminal and Non-Criminal Acts This list is not intended to be exhaustive. Other criminal and non-criminal acts not listed will also subject the student to disciplinary action. The commission of or participation in criminal acts on school property or at school-sponsored activities, or on school transportation vehicles is prohibited. Disciplinary action will be taken regardless of whether criminal charges, prosecution, or conviction results from law enforcement investigation of the incident(s). Arson: The intentional setting of fire. Assault: Including sexual assault and/or rape: Physical threats or violence to persons. Burglary: Stealing of school or personal property. Extortion, Blackmail, or Coercion: Obtaining money or property by violence or threat of violence, or forcing someone to do something against his/her will by force or threat of force. Explosives illegally used: Explosives are not permitted on school property or at school sponsored events, unless with the express written permission of the program supervisor. Weapons Possession: Weapons are prohibited on school property or at

school-sponsored events, unless with the express written permission of the program supervisor. Larceny: Theft of another person’s property, including identity theft. 8100-R Student Code of Conduct 8100-R-2

Malicious Destruction of Property: Damage to buildings, ground, equipment, supplies, textbooks, etc.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
Robbery: Stealing from an individual by force or threat of force. Sale, Use, or Possession of Alcoholic Beverages, Illegal Drugs, or Illegal Chemicals: The school official in charge will immediately remove from contact with other students anyone under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs, or illegal chemicals and thereupon shall contact the parent(s)/guardian(s). Trespass: Being present in an unauthorized place or refusing to leave when ordered to do so. Unlawful Interference with School Authorities: Interfering with administrators or teachers by force or violence. Unlawful Intimidation of School Authorities: Interfering with administrators or teachers by intimidation with threat of force or violence. Smoking/Possession of Tobacco Products: Smoking and student possession of tobacco products are not permitted on the school property. Inappropriate Dress and Appearance: Students may exercise individual discretion in the manner of dress and groom unless it infringes upon the health or safety of themselves or others or is a disruptive influence on the educational environment. Disruptive Conduct: Conduct that materially and substantially interferes with the educational process is prohibited. Lack of Cooperation with School Personnel: Students must obey the lawful instructions of District personnel. Refusal to Identify Self: All persons must identify themselves to school authorities in the school building, on school grounds, or at school-sponsored events upon request.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8100-R Student Code of Conduct 8100-R-3

Inappropriate

Behavior

at

Off-Campus

Events:

Students

at

a

school-sponsored, off-campus event shall be governed by District rules and regulations and are subject to the authority of District officials. Failure to obey the rules and regulations and/or failure to obey the instructions of District officials may result in loss of eligibility to attend school sponsored off-campus events as well as other discipline including suspension or expulsion.
Abuse of Freedom of Speech and Assembly: Students are entitled to express their personal opinions. Such opinions shall not interfere with the freedom of others to express themselves or disrupt the learning environment. The use of obscenities or personal attacks is prohibited. Students have the freedom to assemble peacefully. There is an appropriate time and place for expression of opinions and beliefs. Conducting demonstrations that interfere with the operation of the school or classroom are inappropriate and prohibited. Cheating and Plagiarism: Turning in another person’s work for credit and other forms of cheating and plagiarism are prohibited. Inappropriate Posters, Announcements, Handbills, Informal Student or School- Related Publications, and Non-School Related Publications: All material shall be free of vulgar and obscene language. The distribution, sale, posting, or depositing of materials must not interfere with the learning environment.

Harassment, Bullying and Hazing: All instances of harassment, bullying and hazing of students, by other students are a violation of this Code of Conduct. Students are encouraged to report such incidents to their counselor, teacher, or other school official. Bullying is a form of harassment.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8100-R Student Code of Conduct 8100-R-4

For the purposes of this policy, ―bullying‖ is defined as: ―The repeated intimidation of others by the real or threatened infliction of physical, verbal, written, electronically transmitted, or emotional abuse, or through attacks on the property of another. It may include, but not be limited to actions such as verbal taunts, name-calling and put-downs, including ethnically-based or gender based verbal put-downs, extortion of money or possessions, and exclusion from peer groups within school.‖ Such conduct is disruptive of the learning environment

and, therefore, bullying is not acceptable behavior in this District, and is prohibited. Students who engage in any act of bullying while at school, at any school function, in connection to or with any District sponsored activity or event, or while enroute to or from school are subject to disciplinary action, up to and including suspension or expulsion. As may be required by law, law enforcement officials shall be notified of bullying incidents. Hazing Prohibited The act of ―hazing‖ is a crime in the state of Michigan and will not be tolerated by the District. The District will comply, in all ways, with Michigan law regarding any ―hazing‖ incidents.61 Students engaging in any hazing or hazing-type behavior will be subject to the provisions of the Student Code of Conduct as would apply to any other student violation of State law.

As defined in MCL 750.411t, ―hazing‖ means ―an intentional, knowing, or reckless act by a person acting alone or acting with others that is directed against an individual and that the person knew or should have known endangers the physical health or safety of the individual, and that is done for the purpose of pledging, being initiated into, affiliating with, participating in, holding office in, or maintaining membership in any organizations. Further, the term ―organization‖ means ―a fraternity, sorority, association, corporation, order, society, corps, cooperative, club, service group, social group, athletic team, or similar group whose members are primarily students at an educational institution.‖
61

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
This policy shall be included in all student handbooks of the District and shall be disseminated to the public in a manner to be determined by the Superintendent.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8130 Searches of Motorized Vehicles, Lockers, and Students 8130

Searches of lockers, motorized vehicles, and students shall be conducted under the appropriate legal standard, to maintain the safety and security of students, teachers, guests, and school property. Lockers All lockers assigned to pupils are the property of the District. At no time does the District relinquish its exclusive control of its lockers. The program

supervisor or designee shall have custody of all combinations to all lockers and locks. Pupils are prohibited from placing locks on any locker without the prior approval of the program supervisor or designee. The District may assign temporary use of lockers to students for their convenience and the lockers may be used only as permitted by the rules developed by the Superintendent. The Board authorizes the program supervisor or designee to search lockers and locker contents at any time, without notice, and without parent(s)/guardian(s) or pupil consent. Random searches may be conducted pursuant to a method and/or schedule approved by the program supervisor. The program supervisor or designee may request the assistance of law enforcement in conducting a locker search pursuant to state statute. If law enforcement is summoned, the program supervisor and/or designee shall supervise the search. In conducting a search, the privacy rights of the student regarding any items discovered that are not illegal or against school policy and rules shall be respected. Any illegal or unauthorized items found during a locker search or items deemed to be a threat to the safety and security of others may be seized. Such items include, but are not limited to: Firearms,

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
Explosives,

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8130 Searches of Motorized Vehicles, Lockers, and Students Dangerous weapons, Flammable material, Illegal controlled substances, their analogues or other intoxicants, Contraband, Poisons, and/or Stolen or suspected stolen property. Law enforcement authorities shall be notified immediately of seizure of such items or of items that are required to be reported to law enforcement under the Statewide School Safety Information Policy. The items seized will be turned over to law enforcement. The parent(s)/guardian(s) of a minor student or a 8130-2

student 18 years of age or older, shall be notified by the program supervisor or designee of items removed from the locker. A copy of this policy and

accompanying administrative rules regarding locker searches shall be provided annually to each pupil and parent(s)/guardian(s) of the pupil assigned a school locker. Motorized Vehicles Student use of a motorized vehicle on school property is a privilege. Motorized vehicles brought onto school property by students are subject to search by the program supervisor or designee, without notice or consent, if the program supervisor or designee reasonably suspects that the contents of the motorized vehicle may present a threat or potential threat to the health, safety, or welfare of other students, staff, or to the school in general. In the case of a locked motor vehicle, every effort will be made to have the vehicle unlocked by the student before proceeding with the search. Students refusing to cooperate in allowing a search of a vehicle brought by them onto school property shall be subject to disciplinary action up to and including

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
revocation of driving privileges on school property and/or suspension or expulsion.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8130 Searches of Motorized Vehicles, Lockers, and Students Students Upon reasonable suspicion, and in order to protect the health, safety or welfare of the students under school jurisdiction, the program supervisor, or designee is authorized to search students. All searches shall be carried out in the presence of an adult witness. Strip Searches No strip searches shall be conducted by school authorities. Law Enforcement Searches School officials shall cooperate with law enforcement officers who seek to execute a search warrant. Where law enforcement officers desire to search 8130-3

without a warrant, school officials should request that the circumstances be explained, and should normally not assist, unless a clear emergency exists. School officials shall insist on witnessing law enforcement searches conducted on school premises.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1308(5), Statewide School Safety Information Policy, New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985)

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8130-R Searches of Motorized Vehicles, Lockers, and Students 8130-R Search of the Person When it has been determined by the program supervisor that there is reason to suspect that a student is in possession of an object which can jeopardize the health, welfare or safety of other students or that does not belong to them, that student shall be ordered to report to the program supervisor’s office. This determination may be based on any information received by the program supervisor or by a member of the faculty or staff. It also may be based on knowledge of the student’s disciplinary problems, the student’s association with known drug offenders, the student’s exhibiting objects associated with drug use or the student’s exhibiting such objects as bullets or a knife sheath which could be associated with dangerous weapons. Once in the program supervisor’s office, the student shall be advised of the reason why he/she has been ordered to report to the program supervisor’s office. The student shall then be requested to empty items such as, but not limited to, pockets, purses, shoulder bags, backpacks and briefcases. Items that the program supervisor believes may be connected with illegal activity may remain in the custody of the program supervisor, until such items are turned over to law enforcement officials, and if this is done, the program supervisor shall receive a receipt for such items so delivered. Likewise, the program supervisor shall produce a receipt of confiscated items for the student’s

parent(s)/guardian(s). If the student refuses to comply with this request, the program supervisor shall notify the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) and request that they come to the school at once. The program supervisor shall advise the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the situation.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8130-R Searches of Motorized Vehicles, Lockers, and Students 8130-R-2 If the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student are unable to persuade the student to comply, the parent(s)/guardian(s) and the student shall be advised that law enforcement officials will be notified, and the matter turned over to an appropriate law enforcement agency. If the parent(s)/guardian(s) refuse to come to the school or are unable to be notified and the student continues to refuse to cooperate, the program supervisor shall notify law enforcement officials and inform them of the facts, which give him/her reasonable suspicion to believe that the student has illegal or dangerous objects on his/her person. Any further

search of the student shall be at the discretion and under the control of the law enforcement officials with a valid warrant, if law requires a warrant. Once the program supervisor has relinquished control of the student to the law enforcement officials, the program supervisor or representative shall remain with the student and request to be present during any search of the student made by law enforcement officials on school property. Upon any search, a written report shall be made indicating: 1. The name of the student, 2. The time, date and place of the search, 3. The reason(s) for the search, 4. Whether or not law enforcement officials were called, 5. Name of the person conducting the search, 6. Name(s) of person(s) present while search was conducted, 7. Item(s) confiscated. The Superintendent shall keep a copy of the written report on file.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8140 Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School 8140 It shall be the policy of the District that a reasonable cooperative effort is to be maintained between the school administration and law enforcement agencies. Law enforcement officials may be summoned in order to conduct an investigation of alleged criminal conduct on the school premises or during a school-sponsored activity. They may also be summoned for the purpose of

maintaining or restoring order when the presence of such officers is necessary to prevent injury to persons or property. Program supervisors have the

responsibility and the authority to determine when the presence and assistance of law enforcement officers is necessary within their respective jurisdictions. The District’s administrators shall at all times act in a manner which protects and guarantees the rights of students and parent(s)/guardian(s) and shall cooperate with law enforcement officials Because of the nature of such investigations and the statutory authority bestowed upon the Department of Human Services (DHS) concerning the investigation of child abuse, authorized agents of the DHS, with proper identification, shall be permitted to talk with students in school without the presence of the parent(s)/guardian(s). The District recognizes that the DHS may lawfully interview a child alleged to have been abused without the presence of the program supervisor or other school personnel. However, in appropriate cases, the program supervisor may request that he or she, or a designated representative, be present during the interview.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8140-R Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School 8140-R A student who has attained the age of 18 enjoys the responsibility of speaking for him/herself without the agreement of parent(s)/guardian(s) as to whether or not he/she will submit to questioning, unless there is a court appointed guardian. 1. When Initiated by Program Supervisors and Conducted by Administrators Program Supervisors shall have the authority and duty to conduct investigations and to question students pertaining to infractions of school rules, whether or not the alleged conduct is a violation of criminal law. The

investigation process shall uphold the principle that an accused person is innocent until proven guilty. Such investigations shall be conducted in a manner, which does not interfere with school activities, in so far as possible. 2. Initiated by Program Supervisors and Conducted by Law Enforcement Officers The program supervisor shall determine when the necessity exists that law enforcement officers be asked to conduct an investigation of alleged criminal behavior which jeopardizes the safety of other people or school property or which interferes with the operation of the schools. The program supervisor may request that law enforcement officers conduct an investigation and question students who are potential witnesses of such alleged criminal behavior during school hours. A reasonable attempt shall be made to contact the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) prior to questioning by law enforcement officers. Reasonable requests of the parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be observed. The administrator involved shall document such notifications or

attempted notifications to parent(s)/guardian(s). In the absence of a student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) during any questioning of such students, the program supervisor or a designated staff person shall be present as may be allowed by law enforcement officials. Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8140-R Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School 8140-R-2 3. Initiated and Conducted by Law Enforcement Officers Although cooperation with law enforcement officers will be maintained, it is the preference of the District that it will not normally be necessary for law enforcement officers to initiate and conduct any investigation and interrogation on the school premises during school hours pertaining to criminal activities unrelated to the operation of the school. It is preferred that only in demonstrated

emergencies, when law enforcement officers find it necessary, will they conduct such an investigation during school hours. These circumstances might be limited to those in which delay might result in danger to any person, flight of a person reasonably suspected of a crime from the jurisdiction or local authorities, destruction of evidence, or continued criminal behavior. No school official,

however, should ever place him/herself in the position of interfering with a law enforcement official in the performance of his or her duties as an officer of the law. If the law enforcement officials are not recognized and/or are lacking a warrant or court order, the program supervisor shall require proper identification of such officials and the reason(s) for the visit to the school. If the program supervisor is not satisfied, he/she shall attempt to notify the Superintendent and the officer’s superior, documenting such action. In all cases, the officers shall be requested to obtain prior approval of the program supervisor or other designated person before beginning such an investigation on school premises. The administrator shall document the

circumstances of such investigations as soon as practical. Alleged criminal behavior related to the school environment brought to the program supervisor’s attention by law enforcement officers shall be dealt with under the provisions of relevant Board policies.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8140-R Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School 8140-R-3 4. Interrogation of Student During Investigation of Violations of School Rules In instances where school rules have allegedly been violated, the program supervisor may withhold information about the infraction while investigating and talking to the suspect student or potential witnesses. When disciplinary action is certain, upon or near completion of the investigation, the suspect student shall be advised orally or in writing of the nature of the alleged offense and of the evidence against the student. School officials should not engage in detailed questioning of students at random without reasonable expectation of gathering information as to school misconduct. Adult students should be given the opportunity to give their consent before answering questions of school officials. Circumstances may arise where it would be advisable to have another adult present during questioning of students. 5. Violations of Criminal Law During an investigation of violation of school rules, it may come to the attention of an administrator that the investigated activity may also be a violation of criminal law. In proceeding with the investigation, the program supervisor shall attempt to ascertain whether there is sufficient justification to believe that a criminal offense was committed that warrants notifying law enforcement officials. When a suspected violation of criminal law has occurred on the school grounds involving the operation of the school or a school-sponsored activity, law enforcement officials may be notified and their presence requested for the questioning of suspected students. If such officials are notified, unless

circumstances dictate otherwise, questioning of the student shall not begin or continue until the law enforcement officers arrive.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8140-R Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School attempts shall be made to contact a 8140-R-4 student’s Reasonable

parent(s)/guardian(s) who, unless an emergency exists, shall be given the opportunity to confer with the student and to be present with the student during such questioning. The administrator shall document the notification or attempted notification to the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s), or representative. In the absence of parent(s)/guardian(s) and student consent, it is the preference of the District that law enforcement officers on school premises shall not question a student. The law enforcement officers shall be asked to advise the student of his/her legal rights. If the parent(s)/guardian(s) or student refuses consent to the questioning, the law enforcement officer(s) will determine the course of action to be pursued. Information of criminal conduct not related to the schools shall be turned over to law enforcement officials, without additional investigation by school officials. 6. Taking a Student into Custody School officials shall not release students to law enforcement authorities voluntarily unless the student has been placed under arrest or unless the parent(s)/ guardian(s) and the student agree to the release. When students are removed from school for any reason by law enforcement authorities, every reasonable effort will be made to notify the student’s parent(s)/ guardian(s) immediately. Such effort shall be documented. Whenever an attempt to remove a student from school occurs without an arrest warrant or court order or without consent of the parent(s)/guardian(s) or the student, the administrator shall immediately notify a superior of the law enforcement officers involved to make objection to the removal of the student and shall attempt to notify the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student. The

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
Superintendent’s office shall be notified immediately of any removal of a student from school by law enforcement officers under any circumstances.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8140-R Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School 8140-R-5 The program supervisor shall make reasonable efforts to persuade law enforcement officers not to make arrests or to take students into custody on school premises. Whenever the need arises to make arrests or take students into custody on school premises, the program supervisor shall make reasonable efforts to persuade the law enforcement officers to utilize a non-uniformed officer in making the arrest without use of restraints. When it is necessary to take a student into custody on school premises and time permits, the law enforcement officer shall be requested to notify the program supervisor and relate the circumstances necessitating such action. When possible, the program supervisor shall have the student summoned to the program supervisor’s office where the student may be taken into custody. When an emergency exists, the program supervisor may summon law enforcement officials to the school to take a student into custody. When a student has been taken into custody or arrested on school premises without prior notification to the program supervisor, the school staff present shall encourage the law enforcement officers to notify the Program Supervisor of the circumstances as quickly as possible.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8140-R Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School 8140-R-6 In the event that the officers decline to notify the program supervisor, the school staff members present shall immediately notify the program supervisor or the Superintendent. If possible, the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student shall be notified by the program supervisor before the student is taken into custody by law enforcement officers or as quickly thereafter as possible. The administrator shall document such notification or attempted notification. 7. Disturbance of School Environment (Cf. 9290) Law enforcement officers may be requested to assist in controlling disturbances of the school environment which the program supervisor has found to be unmanageable by school personnel and which disturbances have the potential of causing harm to students, other persons or school property. Such potential of disturbance includes members of the public who have exhibited undesirable or illegal conduct on school premises or at a school event, including Board of Education meetings, held on school property and who have been requested to leave by an administrator, but have failed or refused to do so. School officials may issue trespass prohibitions against such persons and request law enforcement cooperation there of. 8. Coordination of Policies by Enforcement Officials School officials shall meet at least annually with local law enforcement officials to discuss cooperative efforts for maintaining safe schools.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8140-R Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School 8140-R -7 Student Interrogations, Searches, and Arrests - A Checklist I. What factors caused a reasonable suspicion that the search of the student or effects, locker or automobile will produce evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law or the student code of conduct? A. Eyewitness account: 1. 2. 3. 4. B. By whom: Date/time: Place: What was observed?

Information from a reliable source: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. From whom: Time received: How information was received: Who received the information? Describe the information:

C.

Suspicious behavior. Explain. ________________________________________________________

D. E. F. G. II.

Time of search: Location of search: Was the student informed of the purpose of the search? Was consent for the search requested?

Was the search conducted reasonably in terms of scope and intrusiveness?

A. B.

What were you searching for? Gender of the student:

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8140-R 8 C. D. E. Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School Age of the student: ____________ Urgency of the situation: What type of search was being conducted? ________________________________________________________ F. Who conducted the search? Position: Gender: ____________ G. III. Witnesses Identity: 8140-R-

Explanation of the search. A. Describe the time and location of the search: ________________________________________________________ B. Describe exactly what was searched:

C.

What did the search yield? ________________________________________________________

D.

What was seized? ________________________________________________________

E. F.

Were any materials turned over to the police? Were parent(s)/guardian(s) notified of the search, including the reason for it and the scope? _______________________________________

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8245 Gangs 8245 The Board desires to keep District schools and students free from threats or harmful influence of any groups or gangs, which advocate drug use, violence, or harmful disruptive behavior. The administration shall maintain continual,

visible supervision of District premises to deter gang intimidation of students and confrontations between members of different gangs. The Board prohibits the presence of any apparel, jewelry, accessory, notebook or manner of grooming which, by virtue of its color, arrangement, trademark or any other attribute, denotes membership in gangs that advocate drug use, violence, or disruptive behavior.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8255 Terroristic Threats/Acts 8255 The Board recognizes the danger that terroristic threats or acts by students present to the safety and welfare of District students, staff, and community. The Board acknowledges the need for an immediate and effective response to a situation involving such a threat or act. A terroristic threat shall mean a threat to commit violence communicated with the intent to terrorize another, to cause evacuation of a building, or to cause serious public inconvenience, in reckless disregard of the risk causing such terror or inconvenience. A terroristic act shall mean an offense against property or involving danger to another person. The Board prohibits any student, at any time, regardless of whether school is in session, from communicating terroristic threats or committing terroristic acts directed at any student, employee, Board member, community member, school building, or property. Any such threat, either real or intended as a joke, or any terroristic act will not be tolerated in or around the District and hereby adopts a ―zero tolerance‖ of any such actions. Action by the District may be directed by its Policy on Crisis Response Plans (#4070).

Approved:

October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1308

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8300 Student Discipline (Cf. 5220) 8300 The Board acknowledges that conduct is closely related to learning. An effective instructional program requires an orderly school environment and the effectiveness of the educational program is, in part, reflected in the behavior of students. Students shall be required to behave in a manner that: Conforms to reasonable standards of socially acceptable behavior. Respects the person and property of others. Preserves the degree of order necessary to the educational program in which they are engaged. Respects the rights of others. Respects the authority of teachers and other school officials. The Superintendent shall enforce the Student Code of Conduct policy in a manner that upholds the Vision of the District and that: Is not arbitrary but bears a reasonable relationship to the need to maintain a school environment conducive to learning. Does not discriminate among students illegally. Does not demean students. Does not violate any individual rights constitutionally guaranteed to students. Does not tolerate the use of corporal punishment. The Superintendent shall publish to all students and their

parent(s)/guardian(s) the policies and regulation of the District regarding student conduct, the sanctions that may be imposed for breach of those rules, and the due process procedures that will be used in administering the Student Code of Conduct.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1311; 380.1312

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8320 Assaults Committed by Students Against School Personnel The Board shall permanently expel a student in grade 6 (or age equivalent) or above if the student commits a physical assault, as defined by MCL 380.1311a (12) (B)62, against a District employee or against a person engaged as a volunteer or contractor for the District on school property, on a school bus or other school related vehicle, or at a school-sponsored activity or event. Threats of Assault Committed by Students Any student in grade 6 (or age equivalent) or above who commits a verbal, written, or electronically transmitted threat of assault on school property, on a school bus or other school related vehicle, or at a school-sponsored activity or event against a District employee or against a person engaged as a volunteer or contractor for the District shall be suspended by the Superintendent for up to 180 school days. The Superintendent may modify the suspension period on a case-by-case basis. For the purpose of this policy, ―threat of assault‖ shall be defined as any willful verbal, written, or electronically transmitted threat that is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact that will be painful and injurious, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act. Physical Assaults Committed Against Other Students The Superintendent shall suspend a student in grade 6 (or age equivalent) or above for up to 180 school days if the student commits a physical assault, as defined by MCL 380.1310(3)(b), against another student on school property, on a school bus or other school related vehicle, or at a school-sponsored activity or 8320

MCL 380.1311a(12)(B) and MCL 380.1310(3)(B) define ―Physical Assault‖ as ―intentionally causing or attempting to cause physical harm to another through force or violence.
62

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
event. The Superintendent may modify the suspension period on a case-by-case basis.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8320 Assaults Committed by Students Reinstatement The parent(s)/guardian(s) of a permanently expelled student, or an emancipated permanently expelled student may petition the Board for reinstatement. The Board shall provide all due process rights to reinstatement as outlined in state law. Reinstatement requires Board action and is at the Board’s discretion. Application to Students with Disabilities This policy shall be applied in a manner consistent with the rights secured under federal and state law to students who are determined to be eligible for special education programs and services.
Approved: October 4, 2004:

8320-2

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1310; 380.1311a

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8350 Student Suspension and Expulsion 8350 The Superintendent, program supervisors, individual teachers ( see "Suspensions by Teachers") or a Board appointed hearing officer may suspend, either for a short-term or long-term, or may make a recommendation to the Board regarding the permanent expulsion of a student guilty of any of the following: Willful violation and/or persistent disobedience of any published regulation for student conduct authorized, adopted or approved by the Board (8100 Student Code of Conduct); Willful misconduct which substantially disrupts, impedes, or interferes with the operation of any school, whether published in the Code or not; Willful misconduct which substantially impinges upon or invades the rights of others; or Disobedience of an order of a teacher, police officer, school security officer or other school authority, when such disobedience can reasonably be anticipated to result in disorder, disruption or interference with the operation of any school or substantial and material impingement upon or invasion of the rights of others. Suspensions The Board authorizes the Superintendent to suspend a student for up to 180 school days without Board action or approval. A suspension may be for a short-term not exceeding ten school days, or for a longer term, exceeding ten school days. Should a suspension be imposed for a number of days exceeding the remaining days in a semester, the days remaining on the suspension will commence with the beginning of the next semester unless otherwise determined by the Superintendent. A short-term suspension may be imposed immediately upon a student without first affording the student or the parent(s)/guardian(s) a hearing if the

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
presence of the student endangers other persons or property or substantially disrupts, impedes or interferes with the operation of the school. 8350 Student Suspension and Expulsion 8350-2

A long-term suspension shall not be imposed upon a student unless the student has been afforded an opportunity for a formal hearing on the suspension before the suspending school official. Due Process Procedures for Both Suspensions and Expulsions It is the belief of the Board of Education that many conflicts involving student behavior can be resolved at the classroom level between the teacher and student. When this is not possible, teachers and other staff have a duty to maintain order and enforce this policy and shall follow the procedures below. The Board believes that the amount and nature of the due process protections afforded the student shall be proportionate to the severity of the offense and the length of disciplinary removal or punishment. Application to Students with Disabilities This policy shall be applied in a manner consistent with the rights secured under federal and state law to students who are determined to be eligible for special education programs and services. Expulsion Except where delegated to the Superintendent in provisions authorizing suspension for up to 180 school days, the sanction of permanent expulsion is reserved for Board action. No student may be permanently expelled from the District until an opportunity for a formal hearing before the Board has been afforded the student. If that opportunity is not taken by the parent(s)/guardian(s), or adult student, the Board may expel a student without the hearing. Appeals

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
The student and parent(s)/guardian(s) may appeal to the Board or a Board appointed hearing officer a long-term suspension ordered by the Superintendent or a program supervisor.

8350 Student Suspension and Expulsion Hearing Officer

8350-3

The Board may appoint one or more hearing officers for purposes of hearing appeals made in cases of long-term suspensions. Whenever a Board appointed hearing officer hears any appeal, a written report shall be provided the Board. After receiving the report, the Board shall determine the appeal with or without any additional hearing. Any appeal

determination by the Board in accordance with this policy and regulations shall be valid to the same extent as if the matter were fully heard by the Board without a hearing officer. Written Notices All required written notices may be mailed to the residence of the parent(s)/ guardian(s) at the address on file in the school records of the student. In lieu of mailing the written notice, it may be personally delivered. Suspensions by Teachers Class, Subject or Activity Suspension If a teacher (including long-term substitutes, excluding other substitutes and certified assistants) has good reason to believe that a student's conduct in a class, subject, or activity constitutes repeated classroom disruption, the teacher may suspend the student from the class, subject, or activity for up to one school day. The teacher shall document that previous strategies used (i.e. classroom interventions, referral to the counselor, and contact with the parent[s]/guardian[s]) have not been successful in satisfactorily correcting the student's disruptive behavior.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
Teacher Responsibilities a. Due Process Procedures: The teacher shall provide the following due process procedures when suspending a student under this provision: (1) The student shall be informed of the specific charge, which is the basis for disciplinary action to be taken against him/her.

8350 Student Suspension and Expulsion
(2)

8350-4

The student will have the right to present any relevant information that will support his/her defense.

(3)

The student's parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be notified orally whenever possible and, in all cases, in writing immediately following the suspension and the reason(s) for it. The written notice shall be accomplished by completion of a Classroom Suspension form developed by the District, and notice may be provided at the same time the teacher asks the parent(s)/ guardian(s) to attend a conference, as indicated below

b.

Reporting the Suspension: The teacher shall immediately report the suspension, in person, or via delivery of the completed Classroom Suspension form, or by telephone, to the program supervisor. When verbally reporting the suspension to the program supervisor, the teacher shall complete the Classroom Suspension form and submit it to the program supervisor within 2 school days after the suspension.

c.

Length of The Suspension: The teacher has the right to specify the length of suspension from the class, subject or activity he/she supervises, up to a maximum of one full school day from the time of the student infraction.

d.

Removal to the Office: The teacher shall immediately send the suspended student to the program supervisor's office or other designated place.

e.

Parent/Guardian-Teacher Conference: As soon as possible after the suspension, but no later than 4:00 pm on the day after the date of the suspension, the teacher shall personally ask the student's parent(s)/guardian(s) to attend a

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
Parent/Guardian-Teacher Conference regarding the suspension. The teacher may not delegate this

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8350 Student Suspension and Expulsion 8350-5
responsibility to another. The time, date, and place for the conference shall be mutually convenient for the parent(s)/ guardian(s), teacher, and program supervisor. The program supervisor shall attend the conference. The teacher shall contact a school counselor, school social worker, or school psychologist to attend the scheduled conference. Program Supervisor's Responsibilities a. Determination of Appropriate Action: When the teacher suspends the student, it is the program supervisor’s responsibility to determine what action may be appropriate under the circumstances. This further action may include sending the student home, placing the student in an appropriately supervised in-school suspension setting, allowing the student to attend other classes, subjects, and/or activities not supervised by the suspending teacher during the same school day as when the suspension occurred. The program supervisor shall not send the student back to the suspending teacher's supervision, on the same school day in which the teacher suspended the student, unless the suspending teacher agrees to the student's return and the early termination of the suspension. b. Attendance at the Parent/Guardian-Teacher Conference: The program supervisor, or his/her designee, shall attend the Parent/Guardian-Teacher Conference. c. Other Responsibilities: The program supervisor shall be responsible for determining if the application of the teacher-authorized suspension implicated additional procedures necessary to comply with state and/or federal laws, including but not limited to the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1974. If the

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8350 Student Suspension and Expulsion 8350-6
program supervisor determines that the student infraction does not satisfactorily constitute repeated classroom disruption, the program supervisor has the responsibility to take appropriate action, including conferring with the suspending teacher. Approved: October 4, 2004:

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1204a; 380.1309; 380.1311, OAG, 1985-1986, No 6271 p 13 (February 7, 1985)

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8350-R Student Suspension and Expulsion 8350-R Any Short Term Suspension - Teachers or Administrators No short-term suspension by any school employee shall be imposed upon a student without giving the student notice of the charges and affording the student a hearing (meaning, at minimum, the opportunity to reply to the charge.) The notice may be oral or written and the hearing may be held immediately. The hearing may be conducted informally but shall include the following procedural due process requirements: (a) the rights of the student to be present at the hearing; (b) the right of the student to be informed of the charges; (c) the right of the student to be informed of the basis for the accusation and evidence against the student, and (d) the right of the student to make statements in defense of the charges or accusations. A written notice of any short-term suspension and the reasons for the suspension shall be given to the student involved and to the

parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student within one school day after the suspension has been imposed. In the event the student has not been afforded a hearing prior to any short-term suspension, an informal hearing shall be provided as soon as practicable but in no event later than 72 hours after such short-term suspension has been imposed. Long Term Suspension A "long term suspension" is defined as any suspension longer than ten instructional days up to and including 180 days of instruction. A written notice of any proposal for a long-term suspension and the charges upon which the suspension is based shall be given to the student proposed for suspension and to the parent(s)/guardian(s). Any notice of a proposal to suspend for a long-term shall state the time, date, and place that the student will be afforded an opportunity for a formal hearing, and the hearing shall be held not later than 10 calendar days after the date of the notice. A copy of this policy and regulations shall accompany the notice. The student’s status pending conduct of the hearing shall be that of being on a short-term suspension.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students

8350-R

Student Suspension and Expulsion

8350-R-2

The hearing shall be conducted by the Superintendent or program supervisor and shall include the following procedural due process requirements: (a) the rights of the student to be present at the hearing; (b) the right of the student to be informed of the charges; (c) the right of the student to be informed of the basis for the accusation and hear the evidence against the student, and (d) the right of the student to make statements in defense of the charges or accusations. This type of disciplinary action does not include a right to be represented by legal counsel. If the parent(s)/guardian(s) or adult student declines the opportunity for a hearing, the long term suspension shall be implemented. Upon the conclusion of any formal hearing, which results in a long-term suspension, the school official who conducts the hearing shall make a written report of the findings and results of the hearing. A copy of the report shall be provided to the student who is suspended, and if the student has not attained 18 years of age, to the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student. Whenever any formal hearing results in a long-term suspension, the school official conducting the hearing may make a determination to extend the suspension pending resolution of any appeal, or that the student return to regular classes pending any appeal or during the period allowed for notice of appeal. However, it should reasonably be anticipated that the student not continue to cause repeated material disorder, disruption or interference with the operation of the school or substantial and material impingement upon or invasion of the rights of others. Appeals of Long Term Suspensions to the Board Any student who has been suspended for a long-term may appeal the long-term suspension to the Board by filing a written notice of the appeal with the Board Secretary within 10 calendar days after receiving written notice.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
Any appeal shall be heard by the Board, a Board committee, or hearing officer appointed by the Board not later than 20 calendar days after the notice of appeal is filed.

8350-R

Student Suspension and Expulsion

8350-R-3

Expulsion "Expulsion" means a permanent and complete severance of the relationship between the student and the District. While the word "expulsion" or "expel" may appear, at times, in State of Michigan law or rules that refer to a period less than a permanent and complete severance of the District/student relationship, the term, for the purposes of this District, shall mean a permanent removal of the student from any and all District operated educational programs. A written notice of any proposal to expel permanently and the charges upon which the permanent expulsion is based shall be given to the student and the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s). The notice of the proposal to permanently expel shall state the time, date and place that the student will be afforded an opportunity for a formal hearing before the Board of Education. It shall also state the due process rights of the student (see the following list). A copy of the Board policy and the regulations shall also be given with the notice. The hearing before the Board shall not be held later than 10 calendar days after the date of the notice. The student’s status pending the hearing or Board action shall be on short-term suspension. The Superintendent shall submit a written report detailing the reason(s) for the recommendation to expel the student to the Board. The report shall be open to the inspection of the student who is being recommended for permanent expulsion, and if the student has not attained 18 years of age, to the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) and counsel or other advisor of the student. If the student is 18 years of age or older, the report shall be open to inspection by the parent(s)/guardian(s) and counsel or other advisor of the student only upon written consent of the student.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
At the permanent expulsion hearing, the Board shall hear evidence of whether the student is guilty of the gross disobedience or misconduct as recommended. After the presentation of the evidence, the Board shall decide the issue of guilt and take such action as it finds appropriate. 8350-R Student Suspension and Expulsion 8350-R-4

Student Due Process Rights: Expulsion The formal hearing provided for Board consideration of an expulsion recommendation shall be conducted in accordance with the following due process rights of the student: The right of the student to have counsel of their own choice present and to receive the advice of counsel or other person the student may select; The right of the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) to be present at the hearing; The right of the student and his/her counsel or advisor to hear or read a full report of testimony of witnesses against the student; The right of the student and his/her counsel to confront and cross-examine adult witnesses who appear in person at the hearing; The right of the student to present his/her own witnesses; The right of the student to testify in his/her own behalf and give reasons for his/her conduct; The right of the student to have an orderly hearing; and The right of the student to a fair and impartial decision based on substantial evidence. In these procedures, counsel means any person a student selects to represent and advise him/her at any proceedings conducted pertaining to expulsion.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
Mechanical or electronic recordings may be used, at the discretion of the District, to make a record of the Board hearing in all long-term suspension appeals or permanent expulsion cases, and the costs shall be borne equally by the District.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8355 Suspension/Expulsion of Students with Disabilities 8355 If the wrongful behavior of a student is disability-related, the student may be suspended for no more than 10 days without going through the Individualized Education Program (IEP) procedures, placement in a 45 day interim alternative educational placement for drugs/weapons offenses or seeking hearing officer/judicial relief if the student's behavior poses an immediate danger to the safety of others. The program supervisor shall make the following determinations for each student considered for suspension, via the Manifestation Determination Review/IEP Team meeting process: A. The student has been appropriately placed as indicated by, the Individualized Education Program Team (IEPT). B. C. The IEP is current and complete. The IEP Team does not indicate a causal relation between disability and disruptive behavior. The Superintendent shall determine the appropriateness of convening the IEP Team to consider alternative placement for a student with disabilities exhibiting behavior that indicates change in educational placement.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8453 Student Wellness Policy (Cf. 4450, 4460) The Lenawee Intermediate School District (LISD) is committed to creating a healthy school environment that enhances the development of lifelong wellness practices to promote healthy eating and physical activities that support student achievement and hereby adopts this Student Wellness Policy. Nutrition Education Every year, students, Pre – K-12, shall receive nutrition education that is aligned with the Michigan Health Education Content Standards and Benchmarks.63 Nutrition education that teaches the knowledge, skills, and values needed to adopt healthy eating behaviors shall be integrated as appropriate into the curriculum. Nutrition education information shall be offered; but not limited to, school dining areas and classrooms. Staff members who provide nutrition education shall have the appropriate training. Nutrition Standards The LISD shall ensure that reimbursable school meals meet the program requirements and nutrition standards found in federal regulations.64 The LISD shall encourage students to make nutritious food choices. The LISD shall monitor all food and beverages sold or served to students, including those available outside the federally regulated child nutrition programs. The District shall consider nutrient density65 and portion size before permitting food and beverages to be sold or served to students.

63

Michigan Department of Education Health Education Content Standards and Benchmarks, July 1998. http://www.michigan.gov/documents/Health_Standards_15052_7.pdf. 64 Title 7 – United States Department of Agriculture, Chapter ii – Food and Nutrition Service, Department of Agriculture, Part 210 – National School Lunch Program. http://www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr/waisidx_04/7cfr210_04.html 65 Nutrient dense foods are those that provide substantial amounts of vitamins and minerals and relatively fewer calories. Foods that are low in nutrient density are foods that supply calories but relatively small amounts of micronutrients (sometimes not at all). http://www.health.gov/dietaryguidelines/dga2005/report/HTML/G1_Glossary.htm

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8453 Student Wellness Policy (Cf. 4450, 4460) The Superintendent shall evaluate vending policies and contracts. 8453-2 Vending contracts that do not meet the intent and purpose of this policy shall be modified accordingly or not renewed. Other School-Based Activities Designed to Promote Student-Wellness The LISD may implement other appropriate programs that help create a school environment that conveys consistent wellness messages and is conductive to healthy eating and physical activity. Implementation and Measurement The Superintendent shall implement this policy and measure how well it is being managed, and enforced. The Superintendent shall develop and implement administrative rules consistent with this policy. Input from teachers (including specialists in health and physical

education), school nurses, parents/guardians, students, representatives of the school food service program, the Board of Education, school administrators, and the public shall be considered before implementing such rules. A sustained effort is necessary to implement and enforce this policy. The Superintendent shall report to the Board, as requested, on the LISD programs and efforts to meet the purpose and intent of this policy. Approved: LEGAL REF: MASB Recommended and Approved by the Michigan State Board of Education;Adopted June 26, 2006 Section 204 of Public Law 108-265 (Child Nutrition and WIC Reauthorization Act of 2004) (Approved by the Michigan State Board of Education, October 10, 2005.)

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8480 Immunizations 8480 The Board requires that all students be properly immunized pursuant to the provisions of the Michigan Public Health Code and the immunization regulations. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) and students over 18 are asked to provide immunization proof prior to enrollment. Students who do not meet the minimum immunization requirements on the opening day of school shall be suspended from school by the Superintendent in accordance with District administrative procedures. Exemptions to the immunization requirements shall be granted for medical, religious, homeless-status or other reasons specified in the Public Health Code. Preschool students will not be permitted to attend school if they have not completed their immunization requirements as required by Michigan state law except as provided in the administrative rules for this policy. New students enrolling in Michigan schools for the first time will be required to meet State of Michigan immunization requirements upon entrance to school except as provided in the administrative rules for this policy.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF:

MCL 333.9208, 333.9209, 333.9215, et seq.; 380.1177

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8480-R Immunizations 8480-R A certificate of immunization means a medical, school, or personnel record that indicates the dates when each dose of vaccine was given and is certified by a health professional or local health department. The school nurse has up-to-date information on the state’s recommended childhood immunization schedule.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8510 Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff (Cf. 8510) 8510

A student or staff member with or carrying a communicable and/or chronic infectious disease has all rights, privileges, and services provided by law and the district’s policies.1
An individual communicable disease that is considered to be a serious concern to the school community and/or to the afflicted individual will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The student’s/staff member’s 1) current status of communicable disease, 2) current health condition, 3) ability to communicate, 4) ability to perform self care routines, 5) ability to follow directions/instructions, 6) manage own behavior, and 7) typical educational/work setting will all be considered as part of the case-by-case review. Some case-by-case reviews may require consultation with the Lenawee County Health Department medical staff and/or a formal review panel called a Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP). A CDRP would not routinely be convened for a student or staff infected with HIV, HBV or other Bloodborne pathogens unless it is determined by the Superintendent that additional consultation and/or guidance is needed from the Lenawee County Health Department and/or the students/staff’s physician. ―Universal Precautions‖ is a method of practicing infection control that treats all human blood and other potentially infectious materials as capable of transmitting HIV, HBV and other Bloodborne pathogens. All LISD staff must utilize work practices using Universal Precautions to control the likelihood of exposure to Bloodborne pathogens.

8510 Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff (Cf. 8510)

8510-2

In order to minimize the spread of contagious diseases among students and staff, the district will cooperate with the Lenawee County Health Department to enforce adherence to the Michigan Public Health Code for the prevention, control, and containment of communicable diseases.
A student with a contagious disease is probably a ―handicapped individual‖ under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act (29 U.S.C. § 794(a). See Thomas v Atascadero Unified School district, 662 F. Supp.376 (C.D. Cal 1986) (a child with Aids was a ―handicapped person‖ under Section 504. Students with contagious diseases may also qualify for special education under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20. U.S.C. § 1400 et seq.) Decisions to place a student in a class outside regular classes due to infectious disease must be based on medical evaluations indicating a need to protect the health and safety of others. Community High School district 155 v Denz, 463 N.E.2nd 998 (2nd Dist. 1984). Cases involving contagious diseases are highly fact-specific. Generally, the appropriate treatment of a student depends on the severity of the disease and the risk of infecting others, but in all cases, legal counsel should be consulted.
1

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
A decision to close schools due to communicable disease outbreaks shall be made by the Superintendent after consultation with the Lenawee County Health Department medical staff.

Approved: Adopted October 4, 2004; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007 LEGAL REF: MCL 333.5111; 333.5131; Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, MDE Bulletin, September 23, 1999

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8510-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 8510-R A student or staff member with a communicable and/or chronic infectious disease has all rights, privileges, and services provided by law and the district’s policies.1 All persons involved in these regulations are required to treat all proceedings, information, deliberations, and documents in compliance with the provisions of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), the Freedom of Information Act, and the Employees Right to Know Act. Information regarding an afflicted individual and individual communicable disease that is considered to be a serious concern to the school community will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. A. All reportable communicable diseases will be referred to the Lenawee County Health Department in accordance with Michigan statutory and administrative guidelines. B. The decision to close schools due to communicable disease outbreaks is at the discretion of the Superintendent. Consultation for the Superintendent on such decisions is available from the Lenawee County Health Department. C. Mandatory screening for communicable diseases as a condition of attending school or as a condition for employment shall not be required. D. An LISD Program Supervisor will not permit a student to enter school who is out of compliance with the required immunization schedule, unless waived for a student that is homeless or the family completes the State approved waiver process. School personnel shall cooperate and assist in completing and coordinating all immunization dates, waivers, and exclusions, including the necessary Immunization Assessment forms, to provide for preventable communicable disease control. 66
1

A student with a contagious disease is probably a ―handicapped individual‖ under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act (29 U.S.C. § 794(a). See Thomas v Atascadero Unified School district, 662 F. Supp.376 (C.D. Cal 1986) (a child with Aids was a ―handicapped person‖ under Section 504. Students with contagious diseases may also qualify for special education under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20. U.S.C. § 1400 et seq.) Decisions to place a student in a class outside regular classes due to infectious disease must be based on medical evaluations indicating a need to protect the health and nd nd safety of others. Community High School district 155 v Denz, 463 N.E.2 998 (2 Dist. 1984). Cases involving contagious diseases are highly fact-specific. Generally, the appropriate treatment of a student depends on the severity of the disease and the risk of infecting others, but in all cases, legal counsel should be consulted. 66 See Board Policy 8480 and LEGAL REF: MCL 333.9208, 333.9209, 333.9215, et seq.; 380.1177

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8510-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 8510-R-2 Examples of Some Current Communicable Diseases: The identification of communicable diseases is updated on an ongoing basis by the medical community. It should be expected that any list of communicable diseases will need periodic updating and editing in order to align with current medical information and/or intervention. A sample list of current communicable diseases that are serious in nature includes, but is not limited to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. HBV (Hepatitis) Vancomyacin-resistant Enterococci. Escherichia Coli (E. Coli) Methicillin Resistant Staphloccocus Aerus (MRSA) HIV Tuberculosis infection (both latent and active) Bacterial meningitis Other diseases that may be included by the Health Department that may present potentially serious health problems for those who are exposed to the disease and/or the disease carrier.
F. When to Use the District’s Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP) Communicable diseases considered a serious concern to the community and/or the afflicted individual need to be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The student’s or staff member’s 1) current status of communicable disease, 2) current health condition, 3) ability to communicate, 4) ability to perform self care routines, 5) ability to follow directions/instructions, 6) ability to manage own behavior, and 7) typical education or work setting will all be considered as part of the case-by-case review.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8510-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 8510-R-3 By the request of the Superintendent some of these case-by-case reviews may require specific consultation with the Lenawee County Health Department medical staff and/or the use of the district’s formal Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP) review panel. The district’s CDRP may not routinely be convened for a student or staff infected with HIV, HBV or other Bloodborne pathogens unless it is determined by the Superintendent that additional consultation and/or guidance is needed from the Lenawee County Health Department and/or the students/staff’s physician.

F.

The Superintendent will inform the Board when a CDRP is formed to review the unique situation involving a person with a communicable disease in the district. The Board shall be notified initially that the CDRP is meeting and of the recommendation of the CDRP when a recommendation is made concerning the person with a communicable disease.

The Purpose and Membership of the District’s CDRP A. Purpose: The CDRP shall serve as a resource to the Superintendent for specific communicable disease instruction, protocol, procedures, and to make recommendations concerning: 1. 2. B. A specific serious communicable disease case Epidemic control regarding any communicable disease occurrence

CDRP Membership The CDRP shall have a membership that will be limited to the following representatives: 1. 2. The Superintendent’s designee who will serve as the CDRP chairperson A physician who is treating the individual and/or a physician with expertise in the related disease. 3. A physician from the Lenawee County Health Department Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 8510-R-4

8510-R

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
4. The parent/guardian (if this involves an individual student case) or the staff person affected (or his/her representative) or the affected student who is 18 years of age or older (or his/her representative). It would be permissible for both parents/guardians to attend or for a person to bring a representative as long as it is with the understanding that they only have one vote. 5. The school nurse (if such a staff person is available.)

Operational Guidelines for the District’s CDRP A. The Superintendent within three (3) business days upon his/her notification of the existence or suspicion of an affected student or staff communicable disease status shall consult with the LISD school nurse and/or a physician from the Lenawee County Health Department, and then determine if the district’s CDRP is needed. If it is determined to use the district’s CDRP, then within two (2) business days of that decision the Superintendent informs in writing the affected staff person, parent/guardian of an affected student or an affected student who is18 years of age or older,1) of that decision and 2) if the affected person may or may not attend work/school or any school sponsored activity until the CDRP’s recommendation and Superintendent’s consideration of the CDRP’s recommendation have been received and determined. A possible alternative delivery of school programs/services shall be made available to the affected student during this process. The Superintendent shall request an Interagency Release of Information be completed by the affected staff person, the parent/guardian of the affected student or an affected student who is 18 years of age or older. A copy of this board policy shall be provided to the affected person or his/her representative.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8510-R B. Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 8510-R-5 With the completed Interagency Release of Information, the CDRP shall have access to any relevant material or testimony concerning the affected individual as it relates to the communicability of the disease. The student’s/staff member’s 1) current status of communicable disease, 2) current health condition, 3) ability to communicate, 4) ability to perform self care routines, 5) ability to follow directions/instructions, 6) manage own behavior, and 7) typical education or work setting will all be considered as part of the case-by-case review. The CDRP shall consider existing federal, state, and local guidelines and have the authority to consult any experts, as they deem necessary. C. The CDRP shall make a written recommendation to the Superintendent as to whether the affected person should continue to be or be involved in the public school setting or service. D. The CDRP’s recommendation for an individual student will include information about the student’s behavior, skills, neurological development, and the physical condition of the child, educational setting, and the risks and benefits to both the affected student and others in the educational setting. The CDRP’s recommendation for an affected staff will consider: 1. 2. 3. E. The physical/psychological status of the school staff; The expected type of interaction with others in the school setting; and The impact on both the affected school staff and others in that setting.

When the CDRP recommendation is to allow the person to continue or to begin in the public school setting or service, the CDRP shall make a detailed written recommendation to the Superintendent regarding precautions that should be considered within the school environment.

F.

If the recommendation is to exclude the person from the public school setting or service, the CDRP shall make a written statement as to the

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
conditions under which they would reconsider their recommendation of denial. 8510-R G. Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 8510-R-6

The CDRP shall make a recommendation regarding when to review the case and the timeline for such a review.

CDRP Case Review Process A. The Superintendent shall obtain a ―release of information‖ from the parent/guardian, affected staff person, or student who is 18 years of age or older so that the CDRP may review the needed information. B. The Superintendent shall obtain the name of the physician treating the affected person and shall request that the physician be a part of the CDRP. The affected staff, student, or parent/guardian may choose to make this request of the physician to attend the CDRP. C. The Superintendent shall call, within five (5) business days, a meeting of the CDRP, at which time the case shall be reviewed. The affected staff person, parent/guardian of an affected student, or an affected student 18 years of age or older will have an opportunity to present written reports and verbal testimony to the CDRP D. When the CDRP’s recommendation is unanimous, the CDRP chairperson shall, within three (3) business days of the recommendation, inform in writing of that recommendation to the Superintendent, and the affected staff person, parents/guardian of an affected student, or an affected student who is 18 years of age or older. E. When the CDRP’s recommendation is not unanimous, the CDRP chairperson shall within two (2) business days of the conclusion of the CDRP meeting, provide the Superintendent with a written summary of each CDRP member’s position. The Superintendent shall after receipt of the CDRP’s summaries within three (3) business days 1) make his/her final determination and 2) send a written copy of the Superintendent’s decision to

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
the affected staff person, parent/guardian of an affected student, or the affected student who is 18 years of age or older; the LISD Board and the CDRP members. 8510-R F. Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 8510-R-7

If the affected person/student’s parent or guardian does not accept the decision of the CDRP and/or Superintendent, such persons may file, within five (5) business days, a written request to the LISD Board asking it to hear their appeal. The LISD Board shall establish a date for such a hearing within three (3) business days upon receipt of said appeal and the LISD Board level hearing shall be held no later than 25 business days upon receipt of said appeal. Upon the conclusion of the hearing, the LISD Board shall render its decision within five (5) business days and send copies of their decision to the affected staff member, the parents/guardian of the affected student or to an affected student 18 years of age or older.

G.

If the recommendation of the CDRP is not unanimous and if a majority of the members of the CDRP does not agree with the decision of the Superintendent, they may appeal the Superintendent’s decision on their own behalf to the LISD Board. All timelines for such an appeal will be the same as outlined in the appeal process in paragraph F above.

H.

If the student is a special education student, a copy of the CDRP’s recommendation shall be sent to the LISD Director of Special Education. The LISD Director of Special Education shall then convene an Individualized Education Program Team (IEPT) within five (5) business days of the receipt of the CDRP report. The IEPT shall consider the recommendation of the CDRP in determining the program and services. If the parent or guardian requests a hearing because of the IEPT recommendation, a placement of the student in the interim will consider the recommendation of the CDRP.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
K. All persons involved in these procedures will be required to treat all proceedings, deliberations, and documents in compliance with the provisions of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), the Freedom of Information Act, and the Employees Right to Know Act.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8510-R L. Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 8510-R-8 Any LISD employee found to have violated the confidentiality of any proceedings connected with policy 8510, or the 8510R regulations, will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8510-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff
Communicable Diseases Checklist

8510-R-9

All persons involved in these procedures will be required to treat all proceedings, deliberation, and documents in compliance with the provisions of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), the Freedom of Information Act, and the Employees Right to Know Act. Confirm suspicion of a communicable disease serious in nature: HBV (Hepatitis) AVancomyacin-resistant Enterococci Escherichia Coli (E. Coli) Methicillin Resistant Staphloccocus Aerus (MRSA) HIV Tuberculosis infection (both latent and active) Bacterial meningitis Other like diseases that may be included by the Health Department that may present potentially serious health problems for those who are exposed to the disease and/or the disease carrier. Special Education Student? General Education Student? Staff Person?

Inform Superintendent immediately. If applicable, Superintendent contacts the Lenawee County Health Department (Susan Dice, Health Educator - 264-5209), and consults with the county health department physician (Mike Kight, Health Officer - 264-5205) within 24 hours. If applicable, Superintendent, at their discretion makes the decision to close schools due to communicable disease outbreaks. Superintendent informs in writing affected staff person/student that they may or may not attend work/school or any school sponsored activity until the Communicable Disease Review Panel’s (C.D.R.P) or Superintendent’s written recommendations are received. Enclosure: Interagency Release of Information form and copy of Policy 8510. Possible alternative delivery of school programs shall be made to available to the affected student. Superintendent informs LISD Board of Education when a Communicable Disease Review Panel (C.D.R.P.) is formed. Membership is limited to: The Superintendent’s designee who will serve as chairperson Physician with expertise in the related disease or physician treating the individual Physician from the Lenawee County Health Department School Nurse (if such a staff person is available) Staff person affected (or his/her representative), or Parent/guardian (if individual student case), or Affected student at 18 years of age or older (or his/her representative)
It would be permissible for both parents/guardians to attend or for a person to bring a representative as long as it is with the understanding that they only have one vote.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8510-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 8510-R-10
Superintendent shall obtain the name of the physician treating the affected person and shall request the physician be part of the C.D.R.P. The parent/guardian or affected person shall provide the district with a signed Release of Information Form so that the C.D.R.P. may review the needed information. The Superintendent shall call a meeting within five business days to review the case. If C.D.R.P. recommendation is unanimous: Within three business days inform in writing that decision to the affected staff person, or parent/guardian of an affected student, or an affected student 18 years or older. Continue school/work with precautions Exclude from school with conditions needed to reconsider Recommendations as to the need to review the case on a periodic basis and the timelines for such review. If the C.D.R.P. recommedation is not unanimous: Superintendent receives summary of each member’s position within three days. Superintendent makes the final determination within three business days of receipt C.D.R.P summaries. The Superintendent’s decision will be sent to: Affected person, or parent/guardian of affected student, or an affected student 18 years of age or older Board C.D.R.P. If Special Education Student Copy of the C.D.R.P.’s decision sent to the LISD Director of Special Education. IEPT (Individualized Education Program Team) convened by LISD Assistant Superintendent of Instruction within five business days of receipt of report. IEPT Team shall consider the recommendation of the C.D.R.P. in determining programs/services If parent/guardian of student requests a hearing, a placement of the student in the interim will be based on the recommendation of the C.D.R.P.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8510-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff
Interagency Release of Information

8510-R-11

To: _____________________________ (Agency to release information) ______________________________ (Agency’s address) _______________________________

Re: _____________________________ (Client’s name) ______________________________ (SS# or birth date) ______________________________ (Client’s address ______________________________

I, _______________________, authorize release of the following specific information: ________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________to: _________________________________________(agency to receive information) located at:____________________________________________________________ and ________________________________of that agency for the specific purpose of: ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ This release will be valid only until __________________________ (date up to a year hence) or until its purpose has been met, whichever occurs first. I understand that only the requested information will be made available, and it will be used only for the purpose stated and will be treated confidentiality. This consent is subject to revocation at any time except to the extent that action authorized by it has been already taken. _______________________________ (Date signed) _________________________________ (Client’s Signature)

_________________________________ Parents or Legal Guardian’s signature (Check one if applicable) Note: Persons or agencies receiving information released by this form may not further release it without the informed written consent of the client. _________________________ (Date) ________________________________ (Request Worker’s signature)

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8510-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff
Sample Letter (Date) (Name & address) Dear name), (Introductory paragraph. Include status of attending work/school or possible alternative delivery of school programs available.) This letter is to inform you that based on information the Lenawee Intermediate School District (LISD) received with regards to your health condition, and accordance with LISD board policy 8510—Communicable Diseases—Students and Staff (copy enclosed), you and/or your representative are requested to attend a meeting of the LISD Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP) on: (date) (time) (location) (address) The purpose of the Communicable Disease Review Panel is to review your medical and health condition and determine what, if any, special precautions will be needed. This panel will consist of (list titles and names). You are welcome to invite your parents and/or other representatives, as well as your physician. We ask that you complete the enclosed ―Interagency Release of Information‖ form and bring a signed copy with you to this meeting. You will also have the opportunity at the meeting to provide written reports and/or oral testimony. Please contact Alan Burg at 517-265-1610 if you have any questions or need additional information. Sincerely,

8510-R-12

Steve Krusich, Superintendent Enclosure: LISD Policy 8510 Interagency Release of Information Form

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8515 Head Lice Policy 8515 If a student is found to have head lice or nits one-quarter inch or less from the scalp, the student will be allowed to complete his/her attendance on that school day. However, that student may not return to school until treatment for head lice has taken place. A letter will be provided to the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) telling them the steps, which need to be completed prior to their student’s return to school. On the day that it is determined the student had head lice, LISD transportation will remain available for the student use. After successful treatment and upon return to school the student will be checked by LISD staff who have been trained to check for head lice. The student will be checked again one week later. If no active signs of head lice or nits more than one-quarter inch from scalp are found, no further routine checks are warranted. These checks will be provided in a confidential manner. If after returning to school, the student is found to still have head lice, or nits one-quarter inch or less from the scalp, the parent(s)/guardian(s) will be notified and the student will be sent home at the end of the school day for further treatment. Then upon further treatment and return to school, the student will again be checked for head lice, followed by another check one week later. Head lice screening for groups of students from a classroom or school bus is not considered necessary or required. In no case are LISD school personnel to administer head lice medication to LISD students. However, upon request, LISD personnel may demonstrate to parent(s)/ guardian(s) or students the use of non-medicinal means of lice removal. Information and timely training about how to check for head lice will be provided to LISD staff as appropriate. This Board policy will be distributed to students and parent(s)/guardian(s) in a manner to be determined by the Superintendent. 8515 Head Lice Policy 8515-2

This policy will follow the ―Michigan Head Lice Manual—A Comprehensive Guide to Identify, Treat, Manage, and Prevent Head Lice,‖ Michigan Department of Education and Michigan Department of Community Health, July 2004—Version 1.0 and future versions.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
Approved: June 6, 2005

LEGAL REF: Based on the Position Statement of the American Academy of Pediatrics

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8580 Child Abuse and Neglect – Duty to Report 8580 Pursuant to MCL 722.622(f), child abuse must be reported to the Department of Human Services (DHS) where the suspected perpetrator is the parent(s)/guardian(s), or any other person responsible for the child’s health or welfare or a teacher, a teacher’s aide, or a member of the clergy. Any employee of the District who has reasonable cause to know or suspect that a child has been subjected to abuse or neglect or who has observed the child being subjected to circumstances or conditions which would reasonably result in abuse or neglect will immediately report or cause a report to be made to the Department of Human Services.67 This responsibility may not be delegated to another individual. School employees will not contact the child’s family or any other persons to determine the cause of the suspected abuse or neglect. It is not the

responsibility of the school employees to determine or prove that the child has been abused or neglected. Access to Students on School Premises (Cf. 8140) The program supervisor shall cooperate in allowing a student to be interviewed by DHS representatives on school premises. The District recognizes, however, that the DHS may, lawfully, interview a child alleged to have been abused without the presence of the Program Supervisor or other school personnel. However, in appropriate cases, the Program Supervisor may request that he or she, or a designated representative, be present during the interview. Cooperation between School and Agencies The District shall cooperate with DHS and law enforcement agencies in the investigation of reports of suspected child abuse or neglect.
Approved: Adopted October 4, 2004, Revisions adopted January 8, 2007 LEGAL REF: MCL 722.621-638; Commonwealth v Allen, 980 S.W. 2d 278 (Ky., 1998); People v Beardsley, ___ Mich App___ (#246202, 8-24-2004); OAG Opinion No. 6869, September 6, 1995

Reasonable Cause exists where the facts and circumstances within a person’s knowledge and of which he/she has reasonably trustworthy information are sufficient to warrant a person of reasonable caution in the belief that abuse/neglect has or is occurring.
67

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8590 Student Safety and Student Accidents 8590 The District will strive to provide a safe environment for students while in school attendance or in extra-class activities. However, accidents happen to students at home, in the community and at school. Even the most vigilant prevention actions cannot guarantee that a student will not be injured in an accident. The Board believes that school personnel have unique responsibilities in case of accidents that occur in school. These responsibilities extend to the administration of first aid by persons trained to do so, summoning of medical assistance, and notification of administration personnel, notification of

parent(s)/guardian(s), and the filing of accident reports. Employees should administer first aid within the limits of their knowledge or recommended practices. All employees should make an effort to increase their understanding of the proper steps to be taken in the event of an accident. Regardless of the seriousness of any accident, the staff involved must submit an accident report to the administrator in charge. The District will annually distribute to parent(s)/guardian(s) of all students the emergency medical authorization form. In the event emergency medical treatment for a student is necessary, the District will adhere to the instruction on the authorization form. Emergency medical authorization will be kept in a separate, easily accessible file in each school building. Bus Riders Any student who uses District-provided transportation shall be under the jurisdiction of the vehicle driver while in the vehicle and shall be subject to all rules and regulations developed by the program supervisors to cover such activities. Such rules and regulations shall be published in the appropriate

student handbooks. Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8590 Student Safety and Student Accidents Eye Protective Devices Program supervisors shall assume the responsibility of seeing that sufficient eye protective devices are available to accommodate all classes or persons requiring them. All guidelines and rules shall be published in the 8590-2

appropriate staff and student handbooks. Mercury Elimination The District prohibits the purchase, storing, or use of free flowing elemental mercury or items or instruments containing free flowing elemental mercury. Each building administrator will be responsible for enforcing this policy and reporting any violations to the District MIOSHA compliance officer.
Approved: October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1288; R 340.1301-1305; OAG, 1981-1982, No 6097, p 727 (August 31, 1982)

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8590-R Student Safety and Student Accidents 8590-R Safety rules and regulations will be explained to students at the beginning of each school year and periodically thereafter by the classroom teacher. Safety Units Those teachers who instruct in hazardous curriculum areas such as vocational or science laboratories shall teach a unit each year or semester dedicated to safety rules inherent in the particular subject matter. Appropriate safety signs, slogans, or other safety items shall be posted on or in the near vicinity of potentially dangerous devices or machinery. Each student enrolled in a hazardous curriculum area will be given a test concerning the appropriate safety rules of the particular class. No student will be permitted to participate in the class until satisfactory knowledge of the safety rules is demonstrated to the teacher. Teachers will conduct periodic reviews of safety rules during the school year. The following data for each student containing shall be on file in the program supervisor’s office: Names and addresses of parent(s)/guardian(s), their home and business phone numbers; Names of some other persons to be called in the event of an accident and their phone number(s) plus emergency back-up contact information; Names of the family physician and his/her office phone number; Permission to call the family physician in the event parent(s)/guardian(s) cannot be reached and permission to act on his/her advice; Permission to consult with another physician if the family physician cannot be reached; and Any condition of the student for which it would be considered appropriate to indicate a medical alert. Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8660 First Aid Training 8660 The District may provide appropriate first aid and CPR training for identified personnel. This training may be provided as part of the District’s

routine in-service plans or other program established by the Board. School employees shall not attempt to treat any student injury after the initial treatment of emergency first aid. The District will not assume liability under these policies for employees acting outside the scope of their authority.
Approved: October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF:

MCL 691.1504

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8660-R First Aid 8660-R First aid shall be limited to the applying of simple bandages or infection preventatives and to any justifiable emergency aid such as stopping excessive bleeding to prevent further injury, disability, or death. Neither diagnosis nor treatment, except under emergency conditions, are within the responsibilities of school personnel, since school personnel are not trained to make what are essentially medical decisions.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8665 Automated External Defibrillators (AED’s) 8665 The Board of Education of the District recognizes that from time to time medical emergencies may arise that justify the use of an Automated External Defibrillator (AED.) The Board has acquired these units for use by qualified personnel in the schools. Employees of the District will be authorized to utilize an AED only after completing initial and recurrent training courses, successfully, as approved by the American Heart Association for AED’s. Requirements for the frequency of

recurrent training will be as specified by the issuing organization of the individual employee’s certification. Acceptable certification will consist of completion of an American Heart Association ―Heartsaver AED‖ course. The Board authorizes and directs the Superintendent to promulgate appropriate administrative rules to implement the use of AED’s in the District.
Approved: October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF:MCL 691.1504 (3) (4) (5)

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8670 Administration of Medications by School Personnel (Cf. 2780) 8670 This policy is intended to cover all students.68 It includes students with disabilities who have an Individualized Educational Program (IEP) or Section 504 Plan. The following definition of ―medication‖ is adopted for use in this District: ―Medication,‖ includes prescription, non-prescription, and herbal medications, and includes those taken by mouth, by inhaler, those that are injectable, and those applied as drops to eyes, nose, or medications applied to the skin. Forms for implementing this policy will be developed and modified as needed and may be included in this policy as ―samples.‖ Whenever possible, medications for students should be administered by parent(s)/guardian(s) at home. As a service to the family, the Superintendent shall establish procedures for the administration of medication by school personnel in circumstances where such administration is deemed necessary for the student’s well being by the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) and physician. The pupil’s parent(s)/ guardian(s) must provide the school with written permission and a written request to administer medications to their child. Written instructions from a physician, which include the name of the pupil, name of the medication, dosage of the medication, route of administration, and time the medication is to be administered to the pupil must accompany the request and be kept on record by the school. The parent(s)/guardian(s) request/permission and a physician’s instructions for administration shall be renewed every school year. Any and all ―biohazards‖ generated, such as, but not limited to: sharps, bandages, gauze, towelettes, and discarded live or attenuated vaccines, due to the administration of medications by school personnel shall be disposed of in accordance with the Michigan Medical Waste Regulatory Act, 1978 PA 368,

The word ―students‖ and ―pupils‖ should be read to include the full range of individuals served by the Intermediate School District in its early childhood, preschool, school-aged, and adult education programs. Age of majority students shall be treated as adults unless a guardian has been appointed..
68

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
R325.1545(10). Students who ―self administer‖ medications shall be responsible for returning any such wastes to their home for disposal. 8670 Administration of Medications by School Personnel (Cf. 2780) 8670-2

The Superintendent shall be responsible for providing staff members with written procedures to implement this requirement. Each building shall have a plan for handling medical emergencies. The program supervisor will designate individuals responsible for administering medications to pupils at that school. A program supervisor,

teacher or other school employee authorized to do so by the program supervisor, may administer medication to a pupil in the presence of another adult employee pursuant to written permission of the pupil’s parent(s)/guardian(s), and in compliance with, the written instructions of a physician. Where the individual administering the medication is a licensed registered professional nurse, or when an emergency threatens the life or health of the pupil, a second adult need not be present. Self-Administration/Self-Possession of Medications The following definition of ―self-administration/self-possession‖ is adopted for use in this District: ―Self-administration‖ means that the pupil is able to

consume or apply prescription and non-prescription medication in the manner directed by the physician without additional assistance or direction. Self-

possession means that the pupil may carry medication on his/her person to allow for immediate and self-determined administration. A pupil whose parent(s)/guardian(s) and physician provide written permission will be able to self-administer and self-possess his/her own medications. A medication that a pupil possesses must be labeled and prepared by a pharmacy or pharmaceutical company and include the dosage and frequency of administration. A pupil’s use shall not be denied if the conditions of written permission and physician direction are met. A building administrator may discontinue a pupil’s right to self-administer and self-possession if there is

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
misuse by the pupil. The denial shall come only after a consultation with the parent(s)/guardian(s). An adult, student or otherwise, may directly administer medication to their minor child at school without complying with this policy.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8670 Administration of Medications by School Personnel (Cf. 2780) 8670-3

For example, a pupil who requires the use of an inhaler for relief or prevention of asthma symptoms shall be allowed to carry and use the inhaler if there is written approval from the pupil’s physician and parent(s)/guardian(s) on record at the school (as described in the Michigan Revised School Code, Section 380.1179). A pupil who is in possession of an inhaler under the above conditions shall have each of his/her teachers notified of this by the building administrator. Diabetic Emergencies Staff shall be made aware of the symptoms of a diabetic emergency. Staff with diabetic students should know the signs of possible side effects of diabetic medications, and be aware which side effects are serious enough to warrant reporting to the child’s parent(s)/guardian(s) or health provider. Management of Students with Asthma in the School Setting If needed, program supervisors may have direct communication with the child's health care provider in order to resolve individual problems that may arise because of a child's asthma. All staff shall be informed about the early warning signs of an acute asthma episode and should be aware of emergency procedures and contacts in case a child needs medical assistance. Copies of the "Signs of an Asthma Emergency," as published by the Michigan Department of Education will be posted on appropriate bulletin boards in school buildings. Exercise Induced Asthma Attacks Physical education teachers, playground aides, and teachers are to be informed that exercise can induce acute episodes for many students with asthma. It shall be the responsibility of the administration to inform school staffs who are responsible for students during physical activity of the identity of those students who have exercise-induced asthma. A child with exercise-induced

asthma shall be allowed to stop any physical activity if they are having difficulty.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8670 Administration of Medications by School Personnel (Cf. 2780) School Staff Training All individuals designated or authorized to administer medication are required to receive in-service training on all District policies and procedures related to this responsibility. School staff must be trained by a licensed 8670-4

registered professional nurse, physician, or physician assistant who has knowledge of local school medication policies and procedures. Storage and Access to Medications All medication shall be kept in a labeled container as prepared by a pharmacy, physician, or pharmaceutical company with the pupil’s name, the name of the medication, dosage, and the frequency of administration. Medications shall be stored in a school location that is kept locked. However, emergency medications may be stored in an area readily accessible to the individuals designated to administer them. All controlled-substance medications will be counted and recorded upon receipt from the parent(s)/guardian(s). The medication shall be recounted on a regular basis (monthly or bi-weekly) and this count shall be reconciled with the medication administration log/record. Record Keeping of Medications A log of medication administration shall be kept in a school office and filed in a pupil’s permanent record at the end of each school year. The individual pupil log shall be kept until one year after the pupil’s graduation from high school.
Approved: October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1178; MCL380.1179; OAG, 1979-1980, No 5679, p 7-0 (April 11, 1980); OAG, 1993, No 6746, (January 13, 1993); MDE Bulletin, October 18, 1999, PA 378, 1978, Medical Waste Regulatory Act, R 325.1545(2)

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8670-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel Storage and access to medications in school Prescription medication to be given at school must be delivered, by the parent(s)/ guardian(s), in a container as prepared by a pharmacy, physician, or pharmaceutical company with a printed label specifying: a. b. c. d. The child’s full name; The name of the medication and the dosage; The time of day medication should be administered; and The name of the physician. 8670-R

A building administrator shall request that a pharmacy supply the oral medication in the exact dosage prescribed. Only limited quantities of a

prescription medication may be kept at school, and the parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be solely responsible for any and all prescription refills. All prescription medication shall be kept in locked storage or other safe place. The program supervisor shall designate the school personnel authorized to administer medication to students. A program supervisor may set a reasonable designated time for the administration of medications. The parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be informed of this designated time and communicate this to the physician when he/she writes medication administration instructions. The school may request that the

physician send a written explanation with the medication administration instructions to the school if an exception to the school’s designated time is necessary. School personnel authorized to administer prescription medication shall be given appropriate instruction in the administration of medications. After medication is administered, students should be observed for possible reactions to the medication. This observation may occur at the site of administration or in the classroom as part of the normal routine.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8670-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 8670-R 2 Except in the case of an emergency that threatens the life or well being of the student, all administration of medication shall be conducted in the presence of two or more adults. When necessary for a pupil to have medication

administered while on a school-sponsored field trip or off-site activity, the individual designated to administer medication must carry the medication in the original container, and record the necessary information on the medication log upon return from the trip/activity. Staff Training In-service training is recommended to be not less than four hours in length and include actual "hands-on" practice in identifying and dispensing medications. Individuals, with the exception of a licensed registered professional nurse, who are responsible for administering any medications that must be given by injection, by nebulizer, or administered rectally, vaginally, or into the bladder, must receive one-to-one training by a licensed health professional.

Documentation that school personnel have completed the required in-service training shall be maintained by the school and made available, upon request, to a pupil's parent(s)/guardian(s), physician, licensed registered professional nurse, or by a District official. Training Guidelines Training for all individuals who are designated to administer medications to pupils in the District must include all of the following content and skill practice: 1. A review and discussion of all Michigan and federal laws pertaining to the administration of medications to pupils in schools, including discussion of confidentiality issues. 2. A review and discussion of all policies and procedures relating to medications in schools including areas of responsibility of program supervisors, individuals designated to administer medications (i.e., Secretaries, aides, teachers, bus drivers, parent(s)/guardian(s), and medical professionals (i.e., physicians, physician assistants, nurses).

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8670-R 3. Administration of Medications by School Personnel 8670-R 3 Identification of the forms related to the administration of medications in schools. 4. Safe storage and handling of medications in school including procedures for receiving and disposing of medications. 5. The use, effect, and route of administration of the most commonly prescribed medications in schools, including adverse effects. 6. Procedures for safely dispensing medications to pupils in schools, on fieldtrips, and other off-site school activities. 7. 8. Practice in identifying and dispensing medications to pupils. Policies and procedures related to pupil self-administration and selfpossession of medication in schools. 9. 10. Review and practice recording administration of medications. Review and discuss procedures for dealing with medication administration errors. It is the responsibility of the student, when capable; to report to the appropriate school official at the time any prescription is to be taken. School personnel designated to administer medications shall maintain an accurate and confidential system of record keeping. The medications log shall include the following: c. d. c. The full name of the student; The physician instructions for administration; A log of the date and time, dosage, name of medication, administering adult, second adult present for each administration, and the signature of the administering adult and the signature of witnessing adult for each administration; (If an error is made in recording, the individual who administered the medication shall cross out, initial the error, and make the correction in the log) and

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
d. Any noted effects of, or reaction to the medication.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8670-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 8670-R 4

School personnel must take care to ensure that each student is provided the proper medication in the proper dosage, and shall log each administration immediately. In the event of a mistake in administration or dosage, the building administrator shall be contacted immediately. The building administrator is

responsible for reporting the medication error to the pupil’s parent(s)/guardian(s) immediately. It is advised that the building administrator also contact the

physician so that he/she may indicate to the parent(s)/guardian(s) that staff members are conducting the appropriate medical follow up. The school staff member shall write up the error on a District incident/accident report form and place a copy into the pupil’s school record. Any adverse reaction to medication, as described on the physician’s written instructions, shall be reported to the pupil’s parent(s)/guardian(s) immediately. Medications should be brought to the school by the student’s parent(s)/ guardian(s). School personnel, appropriately trained, shall, throughout the

school year, periodically review medication instructions on file and inventory medications being stored by the school. Expiration dates on prescription

medication, epi-pens, and inhalers shall be checked at least twice each school year. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) request/permission and a physician's instructions for administration of medications shall be renewed every school year. No

changes to medication dosage or time of administration will be made except by instruction from a physician. Medications must be claimed by

parent(s)/guardian(s) at the end of the school year.

If this is not done, the

individual who administers the medication will dispose of the medication and record this disposal on the medication log. This procedure shall be witnessed and initialed by a second adult.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8670-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 8670-R 5

Unless otherwise dictated by law, the program supervisor may refuse to administer or may choose to discontinue the extra service of administering medication at his/her discretion, if appropriate notice is given to the parent(s)/guardian(s). School Administration of Medications – Non-Prescription The procedures for administering non-prescription medications to students by the District shall be identical to those for prescription medications. Student Self-Administration of Medications Upon the written request of the parent(s)/guardian(s), and with directions supplied by the physician, and with the approval of the school administration, students may self-possess small quantities of medication for self-administration. Any student, however, may possess and use an inhaler or a dry powder inhaler to alleviate asthmatic symptoms, or before exercise to prevent the onset of asthmatic symptoms, at school, on school-sponsored transportation, or at any activity, event, or program sponsored by or in which the pupil's school is participating if proper approvals are on file in writing. All self-possessed medications must be labeled and prepared by a pharmacy or pharmaceutical company and include the dosage and frequency of administration. Any ―biohazardous‖ wastes produced by the student in the process of selfadministration are to be carried back to the home by the student for proper disposal by the student/parent(s)/guardian(s). All necessary written permission forms and physician’s directions detailed above for school administration of medications must be obtained and filed by the school prior to possession, storage, or self-administration by a student.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8670-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 8670-R 6 Assisting a Student in Distress Each emergencies. Any District staff member may assist a student in distress in selfadministration of a medication (ex. Epi-pen injection, asthma inhaler, etc.). For the purpose of this policy, distress refers to any obvious and serious discomfort or threatening condition. The staff member should first confirm that the building/program shall have a plan for handling medical

medication and dosage are proper for the student as conditions allow. As soon as possible, the staff member shall notify the school administration, designated school medical response person, and/or the local emergency medical system. The staff member shall also complete a District incident/accident report form following the incident. Diabetic Emergencies Staff shall be made aware of the symptoms of a diabetic emergency. Staff with diabetic students should know the signs of possible side effects of diabetic medications, and be aware which side effects are serious enough to warrant reporting to the child’s parent(s)/guardian(s) or health provider. Management of Students with Asthma in the School Setting Staff shall be made aware that chalk dust, animals in the classroom, strong odors (perfumes and paints), cleaning agents, molds, and numerous other substances may be asthma triggers for some children. In addition,

environmental pollutants are often triggers for acute episodes of asthma. Therefore, the Superintendent will endeavor to schedule extensive building repairs or cleaning during long vacation periods or during the summer months to avoid exposing children to fumes, dust, or other irritants. Routine cleaning and maintenance of the heating/cooling and air filtration system is important for reducing amounts of dust and mold in the schools. Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8670-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 8670-R 7 Staff with asthmatic students should know the signs of possible side effects of asthma medications, and be aware; also, which side effects are serious enough to warrant reporting to the child's parent(s)/guardian(s) or health care provider. Resources for Staff Training When selecting a person to train individuals to administer medications, it is imperative that this person knows the policies and procedures of the District. 6. If the District employs a licensed registered professional nurse, he/she can conduct the training. 7. The Intermediate School District or local health department may also provide licensed professional nursing services for staff training. 8. A District can contact the Michigan Association of School Nurses to see if there is a licensed registered professional nurse available to provide this training to the District. 9. A medical professional (i.e.: physician, nurse, physician assistant) from the community may be available to conduct training for school staff.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8670-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel TRAINING CHECKLIST Date(s) of Training: ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ Trainer(s) Name and Qualifications: Names and job titles of individuals attending the training: ___ attached Content and Skills Taught to Training Participants Shall Include: ___ Review of Michigan laws governing the administration of medications to pupils in schools. ___ Discussion of local school policies and procedures relating to the administration of medications to pupils in schools. ___ Safe storage and handling of medications in schools. ___Uses, effects, and routes of administration of most commonly prescribed medications for pupils in schools. ___ Safe dispensing procedures for medications in schools, including procedures for field trips and other off-site school activities. ___ Review of local school policies and procedures related to pupil selfadministration and self-possession of medications. ___ Recording procedures for medications administered in schools. ___ Procedures for dealing with medication administration errors. ___Opportunity for participants to ask questions regarding administration of medications to pupils in schools. Signature of Trainer: ______________________________________ Date: ______________________ 8670-R 9

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8710 Student Clubs, Organizations and Access to School Facilities 8710

The District encourages students to broaden their knowledge and citizenship by participation in clubs and other groups organized to promote or pursue unique learning opportunities outside the classroom environment. As a matter of Board policy, all school-sponsored student clubs and organizations shall be curriculum-related and their formation approved by the Program Supervisor. Membership in all school sponsored student clubs and organizations shall be open to all students of the school without regard to sex, race, color, national origin/ancestry, religion, height, weight, marital status, age, limited English-speaking ability, sexual orientation, or disability. Student initiated, non-curricular related groups shall be permitted to conduct voluntary meetings on school premises only during non-instructional time outside the school day, if the meetings do not materially and substantially interfere with the orderly conduct of the educational activities of the school or violate Board policy regulating use of school facilities, or state and federal law. Such student initiated group meetings shall be open to all students without regard to sex, race, color, national origin/ancestry, religion, height, weight, marital status, age, limited English-speaking ability, sexual orientation, or disability. No public funds may be expended on behalf of the non-curricular student initiated groups covered by this policy except for the incidental cost of providing space and adult non-participatory monitoring for the meeting. Students seeking to establish voluntary, non-curriculum related student groups shall seek approval for use of the facility from the program supervisor.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1299; 20 USCA §4071, et seq. (Equal Access Act)

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8710-R Student Clubs, Organizations and Access to School Facilities 8710-R

A.

The District acknowledges it operates a ―limited public forum‖ as defined at Section 802(b) of the federal Equal Access Act.69 It will not discriminate against or deny equal access to facilities for students, based on religious, political, or philosophic viewpoint, who wish to conduct meetings that fall within the following parameters: 1. 2. 3. The meetings are student initiated and voluntary. The school, its employees and agents do not sponsor the meeting. Agents or employees of the school are present only in a nonparticipatory monitoring capacity. 4. The meetings do not interfere materially and substantially with the orderly conduct of the school’s educational activities. 5. Non-school persons do not direct, conduct, control, or regularly attend the activities of student groups. Non-student outsiders may

occasionally attend the group’s meetings. B. Student meetings may take place only during ―non-instructional time.‖ Noninstructional time is defined as that time before actual classroom instruction begins in the morning or after actual classroom instruction ends in the afternoon. School personnel must be present in all meetings to: 1. 2. 3. C. Maintain order and discipline on school premises. Protect the well-being of students and faculty. Assure that student attendance at all meetings is voluntary.

The District may deny access to a student group if meetings are for a purpose that is unlawful or for a purpose which would materially and

―Section 802 Denial of Equal Access Prohibited … (b) A public secondary school has a limited public forum whenever such school grants an offering to or opportunity for one or more non-curriculum related student groups to meet on school premises during non-instructional time.‖ Equal Access Act, 20 USC §§ 4071-4074.
69

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
substantially interfere with the orderly conduct of educational activities within the school.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8730 Student Publications 8730 Student publications, which are not libelous, disruptive,70 or obscene, may be distributed on school property during school hours in areas designated by the program supervisor. Distribution of print materials by students that substantially interferes with the normal flow of traffic within the school corridors and entranceways, which is coercive of any other person’s right to accept or reject any publication, or that causes substantial and material interference with the learning environment shall not be permitted.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: Hazelwood School Dist. v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 261, 108 S.Ct. 562, 98 L.Ed.2d 592 (1988)

Layshock v. Hermitage School District, __ F.Supp.2d __, 2006 WL 240655 (W.D. Pa. Jan. 31, 2006) In this Pennsylvania case, the student produced a “parody” on a private website regarding his school principal. The school district reacted by transferring the student to an “alternative school” as disciplinary action. The federal district court rejected Justin's attempt to frame the issue in the case as "whether a school district can punish a student for posting on the Internet, from his grandmother's home computer, a non-threatening, non-obscene parody profile making fun of the school principal." The court determined that Justin had ignored a crucial element of student protected speech analysis, namely, whether his actions "substantially disrupt[ed] school operations or interfere[d] with the right of others." The school district presented ample evidence that his off-campus conduct resulted in actual disruption of the high school's day-to-day operations. The number of students accessing the profile forced school officials to shut down the school's computer system for five days, and school personnel had to devote an inordinate amount of time to monitoring students accessing the profile. Justin did not carry his of burden of proving the likelihood of success on the merits because the evidence demonstrated that the disciplinary action was justified.
70

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8730-R Student Publications 8730-R Any student who desires to distribute a student publication shall submit the student publication to the program supervisor for review (for libelous, disruptive, or obscene content) and approval prior to distribution. At the time of submission, the student has the right and is encouraged to meet personally with the program supervisor so that the student and the program supervisor may freely exchange views on why the distribution of the student publication is or is not appropriate. The student or his/her representative may support the case for distribution with relevant witnesses and materials. In determining whether a student publication is disruptive, school personnel should consider the context of the distribution as well as the content of the material. In this regard, consideration should be given to experience with similar material, to experience in dealing with and supervising students, to current events influencing student attitudes and behavior and to any instances of actual or threatened physical disruption prior to or contemporaneously with the submission of the student publication in question. The program supervisor shall render his/her decision to approve or disapprove the distribution of the student publication and notify the student within one school day of its submission. If approval to distribute is not granted, the program supervisor shall state his/her reason to the student in writing. If the student is dissatisfied with the decision of the program supervisor, the student may appeal this decision. The appeal from the program supervisor’s decision may be taken by notifying the Superintendent, either orally or in writing, within two school days of the program supervisor’s decision, of the student’s desire to appeal and the desire for a hearing before the Superintendent.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8730-R Student Publications 8730-R-2 A hearing date must be established within three school days after receipt of the notice of appeal has been filed with the Superintendent, and the Superintendent shall render a decision, stating reasons in writing, within three school days of conclusion of the hearing. The student or his/her representative shall have the right to appear and present his/her case supported by relevant witnesses and materials as to why distribution of the student publication is appropriate. The Superintendent’s decision is final. In exercising the right of prior review, school personnel shall be guided by the following guarantees and definitions. The First Amendment to the

Constitution of the United States protects students in their exercise of freedom of expression. It is the responsibility of the school and its staff, while establishing the kind of environment, which is necessary for an orderly program of classroom learning, to ensure that the right of students to express themselves freely shall not be infringed upon at the same time. Distribution of student publications shall not be prohibited because they contain the expression of unpopular, critical, controversial, tasteless, or offensive ideas. Distribution of the student publication during the period of initial review by the program supervisor, after a negative decision of the program supervisor or during the period of appeal to the Superintendent shall be sufficient grounds for suspension of the student by the program supervisor in accordance with the procedures set forth in law. Advertisements concerning drug paraphernalia, promoting illegal

consumption of alcohol, or any controlled substances are prohibited in schoolsponsored and student publications. ―School day‖ means any day during the regular school year or summer session on which regularly scheduled classroom instruction takes place and excludes Saturdays, Sundays and official school holidays. Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8730-R Student Publications means any book, magazine, pamphlet, 8730-R-3 newspaper, ―Publication‖

yearbook, picture, photograph, drawing, or any other written or printed matter or visual representation of a faculty sponsor. Definitions of Terms Used in Discussing Student Publications ―School-sponsored publication‖ means any publication, as defined herein, which is composed, compiled, published, or distributed under the official supervision of a faculty sponsor. ―Student publication‖ means any publication as defined herein which is composed, compiled, published, or distributed by students without school sponsorship. ―Distribution‖ means circulation or dissemination of the student publication to students at the time and place of normal school activity or immediately prior to subsequent thereto by means of handing out free copies, selling or offering copies for sale, accepting donations for copies of the publication or displaying the material in areas of the school building or property which are generally frequented by students. In dealing with material that is ―obscene‖ or ―libelous,‖ the term ―distribution‖ refers to dissemination of one or more copies; whereas in dealing with all other types of material, the term ―distribution‖ refers to a substantial circulation or dissemination of the student publication so as to make the student publication generally available to the students of the school. ―Normal school activity‖ means organized educational activity of students under the direct supervision of a member of the school staff that includes classroom work, library activities, official assemblies, and other similar gatherings. ―Minor‖ means any person under the age of 18 years. ―Obscene as to minor‖ means that an average person, applying contemporary community standards would find that the publication, taken as a whole, appeals to the prurient interest and has no redeeming social value; that Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8730-R Student Publications 8730-R-4 the publication depicts or describes, in a patently offensive way, sexual conduct specified in applicable law; and that the work taken as a whole lacks serious literary, artistic, educational, political or scientific value. ―Libel‖ is the false and unprivileged (unprotected by immunity) publication in writing or the printing of pictures, effigies or other fixed representations to the eye which expose a person to public hatred, contempt, ridicule or obloquy which causes him/her to be shunned or avoided or which has a tendency to injure him/her in his/her occupation. When the publication concerns ―public officials,‖ i.e., those who hold government office or ―public figures,‖ i.e. those who, by reason of the notoriety of their achievements or employment or by reason of the vigor and success with which they seek the public’s attention, the defamatory falsehood must be made with actual malice in order to be libelous, i.e., with knowledge that it was false or with reckless disregard of whether or not it was false. includes administrators and teachers. ―Public figures‖ also

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8760 Employment of Students 8760 The Board of Education encourages students to complete their educational opportunities satisfactorily. The Board recognizes that employment during school hours will be desirable or necessary for some students. School Employment The District may employ students for certain positions that conform to budget limitations and personnel requirements. Outside Employment Students will not be excused from school for employment purposes when such work infringes upon their schoolwork. Where needed, efforts will be made to provide for part-time enrollment. Conformity with local resident District policies will be expected for shared students.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8760-R Employment of Students 8760-R School Employment School employment for students will be of a non-hazardous nature. Outside Employment The program supervisor will report all violations of the Board’s policy on outside employment to the Superintendent for his/her disposition. Students who desire to work on a regular part-time basis during the school day must first secure the approval of the program supervisor to attend school part-time and file a work schedule with him/her. This requirement will normally be satisfied when the student conforms to local resident District policies. Such work schedule will not conflict with any of the particular student’s class schedule. The student must report any deviations from this schedule that may conflict with the school schedule immediately to the program supervisor. Students who work in conjunction with work-experience activities common to vocational programs must have all work schedules that are cooperatively developed by the employer and the supervising teacher and approved by the program supervisor prior to the beginning of any work activity.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8860 Do-Not-Resuscitate (DNR) Orders 8860 The Board of Education believes in the right of parent(s)/guardian(s) to make medical and educational decisions for their children. Furthermore, the Board believes that appropriate educational opportunities in Lenawee County require a partnership between families and educators. A family may reach the difficult decision to ask school officials and others in the community to honor "do not resuscitate" (DNR) 'physicians' orders written for their child/ward. The belief in partnership and the parent(s)/guardian(s)' right to make medical decisions for their children disposes the Board to direct its employees to honor these requests, with limited exceptions. The following procedures are intended to provide direction to Lenawee Intermediate School District employees and to preserve and balance the rights for all involved. This policy primarily applies to minor students enrolled in a classroom program operated by the Lenawee Intermediate School District. It does not apply to adult employees or adult students who have executed a legally constituted do-not-resuscitate order.71 Adult students and adult employees have the right to execute a legal do-not-resuscitate order on their own behalf and, if it is done in a manner compliant with the law, including notice requirements, can expect that health and emergency response professionals will abide by its terms. 1. Upon receipt of a written request to honor a DNR order at school concerning a minor student, the program supervisor is designated by the Superintendent to verify that the parent(s)/guardian(s) asking the school to honor the DNR order has the competency and authority to do so. If the program supervisor has concerns or questions, s/he should request the Superintendent's permission to get the advice of the school's legal counsel. Do-Not-Resuscitate (DNR) Orders 8860-2 The program supervisor must ascertain whether there is reason to believe that: The parent(s)/guardian(s) lack the competency or authority to do so; The parent(s)/guardian(s) has motives other than the best interests of the student; or
71

8860 2.

Public Act 193 of 1996, entitled the Michigan Do-Not-Resuscitate Procedure Act, contains provisions for individuals age 18 or older, who are of sound mind, to execute a do-not-resuscitate order on their own behalf. This statute does not include provisions concerning minors, beyond the recitation in § 16(l) to not impair or supersede the parent's legal right to consent to, or refuse medical treatment on behalf of another.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
In the independent judgment of the program supervisor, the DNR is not in the best interest of the student. If the program supervisor has concerns in one or more of these areas, he/she should advise the requesting party of these concerns and inform the Superintendent. The Superintendent will determine if the District will honor the DNR request, or take other appropriate actions, including petitioning the probate court to have the order and the conditions of its execution reviewed. 3. Assuming the District has no basis to refuse to honor the DNR, the specific written request/order should be reviewed for reasonable implementation. If the request/order is not clear, the program supervisor should consult with the treating physician (with proper release of information) to gain a better understanding of the circumstances when resuscitation should not be performed, or to seek more definitive directions in writing. The DNR should not be honored until such needed clarifications are provided. However, unreasonable delay in seeking clarifications will subject the District to greater risk of liability and such communication should be a high priority. 4. The program supervisor, in conjunction with the parent(s)/guardian(s), physician, school nurse, and staff, should develop a written individual emergency care plan that details exactly what steps should be taken, including specific levels of intervention, in the event a cardiac or

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8860 Do-Not-Resuscitate (DNR) Orders 8860-3 respiratory arrest occurs. There should be an agreement between the District and the parent(s)/guardian(s) about what will happen with the student between the time of the arrest and the time the emergency response team arrives on the scene, even including specification, where practical, of the specific local emergency response team to call for this student (parent(s)/guardian(s) prearranged to honor the DNR also). Consideration of staff and student needs, including removing the student from other staff and students to a specified private place, lessening the trauma for all involved, and assuring the presence of supporting staff, should be included. Staff will be reminded of the Employee Assistance Program for counseling referrals, as needed. All staff likely to be involved with the student should be informed of these arrangements, including substitute teachers, assistants, transportation personnel, and other substitute, new, or replacement staff. 5. The written individual emergency care plan should be endorsed by the

parent(s)/guardian(s) that they understand the plan and agree to it, and the program supervisor, and made part of the District’s educational records.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940 Student Records 8940 The educational interests of students require the collection, retention, and use of data about individuals and groups of students while ensuring individual rights of privacy. The District will maintain educational records of students for legitimate educational purposes. Student records are confidential and information from them shall not be released except as provided by law. The information contained in student

records shall be kept current, accurate, clear, and relevant. All student records, including those maintained in District electronic database(s), shall be safeguarded during collection, maintenance, and dissemination to protect against unauthorized access or accidental disclosure. The District may release directory information in accord with law, provided parent(s)/ guardian(s) are given the opportunity to object to the release of this information. Directory Information The program supervisor may make certain directory information available without parent(s)/guardian(s) or eligible student’s consent if public notice of the categories of information designated as directory information has been given. After such public notice has been given, the parent(s)/guardian(s) have the right to object to the release of the information within a reasonable time. Directory information for this District includes the following information about the student: the student’s name, picture; major field of study; participation in recognized activities and sports and related information; grade placement; and honors and awards received. Armed forces recruiting representatives and service academy recruiters are entitled to receive directory information for students in grades 9-12 that will include the student’s name, address, and telephone number (if listed). Pursuant to federal law, a form will be sent to parent(s)/guardian(s) that allow them to opt out of the disclosure of directory information to the military recruiters, and that Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940 Student Records 8940-2 informs the recipients that failure to complete and return the form will result in the disclosure of the information to military recruiters. Pursuant to federal law, high school program supervisors may not exclude military recruiters from the school campus if they do not similarly exclude other prospective employers or post-secondary institutions. The District shall inform students and their parent(s)/guardian(s) annually and upon initial enrollment of their rights under law and Board policy with respect to student records, and of the procedures for exercising those rights. This notice shall be modified to accommodate the needs of students with disabilities or those whose dominant language is other than English. The Superintendent shall designate program supervisors as student records custodian(s) for each program in which student records are kept, and shall provide them with appropriate training. The District may charge an

appropriate fee to cover the expense of providing copies of records requested by the parent(s)/guardian(s). The District shall protect the rights of privacy of students and their families in connection with any surveys or data-gathering activities conducted, assisted, or authorized by the program supervisor and/or Assistant Superintendent. Contracts, grants or other documents pertaining to such activities shall include provisions controlling the use, dissemination, and protection of such data. If students are to be surveyed or monitored by researchers, parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be notified of the dates of the planned activities, given an opportunity to review the survey instruments, and given the opportunity to opt out. Notice will be given to parent(s)/guardian(s) of the administration of any health or physical screening, and given the opportunity to opt out.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940 Student Records 8940-3 Student directory information shall not be disclosed to businesses or organizations that plan to use the information for commercial purposes. Exceptions may be made where the purpose has been approved in advance by the Superintendent and where parent(s)/guardian(s) have given, in writing, express permission for this information to be disclosed. For the purposes of this policy, whenever a student has attained 18 years of age, or is attending an institution of post-secondary education, the consent required of and the rights accorded to the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student shall only be required of and accorded to the student, except when there is a court appointed guardian.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF:

MCL 15.231 et seq.; 380.1134-1135; 380.1139; 20 USCA §1232g (Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act); 20 USCA § 7908 (No Child Left Behind Act); Michigan Department of Education Memo dated 4/6/04.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940-R Student Records 8940-R Student Records Custodians Each program supervisor may designate a person to be student records custodian(s) for the program. The Director of Technology is designated

custodian for all student records maintained in an electronic database or other computer media. Each student records custodian shall be trained in their duties and shall become familiar with law, Board policy, and these rules with respect to student records. The student records custodian(s) should work closely with other staff members to ensure that all data maintained in student records is current, accurate, clear, and relevant. Record Types Student record files shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following: permanent and supplemental record files. Permanent Records This classification includes official administrative records that constitute data necessary for operating the educational system, which is of long-term value or importance. It includes basic demographic identification information, academic transcripts, attendance records, accident and health reports, withdrawal and reentry records, honors and activities, date of graduation and course completion, follow-up records, information pertaining to release of records, and other information deemed to be of permanent value by the District. Supplementary Records This classification includes verified information that is important in operating the educational system but is of a more sensitive nature and of less historical importance. It includes test scores on standardized achievement,

aptitude and intelligence tests; observational data gathered from teachers; counselor evaluation and observations of social and personal assets; Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940-R Student Records 8940-R-2 psychological reports; disciplinary information; special education files; health data; family background information; educational and vocational plans; and other information determined by the administration to be appropriate for this category. Storage The student records custodian is responsible for ensuring that the records under his/her care are stored in such a fashion as to protect them from harm and unauthorized alteration or access. Physical records should generally be kept in a storage area, which is routinely supervised and lockable; electronic records should be protected by regular back up and password or encryption security of good integrity. Data Gathering Only the program supervisor with respect to an individual program, and an Assistant Superintendent with respect to the District, may authorize the collection of survey or other data-gathering pertaining to students or their families. The administrator shall confirm that the data collection will be in accord with law and Board policy prior to authorizing it. At the time of authorization, the administrator is to see to it that safeguards are in place to ensure the confidentiality and security of the information gathered, including appropriate training of the persons who will be collecting or handling the data. Survey instruments and procedures shall be made available for inspection prior to use, and notice of the planned activity and an opportunity to opt out shall be granted. Missing Student When law enforcement officials have notified the District that a student has been reported missing, the program supervisor shall tag this status in a uniform and obvious manner on that student’s records. The tag shall remain until notified by law enforcement that the tag should be canceled, or until the student’s Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940-R Student Records 8940-R-3 eighteenth birthday. If a request had been received for a tagged student’s

records, the custodian shall not comply with the request but shall immediately notify the law enforcement agency. Inspection and Copying of Records Each program shall grant a request by the parent(s)/guardian(s) for access to their child’s records within a reasonable period of time, but in no case more than 45 school days after the request has been made. Where such records or data include information on more than one student, the parent(s)/guardian(s) of any student shall be entitled to receive, or to be informed of, that part of such record as pertains to their child. A school official competent in interpreting student records shall be available to explain the meaning and implications of the records that are examined. In situations where the parent(s)/guardian(s) of a student are divorced or separated, each parent/guardian, custodial and/or non-custodial, has equal rights to their student’s records unless a court order specifies otherwise. The District’s personnel shall not recognize private agreements between the student’s parents/guardians. Copies of student record(s) will be made for the parent(s)/guardian(s) upon request. Copying fees shall be charged unless the parent(s)/guardian(s)

request a waiver of the charges. The program supervisor shall make a final decision on the waiver request on a case-by-case basis. Requesting Amendments Parent(s)/Guardian(s) may ask the District to amend a student record that they believe is inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of a student’s right to privacy by writing the program supervisor, identifying the part of the record they want changed, and specifying the reason(s) for the request. The program Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940-R Student Records 8940-R-4 supervisor shall make a determination on the request in a timely fashion and shall reply in writing to the parent(s)/guardian(s) detailing the actions taken. If the decision is to deny the request, the parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be provided with the information and procedures to request a hearing regarding their request for amendment. When a hearing has been requested by the parent(s)/guardian(s) to challenge the content of the student’s record, the procedure to be followed in the hearing shall include the following: The hearing shall be conducted and the decision rendered by a person who does not have a direct interest in the hearing outcome; The parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student shall be given notice of the date, place and time of the hearing within a reasonable time in advance of the hearing; The parent(s)/guardian(s) may be assisted or represented by individuals of his/her choice at his/her own expense, including an attorney; The parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be afforded a full and fair opportunity to present relevant evidence; The decision shall be rendered in writing within a reasonable time after the hearing concludes; and The decision of the school shall be based solely upon the evidence presented at the hearing and include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision. If the decision of the school following the hearing is to deny the request, the parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be afforded an opportunity to place a statement in the record commenting on the contested information or disagreement with the

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940-R Student Records 8940-R-5 school. This statement shall be attached to the record in question and copied or disclosed along with the record for as long as the record is maintained. Disclosure without Consent The student records custodian may disclose information contained in those records without the consent of the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) to the following persons or entities, on the condition that they agree not to disclose the information to any other party without the written consent of the

parent(s)/guardian(s): Other school officials, including teachers, teacher assistants, support staff, related services providers, contractors, and specifically

authorized individuals, within the District who have legitimate educational interests in viewing the records; Officials of other schools or school systems in which the student intends to enroll; [Note: this requires parent(s)/guardian(s) notification in each instance unless stated as a practice in the annual notification to parent(s)/guardian(s) of their rights] The Comptroller General of the United States, the Secretary of Education, or state and local educational authorities; Authorized persons to whom a student has applied for or from whom a student has received financial aid; Organizations conducting studies for or on behalf of educational agencies or institutions; Accrediting organizations; In compliance with a judicial order or subpoena, provided the custodian makes a reasonable effort to notify the parent(s)/guardian(s) prior to complying so that they may seek protective action. Notification will not

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940-R Student Records 8940-R-6 be made to the parent(s)/guardian(s), however, if the court or agency issuing the subpoena orders that the subpoena not be disclosed. In the absence of a court order or subpoena, to a court if the District initiates legal action against the parent(s)/guardian(s) or student and the records of the student are relevant for the District to proceed with the legal action, or if the parent(s)/guardian(s) or student initiates legal action against the District and the student's records are relevant for the District to defend itself; and Appropriate persons if knowledge of the information is necessary to protect the health or safety of the student or other persons in an emergency. The custodian of student records shall take the following factors into consideration in deciding whether the information should be released: the seriousness of the emergency; whether the

information is needed to meet the emergency; whether the persons to whom the information will be released are in a position to deal with the emergency; and whether time is of the essence in dealing with the emergency. Except for local school officials and parent(s)/guardian(s), all persons, agencies, or organizations requesting or accessing the records of a student shall be recorded on a form (including electronic forms) kept permanently along with the student’s records if the request or access involved any information, which personally identified the student, except for subpoenas, which prohibit disclosure. The form must identify the requesting party, the legitimate interest the party had in making the request, the information released or made accessible, the date the request and/or release was made, and the name of the custodian who handled the request.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940-R Student Records 8940-R-7 Statistical data from student records may be disclosed without consent of the parent(s)/guardian(s) for research, statistical summary, or planning purposes if the information released cannot be used to identify an individual student. The custodian shall exercise care in this regard; as statistically small populations within the District may be identifiable through seemingly innocuous data (Ex. Race and gender of a student may be sufficient to identify an individual in a District with a low minority population). Disclosure with Written Consent The student records custodian may disclose information in a student’s records or provide access to the records following written instructions signed and dated by the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student specifying the records, the reasons, and the person(s) to whom the release is to be made. A copy of the parent(s)/guardian(s)’ instructions shall be kept along with the record. Whenever the District requests the consent to release certain records, the custodian shall inform the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the right to limit such consent to specific portions of information in the records. The District shall use a uniform release of records form for this purpose. Disposition of Records The school shall maintain permanent records for an indefinite period. When the student graduates, supplementary records shall be transferred to the permanent record. To eliminate unnecessary or outdated information, the official custodian shall review a student’s records when the student moves from elementary to a middle school or junior high, from a middle school or junior high to high school and upon high school graduation. Custodial Discretion in Exceptional Circumstances If the custodian of student records has special information that would indicate granting or denying access to student records in accordance with these Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940-R Student Records 8940-R-8 rules would be harmful to the student, he/she may exercise discretion in granting or denying access in a manner other than provided herein. Notification Each program within the District shall disseminate to each student and family at least annually the following statement of rights. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) who are non-native speakers of English shall be provided a translation or otherwise contacted to inform them of these rights. Annual notice shall be given to parent(s)/guardian(s) and eligible students concerning the student’s records. In addition, the custodian of the educational records shall give annual public notice of the class of records the institution has designated as directory information. The appropriate forms for said notices are on file in the office of the custodian of the educational records. STUDENT AND FAMILY RIGHTS CONCERNING SCHOOL RECORDS The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords parent(s)/guardian(s) and students over 18 years of age (eligible students) certain rights with respect to the student’s education records. They are: 1. The right to inspect and copy the student’s education records within 45 school days of the day the District receives a request for access. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) or students should submit to the school custodian of student records a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect. The custodian will make arrangements for access and notify the parent(s)/guardian(s) or eligible student of the time and place where the records may be inspected. 2. The right to request the amendment of the student’s education records that the parent(s)/guardian(s) or eligible student believes are inaccurate, misleading or an invasion of privacy.

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940-R Student Records 8940-R-9 Parent(s)/Guardian(s) or eligible students may ask the District to amend a record that they believe is inaccurate, misleading, or an invasion of privacy. They should write the program supervisor or records custodian, clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify the reason. The right to challenge school student records does not apply to: (1) academic grades of their child, and (2) references to expulsions or out-of-school suspensions, if the challenge is made at the time the student’s school student records are forwarded to another school to which the student is transferring. If the District decides not to amend the record as requested by the parent(s)/ guardian(s) or eligible student, the District will notify the parent(s)/ guardian(s) or eligible student of the decision and advise him/her of their right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the parent(s)/guardian(s) or eligible student when notified of the right to a hearing. 3. The right to permit disclosure of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that the FERPA or Michigan law authorizes disclosure without consent. Disclosure is permitted without consent to school officials with legitimate educational or administrative interests. A school official is a person employed by the District as an administrator, supervisor, instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the Board; a person or company with whom the District has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, medical Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940-R Student Records 8940-R-10 consultant, or therapist); or a parent(s)/guardian(s) or student serving on an official committee, such as disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official in performing his/her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. Upon request, the District discloses education records without consent to officials of another school District in which a student has enrolled or intends to enroll as well as to person(s) specifically required or allowed by State or federal law. Disclosure is also permitted without consent to: any person for research, statistical reporting or planning, provided that no student or parent(s)/ guardian(s) can be identified; any person named in a court order; and appropriate persons if the knowledge of such information is necessary to protect the health or safety of the student or other persons. 4. The right to prohibit the release of directory information concerning the parent(s)/guardian(s) child. Throughout the school year, the District may release directory information regarding students, limited to:  Name  Picture  Grade level  Academic awards, degrees and honors  Information in relation to school sponsored activities,

organizations and athletics  Major field of study Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940-R Student Records 8940-R-11 Any parent(s)/guardian(s) or eligible student may prohibit the release of any or all of the above information by delivering a written objection to the program supervisor within 30 days of the date of this notice. No directory information will be released within this time period, unless the parent(s)/guardian(s) or eligible student are specifically informed otherwise. 5. The right to prohibit the release of directory information concerning the parent(s)/ guardian(s) child to Armed Forces recruiting personnel. Student information to be release to the Armed Forces is to include: Name Address Telephone number (if listed) 6. The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the District to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is: Family Policy Compliance Office U.S. Department of Education Washington DC 20202-4605

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8940-R Student Records 8940-R-12

Student Directory Information Notification Form
Dear Parents/Guardians/Emancipated Student: Please sign and return this form to the school within thirty (30) days of the date of this letter. If we receive no response by that date, we will withhold all student directory information unless required by law to release certain directory information (such as to Armed Forces recruiters upon their request.) You may direct us not to release such information to any person or agency, including the Armed Forces, by completing and returning this form in a timely fashion.

_______________________
Date

Dear Parent/Guardian/ Emancipated Student: This letter informs you of your right to direct the District to withhold release of student directory information for _______________________________________________.
Student’s Name

Following is a list of items that this District considers student directory information. Please choose one (1) of the three (3) options below. That is, choose Option 1 if the District may not release any item of directory information; Option 2, if the District may release all items of information; or Option 3, if the District may release only selected items of information. Then check those items that may be released. Student Directory Information Notification Release to – Institutions of Higher Education, Potential Employers, Armed Forces Recruiters, etc. Choose one of the Options below:  Option 1: The District MAY NOT RELEASE ANY information listed below.  Option 2: The District MAY RELEASE ALL information listed below.  Option 3: The District MAY RELEASE ONLY the information checked below If you chose Option 3 above, then indicate by checking which item(s) of information the District may release.  Student’s name  Student’s address  Student’s telephone number  Student’s date and place of birth  Student’s major field of study  Information about the student’s participation in officially recognized activities and sports  Student’s photograph/picture  Student’s weight and height (if a member of an athletic team)  Student’s dates of attendance  Degrees and awards the student has received  Most recent educational institution attended by the student  Grade level

NOTE: If a student’s name, grade level, or photograph is to be withheld, the student will not be included in the school’s yearbook, event or athletic programs, or other such

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
publications.___________________________________
Parent/Guardian/Emancipated Student’s Signature

_____________
Date

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8990 Student Fees, Fines, Charges, and Deposits (Cf. 8040) Fees and Charges Program supervisors or designated representatives shall be authorized to collect fees by the Board of Education. Fines No fines shall be imposed upon any student provided, however, that school property lost, damaged, or destroyed by a student shall be paid for by such student in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed by the Superintendent. Any fees paid by the students shall be properly receipted and accounted for in the budget.
Approved: October 4, 2004

8990

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1332; 380.1422; R 340.241-243;

Policy Manual

Section 8000 - Students
8990-R Student Fees, Fines, Charges, and Deposits 8990-R Fees and Charges At the time of enrollment of classes at the beginning of each school year, the Superintendent will distribute a fee schedule approved by the Board to all program supervisors and other school personnel designated by him/her as being authorized to charge and collect certain fees. Such fee schedule shall include: A detailed list of all items for which a charge is to be collected; The amount of such charges; The date due; Classifications of students exempt from the fee or charge; A system for accounting for and disposing of such fees; and An exemption procedure to be used by students or

parent(s)/guardian(s) to claim exemption from paying the fees or charges based upon inability to pay. Program supervisors shall attempt to collect the justifiable value of school property lost, damaged, or destroyed by a student. If, after the attempt to collect, such amount remains unpaid, the program supervisor shall report the matter to the Superintendent who shall consult with the school Board’s attorney, and they shall jointly recommend a course of action to the Board.

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
TC-9000-1 9000—GENERAL PUBLIC AND ORGANIZATIONAL RELATIONS 9001 9190 9230 9250 9300 9350 9370 9400 9450 9510 9540 9620 9720 9840 9900 School Community Relations Interviews with Students School Volunteers Use of District Facilities Alcohol and Smoke Free Schools, Grounds, Vehicles, and Facilities Public Gifts and Bequests Distribution of Materials in Schools Visitors to the Schools Concerns, Suggestions and Complaints Public School Academies District Government Relations Relations with Political Organizations Parent(s)/Guardian(s) and School Partnerships Student Teaching and Internships Education Research Agencies

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9001 School Community Relations 9001 In keeping with its Vision, and in particular with its desire to earn the trust of its communities, the Board seeks to establish a satisfactory working relationship with all media, governmental, educational, and private agencies having an interest in the operation of all public schools and who places children’s needs first.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9190 Interviews with Students 9190 Any representative of the news media seeking to interview any student during regular school hours must first gain the approval of the appropriate program supervisor or designee. The program supervisor shall witness, supervise and regulate all media interviews with students so that such interviews do not interfere with the educational activities of the students involved.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9230 School Volunteers 9230 The Board of Education recognizes the importance of the use of volunteers in the District as a viable, educationally sound practice. Through the use of volunteers, supplemental educational assistance can be provided to the students of the District. Volunteers serve at the will of the District and their service is subject to review by the program supervisor. Volunteers provide significant services by supplementing the work of paid staff, but are not substitutes for paid staff. Typical assignments include supplemental instruction as determined by the classroom teacher, clerical work, and supervision of student activities. Volunteers shall be registered with the Staff Resources office.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9250 Use and Leasing of District Facilities 9250 The Board of Education believes that the public schools are owned by the community and that the schools play an important part in the intellectual growth and social expression of a community. To this end, the Board encourages public use of school facilities. Permission to use school facilities shall not be considered an endorsement of an activity or of an organization by the Board of Education. School-sponsored activities shall have first priority. The Board delegates its authority to authorize use of school facilities to the Superintendent with the exception of use established through lease or other contract involving any transfer of property rights. The Assistant Superintendents and their designees, are hereby designated by the Superintendent to authorize the use of school facilities. A coordinator will be designated in each service area who will be responsible for maintaining an accurate calendar of all uses of school facilities other than regular classroom activities. The Board of Education shall receive an annual report of facilities use based upon the coordinator's calendar.

Approved: October 4, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 333.12601 et seq.; OAG, 1987-1988, No 6460, p 167 (August 25, 1987); Lamb’s Chapel v Center Moriches Union Free School District, 508 U.S. 384 (1993)

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9250-R Use and Leasing of District Facilities 9250-R Use of facilities will be limited to groups that agree to follow these principles and procedures: 1. Controlled substances including alcoholic beverages will not be permitted on school property at any time. 2. No pyrotechnic devices or materials shall be used at any time in any building or on any property by any person, for any reason, unless permission is granted by the program supervisor. 3. Users of District facilities shall hold the District harmless from any loss, damage, or expense that may arise during or be caused in any way by use or occupancy of District facilities. Also, in the event that property loss or damage is incurred during the use or occupancy of District facilities, the amount of damage shall be determined by the Superintendent and a bill for damages will be presented to the group using or occupying the facilities during the time the loss or damage was sustained. Our insurance carrier has the right to seek reimbursement from an outside group's insurance company for damages to facilities and equipment when the outside group is responsible for the damage. 4. Any group desiring to use the District facilities must designate a "contact person" by name, address, and phone number, and provide such information when making reservations. 5. Any group using District facilities when a facility is not open will be required to pay a fee established annually by the Superintendent. The Superintendent reserves the right to waive any and all fees, or any portion thereof at his/her discretion. This fee may vary with unusual

circumstances. Restricted use of any kitchen facilities, at any time, may be available on an "extra" fee basis and with more stringent use limitations. The Vo-Tech kitchen facilities are generally not available for public use, other facilities with access to kitchen equipment require special permission from the Superintendent or Assistant Superintendent.

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9250-R 6. Use and Leasing of District Facilities 9250-R-2 Religious organizations seeking use of facilities will be treated as any other group or organization, and may not receive any special preference nor be subject to discrimination in the implementation of this policy. 7. Groups and/or organizations from the private for-profit sector are permitted to use the facilities under the same conditions as those applied to non-profit and/or civic groups. However, the use of facilities for profit-making activities shall be limited. Profit-making activities specifically prohibited are those activities during which money changes hands; i.e., an admission charge, a sales transaction or payment of a commission, etc. It should be stressed that non-profit organizations and school sponsored services, activities and events, including those run for the benefit of student organizations, may engage in fund-raising projects and other activities during which money changes hands (i.e. candy sales, craft fairs, fee-for-services) 8. As many different groups as possible should be allowed to use the facilities. Therefore, longterm, extended use of facilities by one group is discouraged. 9. All equipment loaned to a group using facilities shall be returned to the District in the same condition in which it was received. Any mechanical malfunction shall be noted in writing. Use of the equipment should be discontinued after the malfunction is discovered. If a group or an individual damages equipment, they may not be allowed to use District equipment and/or facilities in the future. The cost of repairs to damaged equipment will be billed to the group to which the equipment was loaned, unless a malfunction was noted before it was used by the group. 10. Unauthorized personal use of facilities and equipment by Lenawee ISD personnel is strictly prohibited and could result in disciplinary actions. Authorization of building and/or equipment usage shall come from the Assistant Superintendent.

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9250-R Use and Leasing of District Facilities 9250-R-3 Any outside group or individual that would like to use the facilities for a meeting or a special event must complete a room request form available at each facility. The group or individual must designate a contract person with address and telephone number who will be responsible for the facility when the group or individual is using it. If a school or Lenawee ISD meeting must be scheduled after an outside group has reserved the facilities, the outside group or individual may be asked to schedule the facility at another time. Leases and Rental Agreements of Facilities Owned by the Lenawee Intermediate School District The Board of Education reserves the right to approve all leases and rental agreements concerning school facilities. In general, all leases and rental agreements should be written in a consistent form by the District administration or its counsel and, if written by District staff, it may be reviewed by counsel before presentation to the Board for final action. The terms in such agreements may differ depending on the circumstances. Such agreements must assure first priority for school sponsored activities, all such leases shall include just termination procedures. Lease or rental fees may be market-value, nominal, waived, or based on the District's actual or estimated costs, including, where applicable, personnel salaries and benefits, utilities, maintenance, repair, and other direct and indirect expenses. In general, lease or rental of District facilities after regular business hours may require the presence of an employee on-site during the use, the cost of which shall be included in the lease or rental fees, and must be specified in the written agreement. Hourly Building Usage Fees An annual fee schedule shall be determined by the Superintendent.

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9300 Alcohol and Smoke Free Schools, Grounds, Vehicles and Facilities Tobacco Products No person, at any time, shall smoke, chew or otherwise use tobacco products, of any kind, on District property, on property under the control of the District, or in District vehicles. Alcoholic Beverages No alcoholic beverages, of any kind, nor any "look alike" alcoholic beverages, shall be used by any person in District buildings or on District property, or in connection with any District sponsored activity, either on or off District property, at any time. Signs prohibiting the use of alcohol, tobacco or tobacco products will be posted on school grounds. General public violations will be handled in accordance with state law. 9300

Approved: October 4, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 333.12601 et seq.; 750.473; OAG, 1977-1978, No 5336, p. 502 (June 28, 1978); 20 USCA§7183.

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9350 Public Gifts and Bequests 9350-2 The District may receive gifts, which may serve to enhance and extend the services provided by the Lenawee Intermediate School District. The following are statements of standards or principles pertaining to gifts to the District: 1. All gifts to the District shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Superintendent. Gifts may be directed by the donor or school officials to the Lenawee County Education Foundation, and may be accepted by the Superintendent on its behalf. 2. Contributions of equipment, real property or services that may involve major costs for installation or maintenance, or initial or continuing financial commitments from school funds may be presented by the Superintendent for Board consideration and approval. 3. A list of contributions primarily for school use shall be reported to the Board by the Superintendent's office at least annually. 4. The Board may accept gifts of cash. Donor's specifications for the expenditure of monetary gifts may preclude acceptance of such gifts, but will otherwise be honored in so far as practicable. The final decision on items to be purchased with donated monies rests with the Superintendent. 5. Equipment contributed to the schools becomes the property of the District and is subject to the same controls and regulations that govern the use of other school-owned property. 6. It shall be the practice of the District to acknowledge receipt of gifts by sending a "thank you" letter to the donor, limited to describing what has been donated. The District shall refrain from placing a monetary value upon gifts. 7. The District may refrain from accepting gifts, including those that pose potential environmental hazards or other disposal challenges.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9370 Distribution of Materials in Schools 9370 The Board reserves the right to refuse distribution of any material by outside individuals or groups to the students of the District. Political Campaign Materials In order to further citizenship training, the Board encourages the nonpartisan responsible use of political materials for use in the appropriate classroom setting. Special Interest Materials No special interest materials for distribution to staff and/or students shall be permitted in the school or on the grounds without the prior approval of the program supervisor. Advertising in the Schools No advertising of materials used for commercial purposes shall be permitted in the school buildings or on the grounds of the District without prior approval of the program supervisor. The decision of the program supervisor shall be final. Advertising in student publications shall be regulated by rules and regulations developed by the Superintendent. Ads concerning drug

paraphernalia and any controlled substance are prohibited in any schoolsponsored publication or on school property. Use of Religious Materials Religious materials may be used in the program/classroom to study the historical or cultural aspects of religion but such material is prohibited if used to indoctrinate the practice of a religion. Dissemination of Religious Materials Materials that have a religious content may be made available to students during non-instructional time. The District shall impose content neutral

restrictions, (as to time, place, and manner) on the dissemination of religious Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9370 Distribution of Materials in Schools 9370-2 materials to ensure that students are aware that the materials are not being endorsed or sponsored by the District. Approved: October 4, 2004 LEGAL REF: Good News Club v. Milford Central Schools, 121 S.Ct. 2093 (2001)

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9370-R Distribution of Materials in Schools 9370-R No student shall be forced to participate in the distribution of any nonschool materials in the schools. Political Campaign Materials Subject to the approval of the Superintendent, each program supervisor shall govern the distribution of political campaign materials on the campus and grounds during election campaigns in order to afford opportunity for all viewpoints to be considered. No student shall be forced to participate in the distribution or receipt of any political materials. Special Interest Materials No mailing lists of students or employees of the District shall be given to individuals, organizations, or vendors for distributing materials without the written approval of the appropriate program supervisor unless otherwise required by law, such as with the federal No Child Left Behind law provisions for military recruiters. Advertising in the Schools Advertising in the student publications may promote products by brand name except that commercial ads promoting the sales of any controlled substance or drug paraphernalia are prohibited. Distribution or posting of materials which are obscene, libelous or which may inflame or incite students so as to create a clear and present danger of the commission of unlawful acts on school property, or physical disruption to the orderly operation of the district is prohibited.

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9400 Visitors to the School The Board welcomes and encourages visits to school 9400 by

parent(s)/guardian(s), other adult residents of the community, and interested educators. In order that the educational program continues undisturbed when visitors are present and to prevent the intrusion of disruptive persons in the schools, it is necessary to invoke visitor regulations. The Superintendent has the authority to prohibit the entry of any person to a school of this District or to expel any person when there is reason to believe the presence of such person would be harmful to the good order of the school. If such an individual refuses to leave the school grounds or creates a disturbance, the program supervisor is authorized to request from the local law enforcement whatever assistance is required to remove the individual. The Superintendent shall promulgate such rules and regulations as are necessary for the protection of students and employees of the District from disruption to the educational program or the efficient conduct of their assigned tasks. All visitors shall be required to report to the office upon entry. Notices to this effect shall be posted at the appropriate entryways. Parent(s)/Guardian(s)/Visitors to the Schools Parent/guardian visits shall be made in accordance with the following guidelines: A. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) visits shall be scheduled with the teacher and the program supervisor. B. The program supervisor or designated representative shall accompany the parent(s)/guardian(s) on the visit if the parent(s)/guardian(s) so desires. Such visits are for becoming acquainted with school

instruction, programs, personnel, operation, and/or the facility.

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9400 Visitors to the School 9400-2 C. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) shall refrain from giving directions or making evaluations of personnel or critiquing operating procedures during their visits. D. If a school visit leaves the parent(s)/guardian(s) with a concern, this concern should be discussed with the building program supervisor. E. Board members who have students in the schools and therefore have parental/guardian opportunities to converse with their student’s teacher, counselor, or administrator shall make it clear that they are speaking and/or visiting as a parent/guardian and not as a member of the Board. Unauthorized persons loitering in or about any District facility, or on school grounds, may be asked to leave the premises. Any such person failing to leave the premises after being asked to do so shall be considered to be in probable violation of trespassing statutes and law enforcement officers shall be notified and requested to remove the individual from the building or the grounds.

Approved: October 4, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1137(2)

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9450 Concerns, Suggestions and Complaints 9450 All concerns, suggestions and complaints regarding programs in the District should be resolved at the lowest possible administrative level, usually a program supervisor. Unresolved concerns, suggestions and complaints should be discussed with the Assistant Superintendent or Superintendent. Whenever a complaint is made directly to the Board as a whole or to a Board member as an individual, it shall be referred to the Superintendent for study and possible solution. Any employee involved will be informed and shall be given every opportunity for explanation, comment and presentation of the facts as the employee sees them.

Approved: October 4, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 15.261 et seq.

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9510 Public School Academies 9510 It shall be the policy of the Board of Education of the Lenawee Intermediate School District to renew, or cause to be reviewed, applications for the contractual authorization of Public School Academies. The Board of Education reserves the right of refusal for any application for the authorization of a Public School Academy, so long as the Board is not acting on the basis of patently illegal discrimination against a protected class of citizens/applicants. The Board of Education authorizes the Superintendent to establish an application fee and criteria for reviewing such applications, including but not limited to the following principles: maintenance of quality educational opportunities; avoidance of duplicating existing educational opportunities; protection of quality cooperative local public school programs; potential stability in operation; competent staffing and knowledgeable members of the Board of Directors; clearly articulated educational goals and methods for evaluating performance; sufficient financial support for administrative services provided by the Lenawee Intermediate School District to the Public School Academy; inclusive proposed admission criteria recognizing needs of diverse populations (students with disabilities, students at-risk minority status); and, interest in and ability to purchase services (fiscal, student, transportation, information, and instructional) from the Lenawee Intermediate School District, or one or more of its constituent local public school Districts. Applications will be reviewed if they are submitted on the forms provided, in substantial conformance with these criteria and the standards established in the law. The Superintendent or designee(s) shall review applications and recommend approval, modification, amendment, or rejection of the application to the Board of Education in a timely manner.

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9510 Public School Academies 9510-2 The recommendation for approval, modification, or amendment shall include: the proposed length of term of the contract, not to exceed 5 years, with the ability to request Board of Education renewal of the agreement; contractual obligations running to either parties beyond the routine provisions expected in all Public School Academy contracts; and, the proposed start of the Academy's operations. It shall be the policy of the Board of Education to authorize designated administrative staff to advise interested citizens, applicants, and local public school officials about the complexity of Public School Academies, their potential impact, and the procedures for authorizing and monitoring their existence in Lenawee County.

Approved: October 4, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.501, et seq; 380.1311b

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9510-R Public School Academies 9510-R The Board of Education Policy on Public School Academies establishes the direction for how the Lenawee Intermediate School District will interact with interested citizens, applicants, and area educators on the development of public school academies in Lenawee County. The following procedures are included to implement that policy. Included below are general parameters to be followed, in addition to the criteria provided in the policy; the application form to be exclusively used and a model contract for granting the authority to operate a public school academy. An application fee is established at $100.00 due upon submission of the application. Applications shall be reviewed by the Superintendent. Administrative staff and other staff should refrain from conferring directly with potential applicants unless they have been authorized to do so by the Superintendent. The administration of the Lenawee Intermediate School District shall use these guidelines when considering an application for a public school academy and developing a recommendation for Board of Education action: 1. Is Voluntary. An essential element in any viable public school academy or optional alternative program is the opportunity, the option, of choosing to participate. Students and their parent(s)/guardian(s) make this choice, as do teachers. They choose to take part on the basis of their own needs and the style, as well as the emphasis and orientation of the program. 2. Stresses Involvement. Students, parent(s)/guardian(s), faculty, community, and administration are involved in planning, operating, and evaluating the public school academies in one way or another. 3. Is Locally Developed. Each program is "home grown," reflecting the needs, interests, resources, and facilities of the area. Existing programs from other geographic areas often serve as models or sources of ideas, but these are adapted and changed to fit the local situation. Optional programs also move out into the community to use its resources actively and energetically.

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9510-R Public School Academies 9510-R-2 4. Rearranges Resources. An optional public school academy uses its resources differently from the regular or conventional program. People, facilities, and materials are all combined in new and often creative ways. 5. Has Well-Defined Goals. Public school academies go through a planning and development process that evokes clearly stated purposes and objectives. The sponsoring institution holds the public school academy school personnel accountable for attaining stated goals. 6. Has Representative Enrollment. Rather than serving only a selected target group of students, public school academies should be designed to attract diverse and representative enrollment. Representative enrollment by race, gender, disability, and economic status needs to be a priority in a democratic choice design. In addition, factors of academic ability and availability of transportation should be eliminated as barriers to enrollment and participation. 7. Maintains Relationships with the Public School System. Believing that the establishment of optional public school academies can be beneficial to all those involved, programs work to build a close relationship with the existing public schools within their area. 8. Departs Significantly. By definition, an optional program or public school academy is a significant departure from the existing program. It often tests out one or more of the following: Different roles for administrators, teachers, and students Different patterns of governance, management, and administration Different student reporting and evaluation methods Different/varied methods of instruction Different/varied methods of organization of students for learning, including personalized instruction and independent study More flexible uses of the school day or year Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9510-R Public School Academies focused instructional content 9. Teaches Basic Skills. Optional learning programs offer basic subjects, but in personal and responsive ways. They are not just add-on enrichment or elective courses. Attention to skills development and subject matter often occurs within a supportive web of goal setting, building on successes and strengths, supportive peer groups, and multi-disciplinary approaches. 10. Develops Talents and Interests. Optional programs help students develop a sense of identity and personal effectiveness. These programs strive for quality work and utilize a strength based approach to instruction. Teachers, too, are called upon to use the full range of personal and professional talents. 11. Personalizes Student Learning. Optional programs put people - their interests, needs, and how they learn at the center of things. Students are the focus for organizing the educational program. 12. Meets Requirements. Since the public school academy option is the student's basic program. it makes arrangements to meet requirements for 9510-R-3

accreditation, attendance, or graduation Common in the school District or area. The guidelines are included to balance the various roles the Lenawee Intermediate School District plays in the development of public school academies and are not intended to be exclusive nor listed in priority.

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9540 District Government Relations 9540 The Board seeks to establish a satisfactory working relationship and to open lines of communication with all governmental agencies having an interest in the activities of the schools in the District. This may be accomplished through the creation of ad hoc committees, inter-local memberships, or appointment of representatives to serve as liaison with specific organizations.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9620 Relations with Political Organizations (Cf. 7760) 9620 Political candidates or political parties shall be prohibited from promoting candidates or political party activities in student programs and classrooms during school hours except as they might be invited to speak, either as part of a class project or as part of the instructional program. Such organizations may use school facilities according to Board policy. The circulation of petitions is not permissible when done during an employee or student’s assigned working hours.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9720 Parent(s)/Guardian(s) and School Partnerships Relations with Parent(s)/Guardian(s) The Board believes that the education of students is a joint responsibility, one it shares with the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the school community. To insure that the best interests of the student are served in this process, a strong program of communication between the home and school must be maintained. The Board feels that it is the parent(s)/guardian(s) who have the ultimate responsibility for their children's in-school behavior, including the behavior of students who have reached the legal age of majority, but are still, for all practical purposes, and according to IRS regulations, under the parent(s)/guardian(s) authority. During school hours, the Board, through its designated administrators, acts in loco parentis or in place of the parent(s)/guardian(s). The Board directs that the following activities be implemented to encourage parent(s)/guardian(s) -school cooperation: A. Parent/Guardian-teacher conferences to permit two-way communication between homes and school, including use of advanced technologies. B. Open houses in District schools to provide parent(s)/guardian(s) with the opportunity to see the school facilities, meet the faculty, and sample the program on a first-hand basis. Each school in the District shall hold an open house periodically. C. Meetings of parent(s)/guardian(s) and staff members to explain and discuss matters of general interest with regard to child-school, child-home, or child-school-home relationships. D. Meetings of staff members and groups of parent(s)/guardian(s) of those students having special abilities, disabilities, needs, or problems. 9720

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9720 Parent(s)/Guardian(s) and School Partnerships 9720-2 For the benefit of students, the Board believes that parent(s)/guardian(s) have a responsibility to encourage their child's career in school by: Supporting the school programs in requiring that the students observe all school rules and regulations, and by accepting their own responsibility for students' willful in-school behavior. Sending students to school with proper attention to their health, personal cleanliness, and dress. Maintaining an active interest in the student's daily work and making it possible for the student to complete assigned homework by providing a quiet place and suitable conditions for study. Reading all communications from the school and signing and returning them promptly when required. Cooperating with the school in attending conferences set up for the exchange of information of the student's progress in school. Schools should schedule meetings, programs, and events so that working parent(s)/guardian(s) can attend.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9840 Student Teaching and Internships 9840 The Board may consider the use of student teachers and interns in classes and programs maintained by the District with or without a written contract with involved colleges and universities. Student teachers and interns shall be registered with the Staff Resources Office.

Approved: October 4, 2004 LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1531b

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9840-R Student Teaching and Internships 9840-R When placing student teachers and interns in the District, the Superintendent and staff shall: 1. Provide for placement of student teachers and interns with outstanding teachers who shall serve as supervisors; 2. Protect students from being over-exposed to student teaching, and teachers from excessive supervisory responsibilities toward student teachers and interns; 3. Ensure placement of student teachers and interns without regard to race, color, sex, age, creed, national origin or handicap; and 4. Make provisions with higher education institutions to provide for cooperative selection of students to be placed in the District's schools. Student Teacher Selection Prospective student teachers shall complete a standard application form and be interviewed by the program supervisor who shall determine whether the student is acceptable. Supervising Teacher Selection The program supervisor shall be responsible in determining those teachers on staff who may be designated as supervising teachers. This shall be done with the prior approval of the teaching staff. The duties and responsibilities of supervising teachers and program supervisors regarding student teachers and interns can be found in the appropriate staff/faculty handbooks on file in the District and school offices. If at any time a student teacher or intern becomes unacceptable, the District reserves the right to refuse that student teacher or intern further teaching experience within the District.

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9840-R Student Teaching and Internships 9840-R-2 Student teachers shall not be used as substitute teachers in case of teacher illness or other personal reason. However, special arrangements may be made with the universities to allow student teachers or interns to substitute in order to provide the opportunity for the supervising teacher to attend approved in-service programs or workshops. A written contract shall be negotiated with and signed by a duly authorized representative of the university and shall include an agreement whereby the District is relieved of its responsibility and liability for Worker’s Compensation claims which may result from accidents to student teachers and interns performing their assigned responsibilities within the District. In all instances, the student teacher or intern shall be under the direct supervision of the program supervisor.

Policy Manual

Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
9900 Education Research Agencies 9900 The contribution of appropriate educational research to teaching and school administration is recognized by the Board. The District shall cooperate when possible with colleges, universities, and other recognized agencies to promote educational research that shall: 1. Increase professional knowledge of teaching and learning processes and the social setting in which they operate; 2. 3. 4. Clarify perception of instructional and administrative problems; Establish instructional and management objectives; and Assess progress toward accomplishment of District’s Vision. All requests for use of District staff, students, or facilities for purposes of educational research shall be submitted in writing to the Superintendent. The Superintendent's decision shall be final as to the appropriateness and value of the proposed research and whether or not to engage in the research/study.

Approved:

October 4, 2004

Policy Manual